Sunteți pe pagina 1din 288

NP247(2)

ADMIRALTY ANNUAL SUMMARY OF NOTICES TO MARINERS --


UPDATES TO SAILING DIRECTIONS AND
MISCELLANEOUS NAUTICAL PUBLICATIONS

CORRECT TO 31 DECEMBER 2018 (Week 52/18)

CONTENTS

PART 1

CURRENT EDITIONS OF ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS

PART 2

SAILING DIRECTIONS UPDATES IN FORCE

PART 3

CURRENT EDITIONS OF ADMIRALTY MISCELLANEOUS NAUTICAL PUBLICATIONS

PART 4

MISCELLANEOUS NAUTICAL PUBLICATIONS UPDATES IN FORCE


ii
INTRODUCTION
NP247(2), ADMIRALTY of Notices to Mariners -- Updates to Sailing Directions and Miscellaneous
Nautical Publications, contains the text of all updates to current editions of ADMIRALTY Sailing
Directions and Miscellaneous Nautical Publications which have been published in Sections IV and
VII of ADMIRALTY of Notices to Mariners, and which remain in force on 31 December 2018
(Week 52/18).

HOW TO USE THIS PUBLICATION

Current editions of Sailing Directions and Miscellaneous Nautical Publications


Updates to ADMIRALTY Sailing Directions and Miscellaneous Nautical Publications are always
applied to the most recent edition of the volume in use. Details of the most recent edition of any
particular volume can be established by consulting:
NP131 ADMIRALTY Chart Catalogue, published annually in December.
Part 1 and Part 3 of this publication, published annually in January.
NP234 Cumulative List of ADMIRALTY Notices to Mariners, published 6--monthly in January
and July.
New editions of ADMIRALTY Sailing Directions and Miscellaneous Nautical Publications are
announced in Section I of ADMIRALTY Notices to Mariners. A complete listing of current editions is
updated and published quarterly in Part IB of ADMIRALTY Notices to Mariners. It is also available
on the UKHO website at admiralty.co.uk.

Sailing Directions in Continuous Revision


Most volumes of ADMIRALTY Sailing Directions are kept up to date in a “Continuous Revision” cycle.
This means that once a new edition is published it will be continuously revised by its Editor for a period
of approximately 3 years using information received in the UKHO, and then republished. During the
life of the book, it is updated as necessary by notices published weekly at Section IV of ADMIRALTY
Notices to Mariners. These updates will normally be restricted to those critical to the safety of
navigation, and information required to be published as a result of changes to national legislation
affecting shipping, and to port regulations.
It is recommended that updates are kept in a file with the latest list of updates in force on top. The
list should then be consulted when using the parent book to see if any changes, affecting the area
under consideration, are in force. Mariners may also annotate the parent book with the relevant week
number at affected paragraphs to indicate the presence of an update. It is not recommended that
changes be pasted into the parent book.

Promulgation of Section IV and VII Notices to Mariners


Section IV and VII Notices to Mariners are published weekly in ADMIRALTY Notices to Mariners.
A check--list of all extant Notices, but not the text, is published quarterly at the end of Sections IV and
VII respectively of ADMIRALTY Notices to Mariners.
This volume, published annually, contains the full text of all extant Section IV and VII Notices.

iii
Action on receipt of a volume of ADMIRALTY Sailing Directions or Miscellaneous Nautical
Publication
(1) Check that the most recent Edition of the volume is held.
(2) Check that the updates at Part 2 or Part 4 of this volume have been applied.
(3) Check that all updates published at either Sections IV and VII of ADMIRALTY Notices to
Mariners subsequent to the publication of this volume have been applied, using the most recent
quarterly check--list at Section IV or VII of the Weekly Edition.

For further information, please refer to ‘How to Keep Your ADMIRALTY Products Up--to--Date’,
NP294.
Where it is found that the most up to date information is not held, the most recent editions of all
ADMIRALTY publications can be obtained from ADMIRALTY Distributors, and back copies of
ADMIRALTY Notices to Mariners can also be downloaded from the UKHO website.

iv
UPDATES TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS

PART 1
CURRENT EDITIONS OF ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
(Corrected to Week 52/18)

NP No Title Edition Published /


correct from
Weekly Edition
Number
1 Africa Pilot Vol 1 18th (2017) 47/17
2 Africa Pilot Vol 2 18th (2017) 39/17
3 Africa Pilot Vol 3 17th (2016) 16/16
4 South--East Alaska Pilot 8th (2015) 16/15
5 South America Pilot Vol 1 19th (2017) 22/17
6 South America Pilot Vol 2 18th (2011) 50/11
7 South America Pilot Vol 3 13th (2018) 49/18
7A South America Pilot Vol 4 8th (2018) 51/18
8 Pacific Coasts of Central America and USA Pilot 14th (2016) 46/16
9 Antarctic Pilot 8th (2014) 38/14
10 Arctic Pilot Vol 1 9th (2016) 07/16
11 Arctic Pilot Vol 2 12th (2018) 19/18
12 Arctic Pilot Vol 3 10th (2018) 19/18
13 Australia Pilot Vol 1 5th (2017) 17/17
14 Australia Pilot Vol 2 13th (2016) 28/16
15 Australia Pilot Vol 3 14th (2018) 24/18
18 Baltic Pilot Vol 1 18th (2018) 43/18
19 Baltic Pilot Vol 2 17th (2018) 06/18
20 Baltic Pilot Vol 3 13th (2016) 26/16
21 Bay of Bengal Pilot 12th (2013) 05/14
22 Bay of Biscay Pilot 13th (2016) 43/16
23 Bering Sea and Strait Pilot 8th (2013) 07/14
24 Black Sea and Sea of Azov Pilot 5th (2017) 07/17
25 British Columbia Pilot Vol 1 16th (2017) 04/17
26 British Columbia Pilot Vol 2 11th (2017) 11/17
27 Channel Pilot 12th (2018) 45/18
28 Dover Strait Pilot 12th (2017) 34/17
30 China Sea Pilot Vol 1 11th (2018) 29/18
31 China Sea Pilot Vol 2 13th (2018) 07/18
32A China Sea Pilot Vol 3 1st (2018) 01/18
32B China Sea Pilot Vol 4 1st (2018) 01/18
33 Philippine Islands Pilot 6th (2017) 49/17
34 Indonesia Pilot Vol 2 8th (2017) 12/17
35 Indonesia Pilot Vol 3 7th (2017) 43/17
36 Indonesia Pilot Vol 1 9th (2017) 20/17
37 West Coasts of England and Wales Pilot 20th (2017) 26/17
38 West Coast of India Pilot 18th (2016) 39/16
39 South Indian Ocean Pilot 15th (2017) 14/17
40 Irish Coast Pilot 20th (2016) 36/16

1 -- 1
NP No Title Edition Published /
correct from
Weekly Edition
Number
41 Japan Pilot Vol 1 12th (2018) 08/18
42A Japan Pilot Vol 2 6th (2017) 36/17
42B Japan Pilot Vol 3 11th (2016) 10/16
42C Japan Pilot Vol 4 5th (2015) 18/15
43 S and E Coasts of Korea, E Coast of Siberia and 11th (2018) 02/18
Sea of Okhotsk Pilot
44 Malacca Strait and W Coast Sumatera Pilot 13th (2017) 42/17
45 Mediterranean Pilot Vol 1 16th (2018) 14/18
46 Mediterranean Pilot Vol 2 16th (2018) 41/18
47 Mediterranean Pilot Vol 3 16th (2017) 32/17
48 Mediterranean Pilot Vol 4 17th (2017) 30/17
49 Mediterranean Pilot Vol 5 14th (2018) 23/18
50 Newfoundland and Labrador Pilot 14th (2016) 34/16
51 New Zealand Pilot 19th (2015) 51/15
52 North Coast of Scotland Pilot 10th (2018) 32/18
54 North Sea (West) Pilot 11th (2018) 18/18
55 North Sea (East) Pilot 11th (2018) 37/18
56 Norway Pilot Vol 1 17th (2018) 39/18
57A Norway Pilot Vol 2A 12th (2016) 50/16
57B Norway Pilot Vol 2B 10th (2017) 45/17
58A Norway Pilot Vol 3A 8th (2015) 20/15
58B Norway Pilot Vol 3B 8th (2018) 40/18
59 Nova Scotia and Bay of Fundy Pilot 15th (2013) 04/14
60 Pacific Islands Pilot Vol 1 13th (2018) 04/18
61 Pacific Islands Pilot Vol 2 13th (2017) 10/17
62 Pacific Islands Pilot Vol 3 14th (2016) 51/16
63 Persian Gulf Pilot 18th (2018) 27/18
64 Red Sea and Gulf of Aden Pilot 19th (2018) 30/18
65 St Lawrence Pilot 18th (2016) 03/16
66A SW Coast of Scotland Pilot 1st (2014) 13/15
66B NW Coast of Scotland Pilot 1st (2014) 13/15
67 W Coasts of Spain and Portugal Pilot 13th (2018) 09/18
68 E Coast of USA Pilot Vol 1 16th (2018) 16/18
69 E Coast of USA Pilot Vol 2 14th (2017) 38/17
69A E Coasts of Central America and Gulf of Mexico Pilot 7th (2015) 22/15
70 West Indies Pilot Vol 1 7th (2018) 46/18
71 West Indies Pilot Vol 2 18th (2017) 18/17
72 S Barents Sea and Beloye More Pilot 3rd (2014) 38/14

1 -- 2
Index

UPDATES TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS

PART 2

INDEX OF UPDATES IN FORCE ON 31st December 2018 (Week 52/18)

NP Pilot Page
1 ... Africa Pilot Volume 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 3
2 ... Africa Pilot Volume 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 7
3 ... Africa Pilot Volume 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 9
4 ... South--East Alaska Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 12
5 ... South America Pilot Volume 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 13
6 ... South America Pilot Volume 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 22
7 ... South America Pilot Volume 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 25
7A . . South America Pilot Volume 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 28
8 ... Pacific Coasts of Central America and United States Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 30
9 ... Antarctic Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 38
10 . . . Arctic Pilot Volume 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 42
11 . . . Arctic Pilot Volume 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 46
12 . . . Arctic Pilot Volume 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 46
13 . . . Australia Pilot Volume 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 47
14 . . . Australia Pilot Volume 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 50
15 . . . Australia Pilot Volume 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 57
18 . . . Baltic Pilot Volume 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 58
19 . . . Baltic Pilot Volume 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 58
20 . . . Baltic Pilot Volume 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 64
21 . . . Bay of Bengal Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 79
22 . . . Bay of Biscay Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 93
23 . . . Bering Sea and Strait Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 95
24 . . . Black Sea and Sea of Azov Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 97
25 . . . British Columbia Pilot Volume 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 104
26 . . . British Columbia Pilot Volume 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 106
27 . . . Channel Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 107
28 . . . Dover Strait Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 108
30 . . . China Sea Pilot Volume 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 111
31 . . . China Sea Pilot Volume 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 116
32A . China Sea Pilot Volume 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 118
32B . China Sea Pilot Volume 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 130
33 . . . Philippine Islands Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 140
34 . . . Indonesia Pilot Volume 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 144
35 . . . Indonesia Pilot Volume 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 152
36 . . . Indonesia Pilot Volume 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 152
37 . . . West Coasts of England and Wales Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 157
38 . . . West Coast of India Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 160
39 . . . South Indian Ocean Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 169
40 . . . Irish Coast Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 171
41 . . . Japan Pilot Volume 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 175
42A . Japan Pilot Volume 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 176
42B . Japan Pilot Volume 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 178
42C . Japan Pilot Volume 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 181
43 . . . South and East Coasts of Korea, East Coast of Siberia and Sea of Okhotsk Pilot . . 2 -- 182
44 . . . Malacca Strait and West Coast of Sumatera Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 187
45 . . . Mediterranean Pilot Volume 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 191
46 . . . Mediterranean Pilot Volume 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 194
47 . . . Mediterranean Pilot Volume 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 196
48 . . . Mediterranean Pilot Volume 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 201
49 . . . Mediterranean Pilot Volume 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 204
50 . . . Newfoundland and Labrador Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 205
51 . . . New Zealand Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 207

2 -- 1
Index

NP Pilot Page
52 . . . North Coast of Scotland Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 215
54 . . . North Sea (West) Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 215
55 . . . North Sea (East) Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 217
56 . . . Norway Pilot Volume 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 218
57A . Norway Pilot Volume 2A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 218
57B . Norway Pilot Volume 2B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 221
58A . Norway Pilot Volume 3A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 222
58B . Norway Pilot Volume 3B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 230
59 . . . Nova Scotia and Bay of Fundy Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 230
60 . . . Pacific Islands Pilot Volume 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 231
61 . . . Pacific Islands Pilot Volume 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 233
62 . . . Pacific Islands Pilot Volume 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 235
63 . . . Persian Gulf Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 238
64 . . . Red Sea and Gulf of Aden Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 242
65 . . . St Lawrence Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 242
66A . South west coast of Scotland Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 247
66B . North west coast of Scotland Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 252
67 . . . West Coasts of Spain and Portugal Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 255
68 . . . East Coast of the United States Pilot Volume 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 255
69 . . . East Coast of the United States Pilot Volume 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 256
69A . East coasts of Central America and Gulf of Mexico Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 257
70 . . . West Indies Pilot Volume 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 263
71 . . . West Indies Pilot Volume 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 264
72 . . . Southern Barents Sea and Beloye More Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 267

2 -- 2
Index

NP1
NP1 Africa Pilot Volume 1 (2017 Edition) Arquipélago de Cabo Verde -- Ilha de São Vicente
-- Porto Grande — Depths

Africa Pilot Volume 1 — Closure Date 132


Paragraph 4.72 Replace by:
v
1 Berth No 1, on the seaward side of Molhe No 2
Preface page last line For 4th September 2017 Read 24th (Ponta do Cais), is exposed to sea and swell and
August 2017 vessels are berthed there if weather permits.
Berth Nos 1 and 2 are 315 m in length, depths.
alongside 103 to 107 m.
UKHO [NP1/No.1/Wk 47/17] Berth Nos 3 and 4 are 235 m in length, least depths
alongside 86 to 116 m.
2 Containers are stored N of Berth Nos 5 (100 m
Spain -- Islas Canarias -- Isla de la Gomera — in length, depth alongside 84 m) and 6
Wreck (122 m in length, depth alongside 65 m).
Berth No 7 is 60 m in length, depth alongside 49 m.
114 Berth No 8 is 107 m in length, depth alongside 32 m.
Passenger vessels and ferries are usually berthed
Paragraph 3.151 1 line 5 Replace by: at Cais de Cabotagem Berths A, B and C.
...in depths of 5 m to 11 m, sand. A dangerous wreck Portuguese Chart 66402 [NP1--No 13--Wk 18/18]
(280463N 171956W) lies about 3½ cables ESE of
Puerto Vueltas outer molehead.
Arquipélago de Cabo Verde --
Ilha de Santo Antão -- Porto Novo — Anchorage
Spanish Notice 38/317/18 [NP1--No 28--Wk 42/18]
133

Arquipélago de Cabo Verde — Paragraph 4.83 1 lines 2--3 Replace by:


Regulations; anchorage ...of the berth in a depth of 13 m, rock, sand, chalk and
broken shells, remaining clear of a submarine cable area.
121
Portuguese ENC PT56601A
After Paragraph 4.2 1 line 10 Insert: [NP1--No 10--Wk 18/18]

Regulations Arquipélago de Cabo Verde -- Ilha de Santiago --


Baía do Tarrafal — Anchorage
4.2a
1 Anchorages in many areas of the Arquipélago de 137
Cabo Verde require contact with the local maritime or
port authority prior to use. Paragraph 4.103 3 lines 1--4 Replace by:
3 Anchorage, is prohibited in most of the bay due to
Portuguese Chart 66401 [NP1--No 8--Wk 18/18] the presence of submarine cables. The local maritime
or port authority should be contacted for more
information. See also 4.2a.
Cabo Verde -- Ilha do Sal — Directions; shoal
Portuguese ENC PT56602C
122 [NP1--No 11--Wk 18/18]

Paragraph 4.10 6 line 3 Replace by: Arquipélago de Cabo Verde -- Ilha Brava --
Porto de Furna — Anchorages
...225425W) (4.17), noting an isolated shoal
(163443N 225286W), with a depth of 131 m, 141
lying 1¼ miles SSE of Ponta do Leme Velho,
thence: Paragraph 4.138 2 lines 1--4 Replace by:
2 Anchorage is prohibited in the bay and approaches
BA Chart 367 [NP1--No 21--Wk 34/18] due to the presence of submarine cables.
Portuguese ENC PT56602A
Arquipélago de Cabo Verde -- Ilha de São Vicente [NP1--No 12--Wk 18/18]
-- Baía de San Pedro — Anchorage
Morocco -- West coast -- Larache — Pilotage
130
147
Paragraph 4.59 2 line 2 Replace by:
Paragraph 5.20 4 lines 1--3 Replace by:
...Pedro bay in a depth of 10 to 15 m, remaining clear of 4 Pilotage is not available. On request, assistance
submarine cables. The holding ground is... can be provided.
BA Chart 367 [NP1--No 9--Wk 18/18] French 32/C4 2015/2018 [NP1--No 24--Wk 36/18]

2 -- 3
Index

NP1
Morocco -- Mohammadia — 4 Thence, from the SE limit of the inner port
Directions; oil terminal anchorage or the inner pilot boarding point, the inner
port channel leads 9 cables SW, passing:
152 SE of the restricted area surrounding the pipelines
After Paragraph 5.68 1 line 8 Insert: (5.64).
Leading lights:
Front light (white post, black bands, 13 m in height)
Oil Terminal (334281N 72396W).
5.68a Rear light (similar structure) (110 m from front light).
1 From the outer pilot boarding point (5.63) or the The alignment (265) of these lights leads W into
tanker anchorage, the access channel leads SE for the harbour basin, passing:
about 1¼ miles passing: 5 S of the head of Jetée Nord (334289N
NW of a wreck (334545N 72290W) with a depth 72351W), from which a light (white tower,
of 17 m, thence: green bands, 5 m in height) is exhibited,
NW of the entry--prohibited area (5.64), and: thence:
Clear of an obstruction (334538N 72219W), N of the head of Jetée Sud (334280N 72359W),
reported (2006), with a depth of 12 m, thence: from which a light (white tower, red bands, 6 m in
Clear of a wreck (334502N 72208W) with a height) is exhibited.
depth of 160 m. Useful marks:
2 The track then leads SW towards the oil terminal Water tower (334153N 72328W).
passing: Minaret (334209N 72212W).
SE of two wrecks (334477N 72226W and
334480N 72225W), with depths of 16 and French Notice 31/P--03/18 [NP1--No 23--Wk 36/18]
17 m, thence:
NW of M2 Light Buoy (334430N 72200W) Morocco -- Casablanca — Directions; buoyage
(special), and:
SE of the entry--prohibited area (5.64), thence: 154
NW of M3 Light Buoy (334401N 72229W)
(special), thence: Paragraph 5.80 1 line 2 For CA1 Light Buoy Read CA Light
Between the head of the breakwater and M4 Light Buoy (safe water)
Buoy (334365N 72261W) (special).
Paragraph 5.88 4 lines 2--3 For CA1 Light Buoy Read CA
French Notice 31/P--03/18 [NP1--No 22--Wk 36/18] Light Buoy (safe water)

Morocco -- Mohammadia — French Notice 29/C4 2015/18 [NP1--No 18--Wk 34/18]


Directions; inner port
Morocco -- Casablanca —
152--153 Outer anchorages; wrecks
Paragraph 5.69 1--6 including heading Replace by: 154

Inner port After Paragraph 5.88 3 line 8 Insert:


5.69 Caution. Two wrecks (334114N 73807W and
1 Leading lights: 333948N 73520W) lie within the W anchorage. A
Front light (black and white chequered post, 3 m in third wreck (334043N 73215W), position
height) (334368N 72057W). approximate, lies within the E anchorage.
Rear light (white rectangular hut on house, 8 m in
height) (1¼ cables from front light). French Chart 7701 [NP1--No 16--Wk 33/18]
2 The alignment (130) of these lights leads through
the approach channel towards the inner port Morocco -- Casablanca — Pilotage
anchorage and the inner pilot boarding point (5.63). It
was reported (1988) that the marks were not 154--155
conspicuous by day. The track passes:
Paragraph 5.89 1 Replace by:
SW of Mohammadia Approach Light Buoy M1 (safe
water) (334637N 72303W), thence: 1 Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 50 gt and is
SW of a wreck (334545N 72290W) with a depth available day and night (under special arrangement
of 170 m, thence: between 0000 and 0600). Pilotage is optional for naval
3 NE of ODAS Light Buoy MD (334490N vessels, but is recommended if they are unfamiliar
72320W), marking the centre of an with the port.
entry--prohibited area (5.64), thence: The compulsory pilotage area is bounded to the E by the
SE of a wreck (334502N 72208W) with a depth meridian of 73200W, to the N by the parallel of
of 160 m, thence: 334000N and to the W by the meridian of the root of Jetée
NE of two wrecks (334480N 72225W), with Moulay Youssef. Pilots board in the vicinity of CA 1 Light
depths of 160 and 170 m, and across the tanker Buoy (333789N 73460W). For further information, see
channel, thence: ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals Volume 6(3).
NE of M2 Light Buoy (special) (334430N
72200W). French Notice 29/C4 2015/18 [NP1--No 19--Wk 34/18]

2 -- 4
Index

NP1
Morocco -- Casablanca — Buoyage 6 Berths 20 to 24 (333631N 73672W) have a
total length of 570 m and depths of 92 m.
155 Berths A2 and A3 (333622N 73669W) are
RoRo berths with a length of 350 m and a depth of
Paragraph 5.90 3 line 4 For CA5 Read CA3 82 m.
Multi--purpose Terminal Somaport (333627N
Paragraph 5.90 3 line 7 For CA5 Read CA3 73679W) has five berths. Berths 10 to 13 have a
total length of 380 m and a depth of 82 m. Berths T1
and T2 are 170 m in length with a depth of 75 m.
French Notice 34/135/18 [NP1--No 25--Wk 38/18] 7 Quai de la Marine Royale (333675N 73646W),
situated on Jetée Moulay Youssef, has three berths
Morocco -- Casablanca — Directions; buoyage for use by military vessels. Berth D is 600 m in length,
depths from 10 to 60 m. Berth E is 160 m in length,
156 depths from 40 to 60 m. Berth F is 200 m in length
with a depth of 100 m.
Paragraph 5.98 2 line 1 For CA1 Read CA
Les ports du Maroc en chiffres/2016
[NP1--No 14--Wk 18/18]
Paragraph 5.98 2 line 8 For CA3 Read CA1

Paragraph 5.98 3 line 6 For CA5 Read CA3 Morocco – Jorf Lasfar — Anchorages

159
French Notice 29/C4 2015/18 [NP1--No 20--Wk 34/18]
Paragraph 5.126 1 lines 1--3 Replace by:
1 Designated anchorage areas exist W of Cap Blanc
Morocco -- Casablanca — Berths du Nord, centred on 331026N 84315W for deep
draught vessels and vessels carrying dangerous
156
cargoes, and on 331026N 84067W for smaller
Paragraph 5.100 Replace by: vessels.
Vessels may also anchor 1½ miles W of the light
1 East Container Terminal (333659N 73578W) on Digue Principale head, in depths of about 34 m.
comprises Berths 70 to 74. Total quay length 600 m
with a reported depth of 120 m. French Notice 8/139/18 [NP1--No 6--Wk 12/18]
Berth A5 (333649N 73578W) is a RoRo berth
with a length of 200 m and a depth of 80 m. Morocco – Jorf Lasfar — Directions; buoyage
Container Terminal TC3 (333646N 73588W)
comprises Berths 81 to 83. Total quay length of 530 m 160
with a depth of 125 m.
2 Phosphate Terminal (333652N 73627W) has Paragraph 5.133 1 lines 2--4 Replace by:
four berths. Berth T7, which lies at the head of the ...Nord, the route leads E, passing:
pier, is 120 m in length with a depth of 100 m. Clear of a light buoy (safe water) (330716N
Berths 64 to 66, which lie on the W of the pier, have 83994W), thence:
a total length of 575 m and depths from 100 to S of JL4 Light Buoy (port hand) (330729N
120 m. 83925W), thence:
3 Berths 60 to 63 (333626N 73610W), which lie Then the track leads NE passing NW of JL3 Light
S of the Phosphate Terminal, have a total length of Buoy (starboard hand) (330689N 83883W) to the
480 m and a depth of 100 m. harbour entrance.
Berths R4 and R5 (333614N 73608W) have a
total length of 200 m and a depth of 75 m. French Notice 50/138/17 [NP1--No 3--Wk 02/18]
Container Terminal Somaport (333630N
73624W) comprises Berths 50 to 55 and has a total Morocco -- Cap Hadid — Major light
length of 700 m and a depth of 92 m. RoRo Berth RH
lies at the base of the Terminal. 163
4 Berths T5 and T6 (333645N 73642W) are
220 m in length with depths of 92 m. Paragraph 5.164 1 lines 2--3 Delete
Cruise Terminal (333626N 73640W) comprises
Berths 40 to 44 and has a total length of 570 m with French Notice 48/145/18 [NP1--No 32--Wk 52/18]
a depth of 85 m.
Berths R2 and R3 (333614N 73638W) are Morocco -- Cap Hadid — Directions; major light
200 m in length with a depth of 75 m.
5 Multi--purpose Terminal (333639N 73659W) 163
comprises Berths 30 to 36 and Berths T3 and T4.
Berths 30 to 36 has a total length of 820 m and Paragraph 5.165 4 lines 6--7 Replace by:
depths from 92 to 98 m. Berths T3 and T4 lie at the ...given a berth of at least 3 miles.
head of Terminal and have a length of 200 m and a
depth of 102 m. French Notice 48/145/18 [NP1--No 33--Wk 52/18]

2 -- 5
Index

NP1
Morocco -- West coast -- Laâyoune — Pilotage Mauritania -- Nouadhibou -- Baie de Cansado —
Directions; wrecks, buoy
175
189
Paragraph 5.250 1 Replace by: Paragraph 6.68 2 lines 7--8 Delete
1 Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels and available
Paragraph 6.68 3 lines 1--3 Delete
during daylight only. The Pilot boards in the vicinity of
the landfall light buoy (270500N 132700W) for the Paragraph 6.68 4 lines 6--7 Delete
commercial port and about 1 mile WSW of the S
extremity of Muelle de Fosbucraa for the Phosphate Paragraph 6.68 5 lines 1--2 Replace by:
Loading Berth. For further information, see
ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals Volume 6(3). 5 Thence to a position S of No 9 Buoy (starboard
hand) (205376N 170276W), from where the jetty
French Notice 44/C4/18 [NP1--No 29--Wk 47/18] (205386N 170305W) or quay at Pointe Chacal can
be approached directly.

Morocco -- West coast -- Laâyoune — MV Maersk Regensburg; BA Chart 1699


Directions; leading marks [NP1--No 5--Wk 05/18]

175 Mauritania -- Port de l’Amitié — Anchorage

Paragraph 5.254 1 line 1 Replace by: 194

1 The alignment (0515) of the Old Lighhouse and Paragraph 6.103 1 lines 1--3 Replace by:
the white beacon close SW, leads to the entrance, 1 The anchorage, semicircular in shape, is centred
passing NW of a buoy (starboard hand) (not charted) around 175897N 160510W, about 2¾ miles WSW
marking the SE limit of the channel. of Port de l’Amitié Light. Depths from 12 to 14 m.

French Notice 44/C2B/18 [NP1--No 30--Wk 47/18] French Notice 36/146/18 [NP1--No 26--Wk 40/18]

Mauritania -- Port de l’Amitié — Directions;


Morocco -- Ad Dakhla — leading lights
Arrival information; outer anchorages
194
183 Paragraph 6.109 2 line 6 For 087 Read 085
Paragraph 6.17 1 lines 1--4 Replace by:
BA Chart 1688 [NP1--No 27--Wk 40/18]
1 Outer anchorages. Anchorage outside the bar may
be obtained in an area about 3 miles W of Punta Africa -- Ivory Coast -- Abidjan —
Galera Light (6.12), centred on 233752N Limiting conditions; depth
160337W. Depths range from 116 to 250 m. A
dangerous wreck (233620N 160201W), lies in the 296
SE part of the anchorage, with a second dangerous Paragraph 9.121 1 line 3 Replace by:
wreck (233840N 160140W) on the NE limit.
...has a least charted depth of 12 m.
Notice 47/03(P)/17 and BA Chart 1690 French Notice 47/145/18 [NP1--No 31--Wk 50/18]
[NP1--No 2--Wk 51/17]
Togo -- Port de Lomé — Directions; wreck
Mauritania -- Nouadhibou -- Point Central to 323
Pointe de Cansado — Directions
After Paragraph 11.43 1 line 9 Insert:
189
ENE of a dangerous wreck (6_0648N 1_1853E),
Paragraph 6.67 1 lines 4--5 Delete thence:
French Notice 14--18--T--02 [NP1--No 7--Wk 18/18]
Paragraph 6.67 2 lines 1--4 Delete
Republic of Benin -- Cotonou —
Paragraph 6.67 3 lines 8--9 Replace by: Outer anchorages; obstruction

W of a dangerous wreck (205164N 165956W), 326


thence: Paragraph 11.73 2 line 2 Replace by:
Paragraph 6.67 4 line 8 For NE Read E ...2_3280E. An obstruction (61669N
23315E) lies within the anchorage.
BA Chart 1699 [NP1--No 4--Wk 05/18] BA Chart 1384 [NP1--No 17--Wk 33/18]

2 -- 6
Index

NP1
Nigeria -- Bight of Biafra — Offshore terminals Akpo Terminal
General information
357 12.140g
1 Position and function. Akpo Terminal (30846N
Paragraph 12.140 1 including headings Replace by: 64935E), which exports crude oil, consists of the
ultra--deep water moored FPSO Akpo. The terminal
exports through a SBM moored NNE of the FPSO.
Terminal Authority. Total Upstream Nigeria
OFFSHORE TERMINALS (TUPNI), Eko Towers -- Office 7S 20, P1415
Adetokunbo Ademola Street.
Website. http://nigeria.total.com/en/total--nigeria/total
General information
Limiting conditions
Solitons 12.140h
12.140 1 See 12.140, 12.140a, 12.140b.
1 See 1.200. Arrival information
12.140i
Local weather 1 Port operations. The terminal is open throughout
12.140a 24 hours except in adverse weather conditions, for
1 Dry season is from November to May, and wet which the Mooring Master will be the final authority.
season from June to October. Intense line squalls Waiting area. There are waiting areas to the N and
usually prevalent between March and November. S of the restricted area.
Visibility is good except during heavy rain and during Restricted area. There is a safety exclusion zone
the harmattan season (December to February), when centered on the FPSO.
it occasionally drops below 5 cables. 2 Regulations. All export tankers shall fly the
Nigerian National flag during daylight hours while in
Current the vicinity of the terminal.
12.140b
Directions
1 Current usually sets E, however, the direction and
12.140j
rate have been known to change suddenly. 1 The chart is sufficient guide.
Paragraph 12.142 1 lines 3--10 Replace by:
Egina Terminal
See 12.140, 12.140a, 12.140b.
General information GTM/NIMASA Correspondence 05/18
12.140c [NP1--No 15--Wk 23/18]
1 Position and function. Egina Terminal (30309N
64187E), which exports crude oil, consists of the
ultra--deep water moored FPSO Egina. The terminal NP2 Africa Pilot Volume 2 (2017 Edition)
exports through a SBM (30417N 64220E) moored
NNE of the FPSO. Republic of South Africa — Regulations; PSSA
Terminal Authority. Total Upstream Nigeria
(TUPNI), Eko Towers -- Office 7S 20, P1415 6
Adetokunbo Ademola Street.
Paragraph 1.50 1 line 8 Replace by:
Website. http://nigeria.total.com/en/total--nigeria/total
2 PSSA. The waters between a point on the coast at
Limiting conditions 311400S 175000E and Cape Agulhas (344982S
12.140d 200071E) and generally incorporating the continental
1 See 12.140, 12.140a, 12.140b. shelf and Agulhas Bank, have been designated as a
PSSA which has been adopted by the IMO. See 1.47
Arrival information and South African Annual Notices to Mariners.
12.140e The PSSA extends E to the vicinity of Great Fish
1 Port operations. The terminal is open throughout Point. See Africa Pilot Volume 3.
24 hours, except in adverse weather conditions, for Other regulations. See Appendix II.
which the Mooring Master will be the final authority.
Waiting anchorage. None due to the depth of South African Notice 5/45/18 [NP2--No 9--Wk 28/18]
water.
Restricted area. There is a safety exclusion zone Isla de Bioko -- Puerto de Malabo —
centred on the FPSO. Berths; depths
2 Regulations. All export tankers shall fly the 99
Nigerian National flag during daylight hours while in
the vicinity of the terminal. Paragraph 3.56 1 line 2 Replace by:
...terminal, 350 m in length with depths alongside from 7 m
Directions to 9 m.
12.140f
1 The chart is sufficient guide. French Notice 3/145/18 [NP2--No 7--Wk 07/18]

2 -- 7
Index

NP2
Gabon -- South--south--west of Pointe Tishibobo Angola -- Futila Terminal — Directions; buoyage
— Terminal
173
159 Paragraph 6.46 1 line 2 For 52981S 121003E Read
53004S 121012E
After Paragraph 5.185 1 line 6 Insert:
Paragraph 6.46 1 lines 3--4 For 52956S 121003E Read
52976S 121008E
Dussafu Terminal
Paragraph 6.46 1 line 6 For 4½ cables Read 2 cables
General information
5.185a
1 Position and function. Dussafu Terminal Cabinda Gulf Oil Company [NP2/No.1/Wk.39/17]
(41482S 104912E) is an offshore oil loading
terminal comprising FPSO BW Adolo and four subsea Angola -- River Congo -- Ponta Kimongoa —
production wells. Directions; caution
Port Authority. BW Energy Gabon
185
Website.www.bwoffshore.com/business/fleet--map/az
urite/ After Paragraph 6.150 1 line 10 Insert:

Limiting conditions 2 Caution. Dangerous rocks have been reported


5.185b (2018) in the vicinity of Ponta Kimongoa Beacon.
1 Controlling depths. There are depths of 110 m in
the vicinity of the FPSO. Österreichischer Lloyd Seereederei (Cyprus) Ltd
[NP2--No 8--Wk 21/18]
Arrival information
5.185c Angola -- Kaombo Field — Restricted areas
1 Port operations. Daylight mooring.
Waiting anchorage. There is no designated 193
anchorage for the terminal. In the event of a berthing
Paragraph 7.36 2 Replace by:
delay, the decision to drift or to anchor is at the
discretion of the Master. It should be noted that in 2 Restricted areas. A restricted area with a radius of
areas of offshore oil and gas activity some submerged 8 miles is centred on the FPSO. Kaombo Field
obstructions and wellheads may not be charted. See (71604S 111664E) is enclosed within a restricted
also 1.18. area, radius 8 miles. A restricted area centred on
2 Pilotage is compulsory and the pilot (along with the 72454S 111972E, radius 10 miles, lies 15 miles W
Loading Master, surveyor, government representative of CLOV Terminal. Vessels are prohibited from fishing
and Customs Official) boards three miles NE of the or entering the restricted area without the permission
FPSO. of the terminal operator. Further mooring exclusion
Tugs are available and its use is compulsory. and safety zones of radius 500 m are established
Restricted area. Dussafu Terminal lies in a around both the SPM and FPSO.
restricted area which encloses the FPSO and wells. 3 Prohibited area. An entry prohibited area, radius
Vessels must not enter the restricted area without the 1½ miles, centred on 72467S 111447E lies within
permission of the Port Authority. the above restricted area, marked by a light buoy
Regulations. Main engines must be kept on (special).
standby throughout the loading operation.
BA Chart 307 [NP2--No 6--Wk 01/18]
Berth
5.185d
1 The FPSO is a 230 000 dwt tanker, moored by Angola -- Palanca Terminal — Pilotage
12 anchors. Export tanker size limitation is
196
150 000 dwt.
Paragraph 7.73 2 lines 1--2 Replace by:
Correspondence -- Alliance Marine Services 2 Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots board about 2¼ miles
[NP2--No 10--Wk 34/18]
NW or 9½ miles SE of the....

Total E&P Angola [NP2/No.2/Wk.39/17]


Angola -- Malongo Terminal — Pilotage
Republic of South Africa -- Saldanha Bay —
171 Prohibited area

Paragraph 6.27 3 line 3 For 52800S 115800E Read 263


52950S 115860E
After Paragraph 9.130 2 line 8 Insert:
3 An area extending 2¼ cables E, 3 cables W and
Cabinda Gulf Oil Company [NP2--No 5--Wk 48/17] 2½ cables S from a submarine pipeline and Multi

2 -- 8
Index

NP2
Buoy Mooring (MBM) (9.132). Anchoring, trawling and Mozambique – Baia de Maputo —
unauthorised navigation within 500 metres is General information; depths;
prohibited. vessel traffic service; directions; anchorages
4 Fishing is prohibited within much of the harbour 158
area and its approaches.
Paragraph 5.16 1 lines 1--4 Replace by:
South African Notice 9/62/17 [NP2/No.3/Wk.47/17] 1 The passage from 1N Light Buoy to Ponta
Vermelha (5.44) follows a recommended route. The
Republic of South Africa -- Saldanha Bay — route is a channel, 150 m wide which becomes 100 m
MBM; submarine gas pipeline in the S, with dredged depths of 130 m to 144 m
(2017). Contact Maputo Port Authority for latest
263 information.

Paragraph 9.132 1 lines 1--5 including heading. Replace Vessel traffic service
by: 5.16a
1 Mandatory vessel reporting points for the
approaches to Maputo are charted. See ADMIRALTY
Hazards
List of Radio Signals Volume 6(8) for details.
9.132
1 Crayfish trap fishing. See 9.9. 159
Submarine and military exercise areas. See 9.3.
Aquaculture areas and shellfish beds. Paragraph 5.24 1 lines 3--9 Replace by:
Aquaculture areas and mussel beds lie in large ...to shoal areas (5.59), until Lacerda Light bears 295,
concentrations on the E side of the harbour and on before altering course W to 1N Light Buoy (N cardinal)
the NE side of Spending Beach (330200S (253849S 325300E), noting a 12 m coral patch
175820E). Mariners should keep well clear of rafts, (253930S 330016E) and a 147 m depth (253829S
buoys, floats or lines associated with shellfish 325696E).
breeding. From a position in the vicinity of 1N Light Buoy, the
A submarine pipeline, carrying liquid petroleum recommended route leads generally SSW for 8½ miles
gas, extending 1½ miles SSW from the shore to Barra Norte, then SSE about 10 miles to No 5 Light
(330050S 180055E), connecting to a MBM within Buoy (starboard hand) (255589S 325193E),
a prohibited area (9.130). passing:
Paragraph 5.24 3 lines 1--3 Replace by:
South African Notices 9/60 and 62/17
[NP2/No.4/Wk.47/17] 3 W of shoal ground (255560S 325300E)
which forms the SW extremity of Baixos da
Inhaca, thence:
NP3 Africa Pilot Volume 3 (2016 Edition) Paragraph 5.24 4 line 1 Replace by:
N of a 95 m shoal area (255610S 325060E)
South Africa — Regulations; PSSA lying close S of the recommended route, thence:
4 S of Baixo Ribeiro (255400S 324900E); a...
6 Paragraph 5.24 5 lines 9--10 Replace by:
After Paragraph 1.43 3 line 8 Insert: Water tower (260053S 323378E)

PSSA. The waters between Cape Agulhas and Approach via Southern Channel
Stalwart Point (3.28), about 6 miles NE of Great Fish 5.24a
Point and generally incorporating the continental shelf 1 Southern Channel leads from Cabo Inhaca
and Agulhas Bank, have been designated as a PSSA anchorage (5.13) across Barra Sul, between Baixo do
which has been adopted by the IMO. See 1.42 and Meio (255242S 325515E) and Baixos da Inhaca
South African Annual Notices to Mariners. (5.24) to join the main approach channel between
The PSSA extends W to the vicinity of Baixo Fawn and the NW extent of Baixo da Inhaca.
Additio311400S 175000E See Africa Pilot Least charted depth along the SW edge of the
Volume 2. channel is 38 m. The channel is unmarked and not
maintained; local knowledge is essential.
Notice 5/45/18 [NP3--No 18--Wk 28/18] (Directions continue for Maputo at 5.40)
Paragraph 5.27 1 line 3 Replace by:
Mozambique -- Ponta do Ouro to Baía de Maputo In the vicinity of 1N Light Buoy (253849S
-- Cabo Inhaca — Anchorage
325300E);
Within Canal do Norte, in depths from 12 to...
158
Paragraph 5.27 1 lines 6--10 Replace by:
Paragraph 5.13 including heading Replace by:
South of the entrance channel between the SW
extent of Baixos da Inhaca (5.24) and Baixo Serra
Spare (5.43).
5.13
BA Charts 644, 646 & ENC GB400644
BA Chart 644 [NP3/No.1/Wk.24/17] [NP3/No.2/Wk.17/17]

2 -- 9
Index

NP3
Mozambique – Maputo — Port information Mozambique – Maputo — Port information
160
160
Paragraph 5.35 1 lines 3--8 Replace by:
Paragraph 5.31 1 line 1 Replace by: Prohibited anchorage. Anchoring is prohibited in
Rio Espirito Santo NW of Cais Maputo, except as
1 Canal da Polana, Rio Espirito Santo, and Canal da instructed by pilot.
Matola are dredged to depths of 13 m or more (2017). Paragraph 5.36 1 line 2 For 255590S 324480E at Read
255551S 324695E near
BA Chart 646 [NP3/No.3a/Wk.17/17]
BA Chart 646 [NP3/No.3c/Wk.17/17]

Mozambique -- Maputo — Vertical clearances Mozambique -- Maputo — Pilotage


160
160
After Paragraph 5.36 1 line 5 Insert:
After Paragraph 5.31 1 including existing Section IV Week For vessels with a draught of 125 m or more,
17/17 Insert: inbound or outbound, pilotage is compulsory in Canal
do Norte. Vessels should enter the channel and the
pilot will board in the vicinity of 254500S 325100E.
Vertical clearance
Maputo Harbour Master [NP3--No 15--Wk 12/18]
5.31a
1 Maputo--Catembe Bridge (255832S 323346E)
Mozambique -- Maputo — Pilotage
has a vertical clearance of 625 m at HAT in the
centre of the channel and 610 m at berth No 5. 160
Vessels with an air draught of 59 m or more are
Paragraph 5.36 1 including existing Section IV Notices
required to contact the port authority prior to
Weeks 17/17 and 12/18 Replace by:
approach.
1 Pilotage is compulsory and available 24 hours. The
pilot boards in position 255551S 324695E near the
Porto de Maputo Harbour Master
[NP3--No 11--Wk 52/17] E entrance to Canal da Xefina.
For vessels with a draught of 125 m or more,
inbound or outbound, pilotage is compulsory in Canal
do Norte. Vessels should enter the channel and the
Mozambique -- Maputo — Vertical clearances pilot will board in the vicinity of 254150S 325150E.
For further details, see ADMIRALTY List of Radio
160 Signals Volume 6(8).
Tugs are compulsory for all vessels except
Paragraph 5.31a including existing Section IV Notice coasters and fishing boats.
Week 52/17 Replace by: Maputo Harbour Master [NP3--No 16--Wk 16/18]
1 Maputo--Catembe Bridge (255832S 323346E) Mozambique – Maputo — Port information
has a vertical clearance of 625 m at HAT in the
centre of the channel and 615 m at berth No 5. See 160
also 5.37.
Paragraph 5.37 1 lines 1--3 including heading Replace by:

Maputo Harbour Master [NP3--No 19--Wk 40/18] Spare


5.37
BA Chart 646 [NP3/No.3b/Wk.17/17]
Mozambique -- Maputo — Vertical clearances
Mozambique -- Maputo — Regulations
160
160
Paragraph 5.31a including existing Section IV Notice Paragraph 5.37 1 lines 1--3 including heading and existing
Week 40/18 Replace by: Section IV Week 17/17 Replace by:

1 Maputo--Catembe Bridge (255832S 323346E) Regulations concerning entry


has a vertical clearance of 640 m at HAT in the 5.37
centre of the channel and 628 m at Berth No 5. See 1 Vessels with an air draught of 59 m or more are
also 5.37. required to contact the port authority prior to
approach.
Correspondence Porto de Maputo/18 Porto de Maputo Harbour Master
[NP3--No 21--Wk 43/18] [NP3--No 12--Wk 52/17]

2 -- 10
Index

NP3
Mozambique -- Maputo — Regulations No 12. Contact Maputo Port Authority for latest
information.
160
BA Chart 646 [NP3/No.5a/Wk.17/17]
Paragraph 5.37 including existing Section IV Notice Week
52/17 Replace by: Mozambique -- Maputo —
Berths; vertical clearance
1 Vessels with an air draught of 55 m or more are
required to contact the port authority prior to 162
approach.
Vessels with an air draught of 55 m or more have Paragraph 5.47 1 including existing Section IVs Week
priority passage under the Maputo--Catembe Bridge, at 17/17 Replace by:
which time only one way traffic will apply. 1 There are 3 km of continuous wharfage on the NE
side of Rio Espirito Santo, adjacent to the city of
Maputo Harbour Master [NP3--No 20--Wk 40/18] Maputo. From seaward, the berths are numbered
1--12 and handle general, reefer, bulk and bulk sugar
Mozambique -- Maputo — cargoes as well as container, RoRo and cruise
Directions; leading lights vessels. Declared berth depths in 2017 range
generally from 90 m at berth No 3 and No 4 to 120 m
160 at berth No 5, 95 m at berth No 6 and 120 m at berth
No 7 through No 12. Contact Maputo Port Authority for
After Paragraph 5.42 1 line 4 Insert: latest information.
Caution. Channels, depths and aids to navigation Caution. See 5.31a for vertical clearance at berth
are subject to frequent change. Leading lights may not No 5.
correspond to changes in the channel. The Harbour Porto de Maputo Harbour Master
Master should be consulted for the latest information.
[NP3--No 13--Wk 52/17]
Harbour Master Port of Maputo [NP3/No.4/Wk.02/17]
Mozambique – Maputo — Port information

Mozambique – Maputo — Port information 162


Paragraph 5.48 1 lines 3--4 Replace by:
160
Coal Terminal, quay length 220 m, depth alongside
Paragraph 5.43 2 line 4 Replace by: 154 m (2017).
...to depths of 134 to 136 m (2017), passing: Paragraph 5.49 1 lines 1--4 including heading Replace by:

161 Spare
5.49
Paragraph 5.44 1 line 1 Replace by:
BA Chart 646 [NP3/No.5b/Wk.17/17]
1 Caution. Leading lights may not correspond to
channel alignment, see 5.42.
Mozambique – Beira approaches —
Leading lights:
General information; directions; Racon; buoy
Paragraph 5.44 2 line 5 Replace by: 169
...to depths of 131 to 133 m (2017), passing: Paragraph 5.107 1 lines 3--4 Replace by:
...82 miles to the vicinity of 200888S 351970E, in the
162 outer approaches to...
Paragraph 5.44 3 lines 9--10 Replace by: Paragraph 5.111 1 lines 1--4 including heading Replace by:
Thence the track leads NW to the berths at Maputo Spare
and Matola. 5.111
Paragraph 5.46 1 line 4 Replace by: Paragraph 5.112 5 lines 4--5 Replace by:
Caution. Leading lights and marks may not To the vicinity of 200888S 351970E SE of the
correspond to channel alignment, see 5.42. port of Beira.
Leading lights: 170
Paragraph 5.47 1 line 4 For 1--16 Read 1--12 Paragraph 5.129 1 lines 2--3 Delete

Paragraph 5.47 1 lines 6--7 Replace by: 171

...vessels. Declared berth depths in 2017 range generally Paragraph 5.131 1 lines 1--2 Replace by:
from 90 m at berth No 3 and No 4 to 120 m at berth No 5, 1 Approaching from the vicinity of 200888S
95 m at berth No 6 and 120 m at berth No 7 through 351970E, the...

2 -- 11
Index

NP3
173 Kenya -- Mombasa — Maritime security zone

Paragraph 5.144 1 lines 1--2 Replace by: 262


After Paragraph 10.21 3 line 7 Insert:
1 From the vicinity of 200888S 351970E SE of
the port of Beira... Maritime security zone
Paragraph 5.149 1 lines 2--3 Delete 10.21a
1 A security zone has been established to provide
extra security for vessels awaiting berthing at the port
Paragraph 5.150 1 lines 1--2 Replace by: of Mombasa. The zone is a rectangular area that lies
1 From the vicinity of 200888S 351970E SE of between 3 and 19 miles offshore and is located
the port of Beira... between Ras Mwachema (10.9) and Mtwapa Creek
(10.48). The zone is subject to enhanced patrols by
BANM 34/4276/16 [NP3/No.6/Wk.37/16] the Kenyan Navy.
Kenya Maritime Authority [NP3/No.10/Wk.28/17]
Mozambique – Quelimane approaches —
Directions; wreck Kenya -- Mombasa — Anchorage berths
267
176
Paragraph 10.34 1 lines 4--16 Replace by:
Paragraph 5.171 1 line 10 Replace by: ...Kilindini and provide berths for vessels up to
110 000 dwt.
...WNW, passing:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (180492S Mombasa Harbour Master [NP3/No.8/Wk.12/17]
365953E), thence:
Kenya -- Mombasa -- Port Reitz — LPG Terminal
Mozambique Notice 5/39(T)/17 [NP3/No.7/Wk.26/17] 267
After Paragraph 10.34 2 line 5 Insert:
Mozambique -- Nacala — Alongside berths Mombasa (AGOL) LPG Terminal (40353S
393602E) is moored in Port Reitz, 1½ miles WSW
189 of Kipevu Oil Terminal (10.36). It consists of a LPG
vessel between two mooring dolphins, with two
After Paragraph 6.41 1 line 9 Insert: berthing dolphins alongside.
2 Coal terminal. An L--shaped jetty extends about Kenya Ports Authority; correspondence 2017
7 cables ESE from Ponta Namuáxi (6.38), with a berth [NP3--No 14--Wk 08/18]
face of 400 m in length on a N/S axis. The jetty is
equipped with a conveyor belt and two unloaders for Kenya -- Mombasa -- Port Reitz — Berths
the discharge of coal in bulk.
269
UKHO [NP3--No 17--Wk 25/18] Paragraph 10.36 2 lines 1--5 Replace by:
2 Kipevu Oil Terminal at Ras Mkadini is for crude oil
and refined oil products and can accommodate
Tanzania -- Mtwara — Depth
vessels up to 85 000 dwt, length 259 m and draught
1325 m.
204 Kipevu Container Terminal (40300S 393700E)
comprises:
Paragraph 7.34 1 line 1 Replace by:
Berth 20 on the E side of the terminal orientated N to
1 Least depth in the entrance channel is 168 m. S; 210 m in length, draught 99 m.
Berth 21, the main berth, orientated E to W, 350 m in
length, draught 140 m.
BA Chart 664/18 [NP3--No 22--Wk 46/18]
Correspondence [NP3/No.9/Wk.26/17]

Tanzania -- Mtwara — Directions; depth


NP4 South--East Alaska Pilot (2015 Edition)
205
Kake -- Security Bay — Patch
Paragraph 7.44 3 line 3 Replace by: 169
...hand), noting an 87 m isolated shoal (101559S After Paragraph 6.22 6 line 5 Insert:
401143E) in the fairway. Due allowance must be made
A 12 m (4 ft) patch (565048N 1342033W) lies
for the tidal...
SSE of this patch.
BA Chart 664/18 [NP3--No 23--Wk 46/18] US Notice 35/17368/17 [NP4/No.2/Wk.41/17]

2 -- 12
Index

NP4
Cook Inlet – Approaches to Anchorage — Brazil -- Porto de Santana — Berths; anchorage
Directions; V--AIS
88
365
Paragraph 3.75 1 line 4 Replace by:
After Paragraph 12.212 1 line 3 Insert:
...510656W. An anchorage in vicinity of 00550S
V--AIS: 510670W is designated for vessels carrying or
The channel, in places, is marked by V--AIS. transferring inflammable cargoes. These areas may
For information see The Mariner’s Handbook and change due to shifting...
ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
Brazil Notice 16/107/17 [NP5/No.8/Wk.41/17]
US Notice 45/16660/15 [NP4/No.1/Wk.47/15]
Brazil -- North coast -- East of Ilha Do Oiapoque
— Directions
NP5 South America Pilot Volume 1 (2017 Edition) 88
Paragraph 3.81 2 line 4 Replace by:
Brazil — Regulations; Extractive Reserves
NW extremity of Ilha do Pará, and;
SE of a shoal patch with a least depth of 25 m lying
6 5 cables E of Ilha Do Oiapoque, thence:

After Paragraph 1.49 Insert: Brazil Notice 21/120(P)/17 [NP5--No 21--Wk 50/17]

Extractive Reserves Brazil -- North coast -- Rio Pará -- Ilha dos Guarás
1.49a — Directions; light
1 Extractive Reserves have been established by
Brazilian Federal Decree at many places along the 93
coast. Exploitation of mineral resources and amateur Paragraph 3.127 2 lines 1--3 Delete
or professional hunting are prohibited. Predatory
fishing is prohibited and sport fishing is only permitted
with authorisation by the responsible authority within Brazilian Notice 12/87(P)/18 [NP5--No 55--Wk 31/18]
the Extractive Reserve. The chart is the best guide to
locations. Brazil -- Rio Pará -- Canal do Espadarte —
Directions; depths
Brazilian Notice 9/N46/18 [NP5--No 47--Wk 24/18]
93
Paragraph 3.130 1 line 13 Replace by:
Brazil -- South Coast -- Porto de Santos —
Marine exploration ...over it. Thence:
SE of a patch (02973S 480113W), with a least
71 reported depth of 61 m and marked by a light buoy
(lateral).
After Paragraph 2.3 1 line 9 Insert:
Brazilian Notice 20/143(P)/17, 20/146(P)/17
2 A large ship to ship transfer area is established [NP5--No 15--Wk 48/17]
offshore, about 65 miles S of Porto de Santos (8.18).
Mariners should be aware that vessels engaged in Brazil -- North coast -- Rio Pará -- Salinópolis to
transfer operations will be unable to manoeuvre. Chapéu Virado — Directions

Brazilian Notice 20/144/18 [NP5--No 67--Wk 48/18] 94


Paragraph 3.136 1 line 8 Replace by:
Brazil -- Rio Amazonas — Regulations ...extending towards the NE.
Paragraph 3.136 2 lines 1--6 Replace by:
81
2 The track then continues WSW, passing:
Paragraph 3.40 1 lines 1--2 Replace by: NNW of No 4 Light Buoy (port hand) (02300S
480650W), moored off the N edge of Banco São
1 Ship reporting systems. The SISTRAM reporting João (02505S 480630W), thence:
system is mandatory within Brazilian territorial waters; NNW of a dangerous wreck (02300S 480800W).
see 1.36. The track then continues WSW for about 4½ miles
Ballast water management. Special regulations to a position NNW of No 6 Light Buoy (port hand)
apply to ports of the Amazon basin; see 1.48. (02550S 481152W).

Correspondence [NP5--No 14--Wk 48/17] Brazil Notice 24/169/17 [NP5--No 35--Wk 05/18]

2 -- 13
Index

NP5
Brazil -- Belém -- Ilha do Mosqueiro — Brazil -- Rio Negro -- Porto de Manaus —
Directions; shoal depth Vertical clearance
115
97
After Paragraph 3.263 1 line 2 Insert:
Paragraph 3.163 2 line 11 Replace by: Vertical clearance
3.263a
...exhibited, and: 1 A fixed bridge (30716S 600472W) with a
WNW of a shoal (11329S 482864W), depth vertical clearance of 55 m spans Rio Negro
48 m, thence: NE from Camarao Island (30852S
600509W).
Brazilian Notice 5/25(P)/18 [NP5--No 46--Wk 22/18] ENC BR54023A [NP5--No 17--Wk 48/17]

Brazil -- Rio Negro -- Porto de Manaus —


Brazil -- Rio Pará -- Baía de Marajó — Directions; Anchorages
wreck
115
Paragraph 3.265 1 lines 1--8 Replace by:
99
1 The anchorage areas are SW and SE of the city,
After Paragraph 3.180 3 line 8 Insert: clear of the mooring buoys, in depths from 143 to
34 m, mud and sand. The current in this vicinity
NW of a dangerous wreck (12469S 484195W), averages 2 kn.
thence; Anchorage No 1 (30757S 600342W); general
cargo ships waiting to berth.
Anchorage No 2 (30813S 600406W); outer
Brazil Notice 22/161/17 [NP5--No 28--Wk 01/18]
quarantine, customs and maritime police inspection
anchorage.
2 Anchorage No 3 (30874S 600222W); general
Brazil -- Rio Pará -- Porto de Vila do Conde — cargo vessels waiting to dock.
Directions; wreck Anchorage No 4 (31052S 595957W); general
cargo vessels waiting to dock.
101 Anchorage No 5 (30954S 595634W); vessels
waiting to berth at the oil terminal (3.273)
After Paragraph 3.193 1 line 7 Insert: Brazilian Notice 20/148/17 [NP5--No 18--Wk 48/17]
Clear of a dangerous wreck (12469S Brazil -- Rio Negro -- Porto de Manaus — Bridge
484195W), thence:
116
Brazil Notice 22/161/17 [NP5--No 29--Wk 01/18] Paragraph 3.268 1 lines 9--12 Delete

ENC BR54023A [NP5--No 19--Wk 48/17]


Brazil -- River Amazon -- Ilha das Garças — Brazil – North coast – Cabo Gurupi to Ilhas de
Directions; depths São João — Directions; wreck
125
109--110
After Paragraph 4.28 2 line 5 Insert:
Paragraph 3.239 3 line 9 and 4 lines 1--9 Replace by: Clear of a dangerous wreck (10230S 452320W),
thence:
...573120W, thence the track favours the N bank
ENC BR321500 [NP5--No 54--Wk 30/18]
of the river, passing:
4 NW of Ilha das Garças (23541S 573808W);
Brazil – North coast – Ilha Mangunça —
a shoal area extends NNW from the island. Directions; light
Thence:
SE of Capela Light (white diamond on white metal 126
post, 10 m in height) (23537S 574002W), Paragraph 4.36 1 lines 3--4 Delete
clear of the shoal area extending SSE from Ilha
das Garças, in mid--stream, thence the track Brazilian Notice 11/76(P)/18 [NP5--No 53--Wk 29/18]
crosses to the S bank of the river, passing:
NW of Porto Equador Light (white diamond on metal Brazil -- Baía de São Marcos --
framework tower, 10 m in height) (24300S Terminal da Ponta da Madeira — Berth
574241W)
129
Thence to a position off Vila de Urucurituba (3.250).
Paragraph 4.61 1 line 7 Replace by:
Brazilian Notice 20/144(P)/17 [NP5--No 16--Wk 48/17] ...is 500 m with a minimum depth of 23 m.

2 -- 14
Index

NP5
Paragraph 4.61 2 line 3 For 508 m Read 980 m Brazil -- East coast -- Salvador —
Anchorages; pilotage
175
Paragraph 4.61 2 line 4 For 23 m Read 21 m
Paragraph 5.186 1 lines 3--17 Replace by:
No Position Remarks
Brazilian Notice 8/65/17 [NP5/No.1/Wk.23/17]
1 125600S Draught less than 10 m; awaiting
383200W refuelling, inspection, embarkation
or disembarkation of crew.
Brazil -- Pecém Terminal — Anchorages; berths 2 125790S Draught less than 10 m.
383266W
137 3 125753S Draught greater than 10 m;
383440W awaiting refuelling, inspection,
Paragraph 4.143 1 line 3 For 32850N 384650W Read embarkation or disembarkation of
32850S 384650W crew.
4 125503S Quarantine anchorage.
383582W
Paragraph 4.143 1 line 4 For 32950N 384650W Read
32950S 384650W 5 130217S Anchorage for vessels awaiting
383676W vacancy within Baía de Todos os
Santos.
Paragraph 4.143 1 line 5 For 33180N 384680W Read
33180S 384680W Paragraph 5.187 1 line 4 For 125901S 383299W Read
130077S 383374W

Paragraph 4.146 1 lines 6--12 Replace by: Brazilian Notice 14/E 103/18 [NP5--No 58--Wk 36/18]

Pier 2 projects about 400 m NW; POL is handled


on each side; LNG transhipment. Vessels up to 310 m Brazil -- East coast -- Porto de Salvador —
Anchorages
and 175 000 dwt are handled.
Pier 3 projects about 1580 m NW alongside the 175
inner side of the NW arm of the breakwater; general Paragraph 5.186 1 lines 3--17 including existing Section IV
and solid cargo. Vessels up to 330 m and 140 000 Week 36/18 Replace by:
dwt are handled.
No Position Remarks
Brazilian Chart 705/17 [NP5--No 20--Wk 50/17] 1 125600S Draught less than 10 m; awaiting
383200W refuelling, inspection, embarkation
or disembarkation of crew.
2 125790S Draught less than 10 m.
Brazil -- East coast -- South of Recife — 383266W
Directions; wreck
3 125753S Draught greater than 10 m;
383440W awaiting refuelling, inspection,
162 embarkation or disembarkation of
crew.
After Paragraph 5.101 2 line 7 Insert:
4 125503S Quarantine anchorage.
Clear of a dangerous wreck (81337S 345193W), 383582W
thence: 5 130217S Anchorage for vessels awaiting
383676W vacancy within Baía de Todos os
Brazilian Notice 10/E66/18 [NP5--No 51--Wk 27/18] Santos.
6 125447S Anchorage for vessels awaiting
383632W berthing at Bahia Regasification
Terminal (TRBA)
Brazil -- Aracaju -- Sergipe Terminal —
Anchorage 7 125866S Anchorage for recreational vessels
383204W over 60 m.

171 Brazilian Notice 15/107/18 [NP5--No 59--Wk 38/18]

Paragraph 5.157 2 lines 11--12 Replace by: Brazil -- East coast -- Porto de Ilhéus —
Controlling depths
188
Anchorage area is centred on 105350S
365475W, with depths from 15 to 22 m. Paragraph 6.27 1 lines 1--3 Replace by:
1 Controlling depth. In Porto de Ilhéus the least
Brazilian Notice 16/E111/18 [NP5--No 62--Wk 39/18] depth in the turning basin is 93 m, and alongside the

2 -- 15
Index

NP5
quay 90 m. The use of the turning basin is restricted Any incidents or accidents.
to vessels with a draught less than 85 m. Portuguese or English must be used in VHF
communications.
BA Chart 551/18; www.codeba.com.br
[NP5--No 57--Wk 31/18] Porto de Vitoria--Procedure to Mariners 06/2017
[NP5--No 26--Wk 01/18]
Brazil -- Barra do Riacho — Anchorage
Brazil -- Porto de Vitória —Vessel traffic service
199
202
After Paragraph 6.105 2 line 4 Insert:
After Paragraph 6.127 1 line 8 Insert:
No 4 anchorage area, centred on position
195306S 395888W, for vessels berthing at Vessel traffic service. Vitória VTS is in operation;
Jurong Aracruz Shipyard. see 6.119.

Brazil Notice 7/36/18 [NP5--No 44--Wk 20/18] Porto de Vitoria--Procedure to Mariners 06/2017
[NP5--No 27--Wk 01/18]

Brazil – Terminal de Barra do Riacho —


Prohibited anchorage; harbour Brazil -- East coast -- Guaxindiba —
Directions; lights
199
209
Paragraph 6.105 2 lines 5--7 Replace by:
Paragraph 6.174 2 lines 1--3 Delete
Prohibited anchorage area, in which anchoring
and fishing are prohibited extends 1 mile N, E and S Brazilian Notice 19/E138/17 [NP5/No.12/Wk.46/17]
from the elbow of the S mole. It covers two
submarine pipelines, the port approach and the
entrance to the harbour close S. Brazil -- East coast --
Approaches to Porto do Açu — Danger area
Paragraph 6.106 1 lines 6--9 Replace by:
210
A jetty for gas carriers lies in the NW part.
After Paragraph 6.180 1 line 9 Insert:
Paragraph 6.106 2 lines 3--6 Replace by:
A danger area, centred on 215267S 404990W,
...by two breakwaters (lit). The entrance, about 290 m wide exists in the approaches to Açu, where depths are
is open to the NE. A quay, orientated NE/SW... less than charted.
Brazilian Chart 1420/17 [NP5--No 33--Wk 01/18] Brazilian Notice 12/E90(P)/18 [NP5--No 56--Wk 31/18]

Brazil – Terminal de Barra do Riacho — Berths Brazil -- Porto do Açu —


Directions; light beacons; buoys
200
211
After Paragraph 6.108 1 line 6 Insert:
Paragraph 6.183 1 line 8 Replace by:
A jetty extends about 300 m ESE from the NW
shore, with a berth on each side for gas carriers. The ...the track leads W, then WNW, towards the Terminal T1...
basin in the N of the harbour, with a depth of 60 m,
is used by barges. Paragraph 6.183 1 lines 10--12 Replace by:
Between T1 Light Beacon No 1 (starboard hand)
Brazilian Chart 1420/17 [NP5--No 34--Wk 01/18] (215013S 404778W) and T1 Light Beacon
No 2 (port hand) (215028S 404780W).
Brazil -- Porto de Vitória — Vessel traffic service
Paragraph 6.183 2 lines 6--9 Replace by:
201 ...the track leads WSW, passing:
SSE of T1 Light Beacon No 2 (port hand)
Paragraph 6.119 1 lines 1--4 Replace by: (215028S 404780W).
1 Vitória VTS, consisting of an outer zone and an Paragraph 6.183 3 line 1 For NW Read WNW
internal zone is in operation. Vessels in the
Vitória--Tubarão area are required to report to Vitória After Paragraph 6.183 3 line 2 Insert:
VTS at the following times and positions:
One hour before arrival at the VTS area; Through the Terminal T2 pilot boarding position
When entering the Vitória VTS area; (6.181), thence:
When passing any of the reporting waypoints
Paragraph 6.183 3 lines 3--4 Replace by:
established in the VTS area;
2 On arrival and departure from a berth or Between T2 Light Beacon No 1 (starboard hand)
anchorage, or when shifting berth; (214908W 405660W) and T2 Light Beacon...

2 -- 16
Index

NP5
Paragraph 6.183 4 lines 1--2 Replace by: Brazil -- East coast -- Ponta de Castelhanos —
Directions; Pilot
4 The track then leads through a channel marked by
light buoys (lateral) to the berths and facilities that lie 234
on the...
Paragraph 7.120 4 line 1 For (230868S 440459W)
Brazilian Notice 9/E52/18 [NP5--No 48--Wk 24/18] Read (230838S 440240W)

Brazil -- Cabo Búzios -- Enseada de Búzios — Brazil Notice 24/171/17 [NP5--No 36--Wk 05/18]
Anchorage
Brazil -- Baía de Sepetiba -- Porto de Itaguaí —
214 Directions; channels
After Paragraph 6.202 6 line 5 Insert:
236
Anchorage may also be obtained in a depth of
about 15 m as follows: Paragraph 7.150 1 lines 1--6 Replace by:
A. 224460S 415340W. 1 From a position S of Ilha da Pedra Branca (7.148),
B. 224453S 415395W. the channel divides into two.
Brazilian Notice 18/126/17 [NP5/No.13/Wk.46/17] Brazilian Chart 1623 [NP5--No 23--Wk 52/17]

Brazil -- Porto de Rio de Janerio — Directions Brazil -- Baía de Sepetiba -- Porto de Itaguaí —
Directions; channels; depths
227
236
Paragraph 7.65 2 line 8 Replace by:
...9 m in height) stands, thence: Paragraph 7.151 1 lines 1--12 Replace by:
S of a dangerous wreck (225327S 431005W) 1 East channel. From a position S of Ilha da Pedra
with a depth of 105 m lying close to the buoyed Branca (7.148) the East channel, dredged to 174 m
channel. (2004), leads through a channel marked by light
buoys (lateral) to Porto de Itaguaí. The track leads
Brazil Notice 21/151/17 [NP5--No 22--Wk 50/17]
generally ENE passing:
SSE of Ilha Socó do Martins (225749S
Brazil -- Porto de Rio de Janeiro — Anchorages 435239W), thence:
SSE of Ilha do Martins (225715S 435155W).
228 2 The track then continues ENE in the dredged
Paragraph 7.66 1 Replace by: channel to the turning basin, from where the terminals
(7.158) can be approached directly. A light (yellow
1 Anchorages. There are several designated support on white metal structure) (225621S
anchorage areas: 435038W) is exhibited from the W end of the
No 1 Anchorage (225305S 430885W) (7.58); TECAR jetty.
Quarantine and Customs. 3 West channel. From a position S of Ilha da Pedra
No 1A Anchorage (225401S 430863W); Branca (7.148), the West channel, dredged to 196 m
platforms. (2015), leads generally NNE through a channel
No 2 Anchorages (three areas); naval vessels: marked by light buoys (lateral) to Porto Sudeste
Area 1 (225449S 430919W); several (225607S 435142W), passing:
obstructions and a wreck (225447S ESE of Ilha de Itacuruçá (225635S 435350W),
430899W) lie within the anchorage; thence:
Area 2 (225357S 430943W); a dangerous WNW of Ilha das Cabras (225672S 435193W).
wreck (225358S 430948W) and an 4 The track then continues NNE to the turning basin
obstruction (225363S 430946W) lie within the located SW of the port. A light (225603S
area.
435155W) is exhibited from the end of the W--most
Area 3 (225167S 430864W); a mooring buoy
breakwater.
lies in the NE part of the area. An obstruction
(225143S 430865W) and a dangerous wreck Brazilian Chart 1623 [NP5--No 24--Wk 52/17]
(225179S 430861W) lie within the area.
Paragraph 7.66 3 lines 1--2 Replace by: Brazil -- East coast -- Baía de Sepetiba —
3 No 6A Anchorage (224997S 430821W); Directions; wreck
vessels under repair. A wreck (225154S
237
431038W), marked by a buoy (isolated
danger), and a rocky patch (225122S Paragraph 7.151 4 including existing Section IV Week
431018W), marked by a buoy (starboard 52/17 Replace by:
hand), lie in the E part of the area.
4 The track then continues NNE to the turning basin
Brazil Notice 22/157/17; ENC BR501511 located SW of the port. A light (225603S
[NP5--No 30--Wk 01/18] 435155W) is exhibited from the end of the W--most

2 -- 17
Index

NP5
breakwater. A dangerous wreck (225595S Brazil -- East coast -- Barra de Icapara —
435166W) lies in the channel W of the breakwater. Directions; light

256
Brazilian Notice 3/S15/18 [NP5--No 39--Wk 12/18]
Paragraph 8.56 2 lines 1--3 Delete
Brazil -- South coast -- Porto de Itaguaí — Depths
Brazil Notice 22/159(P)/17 [NP5--No 31--Wk 01/18]
237
Brazil -- East coast -- Barra da Icapara —
Paragraph 7.154 1 lines 5--7 Replace by: Directions; light
Caution. Depths in the SE part of the turning basin 257
are reported (2018) to be less than the approach
channel; least charted depth is 151 m. Paragraph 8.59 3 line 2--3 Replace by:
Tidal levels. Mean spring range about 13 m; mean ...(244124S 472472W), the N entrance to Mar
neap range about 04 m. See information in Pequeno...
ADMIRALTY Tide Tables.
Brazil Notice 22/159(P)/17 [NP5--No 32--Wk 01/18]
BA Chart 431 [NP5--No 49--Wk 25/18]
Brazil -- East Coast -- Porto de Antonina —
Position; limiting conditions; berths
Brazil -- Porto de Itaguaí — Anchorages
260
237
Paragraph 8.96 1 lines 1--2 For (252582S 484154W)
Paragraph 7.158 1 lines 1--13 and 2 lines 1--7 Replace by: Read (252660S 484155W)

1 Anchorage may be obtained S of Ilha Jurubaíba After Paragraph 8.96 1 line 5 Insert:
(225760S 435695W), from the W end of which a
light (white square concrete tower, 5 m in height) Terminal da Ponta do Félix (252742S
(225760S 435705W) is exhibited, as follows: 484046W), a modern facility, is situated about 1 mile
SE of Porto Barão de Tefé.
Anchorage Maximum Maximum length
draught (m) (m) Paragraph 8.97 1 line 2 Replace by:
A1 90 ...58 m and with a maximum LOA of 188 m. Contact the
port authority for maximum operational draught
A2 128 requirements.
B1 113
Paragraph 8.99 1 lines 1--4 Replace by:
B2 89
1 Porto Barão de Tefé. Two concrete piers; the
B3 118 largest, privately owned but sometimes used by the
up to 310
B4 115 port administration, is 200 m long, the other pier is
2 B5 109 90 m long with depths of about 58 m.
Terminal da Ponta do Félix. General cargo, bulk
C1, C2 71 and refrigerated cargoes; quay length 360 m; depth
E1 105 alongside about 57 m; greater depths reported (2013).
E2 104 BA Chart 587/15; www.pontadofelix.com.br;
D 65 up to 300 www.portosdoparana.pr.gov.br [NP5--No 45--Wk 22/18]
F1 112 up to 270
Brazil -- South coast -- Itajaí — Terminals;
F2 112 up to 210 alongside berths
Areas G and H, situated S of Ilha de Itacuruçá
(7.151) are exclusively for warships. 266
Paragraph 8.141 1--2 Replace by:
Brazilian Chart 1623 [NP5--No 25--Wk 52/17]
1 Navegantes Container Terminal (265386S
483978W) lies on the N bank, and is about 900 m
Brazil -- Approaches to Porto de Santos — in length. Least charted depth alongside is 114 m.
Directions; wreck Itajaí Container Terminal (265406S 483981W)
lies on the S bank and is about 1000 m in length.
254 Least charted depth alongside is 84 m.
2 Passenger Terminal Guilherme Asseburg
After Paragraph 8.38 1 line 7 Insert:
(265427S 483925W) is situated on the south bank
Clear of a dangerous wreck (240814S and consists of a 78 m pier and mooring dolphins.
462134W), thence: Maximum draught is around 10 m.
Other berths. Various other smaller facilities
HYDROLANT 1043/18 [NP5--No 43--Wk 17/18] including shipyards and an oil terminal are situated in

2 -- 18
Index

NP5
shoaler depths farther upriver. Contact the port Uruguay -- Montevideo -- Antepuerto — Depth
authority for further information.
294
BA Chart 547/2018; Paragraph 9.98 1 line 4 For 12 m Read 11 m
www.portonave.com.br/en/portonave/infrastructure;
www.portoitajai.com.br/novo/c/terminal--cruzeiros ENC UY500041 [NP5--No 37--Wk 11/18]
[NP5--No 50--Wk 26/18]
Uruguay -- Puerto de Montevideo —
Prohibited area
Brazil -- South coast -- Barra do Rio Grande
Approaches — Directions; wrecks 295

273 Paragraph 9.106 1 line 1 Replace by:


1 Prohibited area. An area, marked by light buoys
Paragraph 8.174 3 lines 3--9 Replace by: (cardinal), is established and extends about 1¼ miles
S of Punta Yeguas (345431S 561874W) (9.211).
...(8.171), and:
Navigation within this area is prohibited.
Clear of a dangerous wreck (320320S
511380W), thence: Uruguayan Notice 9/0617/17 [NP5/No.11/Wk.45/17]
SE of Estreito Light (8.170); Banco Minuano
(320233S 514115W) lies SSE of the light. Uruguay -- Montevideo -- Antepuerto — Depth
Dangerous wrecks lie 2¼ miles WSW, 7 miles W
and 3 miles ENE, positions approximate, of the 298
bank. Thence:
Paragraph 9.121 1 line 2 For 12 m Read 11 m
Brazilian Notice 10/S61/18; 10/S69/18
[NP5--No 52--Wk 27/18] ENC UY500041 [NP5--No 38--Wk 11/18]

Uruguay -- Puerto de Montevideo —


Brazil -- Porto Do Rio Grande — Berths Alongside berths; Muelle C
298
276
Paragraph 9.122 2 lines 1--3 Replace by:
After Paragraph 8.206 3 line 6 Insert: 2 Muelle C (345387S 561198W) is 370 m in
4 The following berth lies on the E side of the main length with a depth alongside of 105 m.
channel: Uruguay Notice 4/36/17 [NP5/No.2/Wk.23/17]
Cocuruto Quay (320233S 520239W), located
1¾ miles E of Porto Novo; length 560 m; alongside Uruguay -- Río de La Plata —
depth 90 m. Under keel clearance

Brazilian Notice 17/119/17 [NP5/No.10/Wk.43/17] 300


Paragraph 9.143 4 lines 7--13 Replace by:
Uruguay -- Isla de Flores — ESSA Under keel clearance. Vessels sailing in the main
channels are required to ensure the following UKC at
290 all times:
Draught less than or equal to 1036 m: 06 m;
After Paragraph 9.67 1 line 10 Insert: Draught between 1037 and 1067 m: 06 m, adding
15 cm per additional cm of draught;
Anchoring and fishing are prohibited within the Draught greater than or equal to 1068 m: 10% of
above area. static draught.
An ESSA has been established extending 2 miles Vessels sailing with limited UKC will, as their speed
from the coastline of Isla de Flores (9.72). For further increases, have even narrower margins (sinkage) and
information see Uruguay decree number 43/018. significant changes to trim (squat) which will affect
their manoeuvrability.
Uruguay Chart 40/18 [NP5--No 60--Wk 39/18]
Uruguay Chart 50 [NP5--No 63--Wk 46/18]

Uruguay – Río de La Plata — Directions; wreck Argentina – Río de La Plata —


Directions; Canal Punta Indio Sudeste
290
303
Paragraph 9.71 2 line 7 Replace by: Paragraph 9.163 1 lines 1--4 including heading Replace by:
...farther N. A dangerous wreck (345711S Spare
551730W) lies SSW of Punta Negra. And: 9.163
Uruguay Notice 5/40/17 [NP5/No.5/Wk.27/17] Argentine Notice 1/26/15 [NP5/No.3/Wk.22/17]

2 -- 19
Index

NP5
Argentina -- Puerto La Plata — Anchorages Uruguay -- Río Uruguay --
Puerto de Nueva Palmira — Light; berths
304
326
Paragraph 9.177 Replace by:
Paragraph 10.88 2 lines 4--9 Replace by:
1 There are five designated anchorages: ...moored 1 cable SW of Muelle Sur Light (white tower, red
Naval anchorage (344735S 574881W), bands) (335310S 582546W). The bottom in the
reserved for Argentine Navy vessels; roadstead W of this danger is rocky. A 135 m wreck
West Zone 1 (ZW1) (344397S 575211W), for (335265S 582592W) lies 4 cables W of Muelle Norte.
large cargo vessels;
West Zone 2 (ZW2) (344560S 575256W), for Paragraph 10.91 1 lines 2--3 Replace by:
small cargo vessels; Muelle Sur: total berthing face 530 m; depths of
2 East Zone 1 (ZE1) (344470S 574785W), for 73 m...
large cargo vessels coming from Argentinian
ports; Uruguay Notice 8/61/2017 [NP5/No.9/Wk.41/17]
East Zone 2 (ZE2) (344595S 574755W), for
large cargo vessels inbound for Argentinian ports. Argentina -- Puerto Bunge Ramallo —
Cautions. A number of obstructions lie within the Directions; name change; new route
above anchorages.
3 Vessels frequently drag anchor during strong winds 335
associated with sudestadas and pamperos (see 1.118). Paragraph 10.166 3 line 1 Replace by:
During bad weather high speed craft may operate
in this area, crossing the anchorages. 3 NE of Puerto Bunge Ramallo (10.170).
The track then divides in to Paso Tonelero passing
BA Chart 1751 [NP5--No 64--Wk 46/18] NE of an unnamed island (332263S 600510W),
and Paso Isla Nueva, passing SW of the above
island; both channels are marked by light buoys
Uruguay -- West--north--west of Montevideo — (lateral). Vessels intending to use Paso Isla Nueva,
ESSA
should contact the local port authorities for the latest
307 information. The track then continues to lead generally
NW, passing:
After Paragraph 9.206 1 line 8 Insert:
Correspondance -- Pandi Liquidadores
2 Restricted Area. An ESSA has been established [NP5/No.6/Wk.41/17]
from Punta del Canario (345209S 562104W) to
Punta del Tigre (9.211). The ESSA extends 5 miles Argentina -- Puerto Bunge Ramallo —
from the shoreline. For further information see Name change
Uruguay decree number 55/015.
336
Uruguay Chart 40/18 [NP5--No 61--Wk 39/18] For the heading above 10.170 Puerto Ramallo Read
Puerto Bunge Ramallo
Uruguay – Río de La Plata – Paso de San Juan
and Pozos de San Juan — Directions; Paragraph 10.170 1 line 1 For Puerto Ramallo Read Puerto
emergency anchorage; passing areas Bunge Ramallo

319 BA Chart 1327 [NP5/No.7/Wk.41/17]


Paragraph 10.24 1 line 4 Replace by:
Argentina -- Río Parana --
...stands on a spit on the S shore of the river. An Puerto San Nicolás — Anchorages
emergency anchorage area (10.33) lies in the
vicinity of km 85. Thence: 336

After Paragraph 10.24 2 line 5 Insert: Paragraph 10.171 3 lines 1--2 Replace by:

Passing area. A designated passing area, marked 3 Anchorages. An anchorage is situated in Río
by light buoys (special), lies adjacent to Pozos de San Paraná, about 3 miles down--river from Puerto Nuevo.
Juan between km 876 and km 93. Rada San Nicolás Norte (332007S 601006W),
depths from 10 to 21 m. Obstructions lie within the
After Paragraph 10.33 1 line 6 Insert: anchorage area at 331988S 601017W and
332070S 600995W, both positions approximate.
2 Emergency anchorage. An emergency anchorage Rada San Nicolás Sur (332197S 600714W),
(341817S 580136W) lies to the E of the main depths from 7 to 21 m. Obstructions lie within the
channel in Paso de San Juan. Its E limits are marked anchorage area at 332200S 600706W, 332202S
by light buoys (special) at km 847 and km 857. Two 600703W and 332196S 600731W, all positions
vessels, maximum LOA 255 m, can be approximate.
accommodated.
Argentinian Notice 3/43/01--03/18
Uruguay Notice 12/96/2016 [NP5/No.4/Wk.22/17] [NP5--No 40--Wk 13/18]

2 -- 20
Index

NP5
Argentina -- Río Paraná -- Argentina -- Bahía Blanca — Anchorages
Punta Alvear — Terminals

337 353
After Paragraph 10.173 1 Insert:
Paragraph 11.98 Replace by:
Punta Alvear
10.173a 1 Five designated anchorages have been established
1 Description. Two terminals are located in the as follows:
vicinity of Punta Alvear (330289S 603446W) on Anchorage ‘A’ (390517S 614767W); situated
the W bank of Río Paraná. Both terminals comprise adjacent to the pilot boarding area (11.61), has
T--shaped jetties extending from the shore. depths from 6 to 17 m. Areas of foul ground lie in
Berths: this anchorage. This anchorage is reserved for
Muelle Punta Alvear (330284S 603440W) vessels over 10 m draught waiting to depart from
consists of interconnected dolphins with a total Bahía Blanca.
length of about 315 m. Dry cargo handled. 2 Anchorage ‘B’ (390385S 615000W), close
2 Muelles Villa Gobernador Gálvez (330227S NW of Anchorage ‘A’ has depths from
603477W) consists of interconnected 4 to 18 m. An obstruction (390437S
dolphins with a total length of about 340 m. 614974W) lies in the SE section of this
Chemicals and vegetable oils handled. anchorage. This anchorage is reserved for
vessels over 10 m draught waiting to depart
BA Chart 1329 [NP5--No 65--Wk 47/18] from Bahía Blanca.
3 Anchorage ‘C’ (385982S 615274W) has
depths from 10 to 21 m. The N limits of this
Argentina -- Río Paraná -- anchorage, and the limits of a manoeuvring
Puerto Rosario — Berths area extending from its S side, are marked by
light buoys (special). A dangerous wreck,
marked by No 11.7 Light Buoy (isolated
337
danger) lies between Anchorages ‘C’ and ‘D’.
An area of foul ground, position approximate,
Paragraph 10.174 3 lines 1--13 Replace by:
lies in position 385958S 615355W.
3 Berths. The majority of wharves in the port are 4 Anchorage ‘D’ (385905S 615493W); depths
state owned; tugs are available. from 11 to 16 m. This anchorage is reserved
Terminal Granelera (325908S 603700W); two for loaded oil tankers over 10 m draught
berths, 250 and 267 m in length. Cereals handled. waiting to berth at the Punta Ancla or Punta
Terminal 1 (Muelle Nuevo) (325867S Cigüeña terminals (11.78) and for departing
603707W); multipurpose; three berths and vessels over 10 m draught unable to cross
570 m of continuous berthing space. Canal del Toro in bad weather. Areas of foul
Terminal 2 Sur (325809S 603710W); ground, lie in the anchorage.
multipurpose; three berths and over 650 m of 5 Anchorage ‘E’ (385860S 615650W); depths
berthing space. from 12 to 19 m. Areas of foul ground, lie in
Terminal 2 Norte (325776S 603717W); the anchorage.
multipurpose; two berths and 350 m of berthing An anchorage (385719S 620165W), depth
space. 18 m, exists midway between the Punta Ancla or
Sorrento Wharf (325586S 603886W); 216 m in Punta Cigüeña terminals (11.78).
length with dolphins; discharge of fuel for the An anchorage exists midway between Puerto
power station. Galván and Puerto Cuatreros (384502S
622253W), depths from 2 to 6 m.
6 Naval anchorage. Rada de Puerto Belgrano
BA Chart 1329 [NP5--No 66--Wk 47/18] (385640S 620470W) is reserved for use of the
Argentine Navy, but vessels proceeding only to Puerto
Belgrano or Puerto Rosales, or in cases of
Argentina -- Bahía Blanca --
Puerto Galván — Berths emergency, may anchor in a position 1½ miles SSE of
Punta Cigüeña (11.63), provided notice is given by
radio and flag signals of vessel’s name, nationality,
352
destination and port of departure.
Paragraph 11.96 1 lines 12--14 Replace by: 7 Outer anchorage has been established centred on
391796S 613322W bordering the NE side of El
2 Muelle de Inflamables, for LPG, chemicals and Rincón entrance channel between No 2 and No 4
POLs. Berth No 1 has a length of 372 m, Light Buoys. The anchorage has depths from 12 to
berth No 2 has a length of 368 m and berth 15 m. An area of foul ground lies in position
No 3 has a length of 290 m. All three berths 391749S 313452W.
have a depth of 122 m alongside.

BA Chart 3755 [NP5--No 41--Wk 16/18] Argentinian Chart 249 [NP5--No 42--Wk 16/18]

2 -- 21
Index

NP6
NP6 South America Pilot Volume 2 (2011 Edition) Chile – Canal Thomson — Directions; AIS
221

Falkland Islands -- Choiseul Sound — Pilotage After Paragraph 5.279 1 line 1 Insert:
Other aids to navigation
108 5.279a
1 AIS:
Islotes Pollera Light (550430S 701290W).
Paragraph 2.356 2 line 7 Replace by:
Isla Maruja Light (545600S 701410W).
...Master. From the E the pilot boards at 515660S For information see The Mariner’s Handbook and
582600W and from the W at 515600S 583130W. ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
Chilean Notice 3/43/14 [NP6/No.2/Wk.14/14]
H102 (4) & (5) HMS Protector [NP6--No 8--Wk 14/18]
Chile -- Canal Beagle – West Part –
Canal Thomson —
General information; directions
Falkland Islands -- East Falkland --
Hecate Channel -- East Cove — Buoy 220--221
Paragraph 5.276 to 5.280 including heading Replace by:
113
Directions
Paragraph 2.360 3 lines 1--4 Delete (continued from 5.375)
Track
5.280
H102 (6) HMS Protector [NP6--No 9--Wk 14/18] 1 From a position ESE of Islotes Salientes
(550803S 701516W) the track leads NNW,
passing:
Chile -- Canal Beagle – West Part – ENE of Islotes Salientes; Islotes Salientes Light
Canal Thomson — (white GRP tower, red band; 3 m in height)
General information; directions (550803S 701516W) is exhibited from the E
islet of the group. Thence:
220--221 2 ENE of Islotes Miño (550725S 701420W),
thence:
Paragraph 5.276 to 5.280 including heading Replace by: WSW of Islote Goddard (550600S 700980W),
thence:
ENE of the islets lying off the E side of Isla Herrera
(550630S 701580W), thence:
CANAL THOMSON WSW of Islote Redondo (550520S 701100W),
thence:
General information 3 WSW of Islotes Pollera (550435S 701290W);
Islotes Pollera Light (red GRP tower, lateral;
Chart 1373 (undetermined datum), Chilean Chart 12750 3 m in height), is exhibited from the W islet.
(WGS84 datum), 12720 (yendegaia datum) (see 1.10) Thence:
Route ENE of the dangers (550410S 701720W) lying
5.276 E, and NE, of Punta Mariana, thence:
1 From the head of Bahía Cook (551000S ENE of the dangers (550320S 701760W) lying N
701000W) (5.371) the route leads NNW, NNE, then of Punta González, and:
N, for about 17 miles, to a position ENE of Isla Timbal 4 WSW of Bajo Ana Maria (550234S
Chico (545420S 701460W) in the W entrance to 701400W), a shoal, covered by kelp, lying
Paso Darwin (5.264) and the junction of Canal W of the W end of Isla Dos Cumbres; a light
Thomson with Brazo Noroeste del Canal Beagle buoy (lateral) marks the shoal.
The track then leads NNE, passing:
(5.257) and Canal O’Brien (5.283).
ESE of the rocks, islets and other dangers
Depths
(550100S 701600W) fronting Isla Kelvin
5.277
(550040S 701780W), thence:
1 The fairway has depths of more than 100 m over a
5 WNW of a dangerous rock (550090S
least width of 1 mile.
701260W) lying close off the SW side of
Pilotage Isla Thomson, thence:
5.278 WNW of Islote Uribe (545910S 701180W ) the
1 See ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (7) largest of the islets and rocks lying off the NW
and 5.54. corner of Isla Thomson, thence:
Traffic regulations ESE of the E extremity of Isla Cook (545780S
5.279 701380W).
1 See 5.285. 6 The track then leads N, passing:
W of Punta Howard (545645S 701220W), a
Chilean Chart 12750 [NP6/No.1a/Wk.25/12] point of sheer cliffs, thence:

2 -- 22
Index

NP6
E of Isla Maruja Light (white GRP tower, red band, Depths
4 m in height) (545603S 701410W) exhibited 5.372
from the E extremity of Isla Maruja (545610S 1 There is a least depth (551580S 701852W) of
701460W) the largest island of the Islas Ferrer. 29 m close to track.
Thence: Pilotage
E of Isla Timbal Chico (545420S 701460W) the E 5.373
islet of the Grupo Timbales (5.283). 1 A pilot boarding area for vessels entering Chilean
7 The track continues a short distance N to a position channels from S is situated, as shown on the chart,
ENE of Isla Timbal Chico. about about 2½ miles SE of Islotes Salientes Light
Useful mark: (550803S 701516W). See 5.54.
Pico Huemul (545560S 708080W) (5.263).
Directions
(Directions for Canal O’Brien continue at 5.287,
Other aids to navigation
Directions for Brazo Noroeste del Canal Beagle
5.374
are given at 5.263, and for
1 Racon:
Canal Pomar at 5.292)
Rocas Sandwich Light (551255S 702580W).
See ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
Chilean Chart 12750 [NP6/No.1b/Wk.25/12] Automatic Identification System:
Rocas Sandwich Light (551255S 702580W).
See Mariner’s Handbook and ADMIRALTY List of
Chile – Bahía Cook — Pilot boarding position
Radio Signals Volume 2.
Track
235 5.375
1 From a position SW of Islotes (Rocas)
After Paragraph 5.372 1 line 2 Insert: Cabrestantes (552380S 701300W) the track leads
Pilotage NNE, passing:
5.372a WNW of Islotes (Rocas) Cabrestantes (5.355),
1 A pilot boarding area for vessels entering Chilean thence:
channels from S is shown on the chart, about WNW of Islotes Ripita (552020S 701240W), a
group of islets and rocks, thence:
1¾ miles SE of Islotes Salientes Light (55076S
WNW of Cabo Carfort (551670S 701280W) the
70136W). See 5.54.
W extremity of Isla Hamond; see 5.372. Thence:
2 WNW of a shoal (551530S 701670W) with a
Chilean Notices 101/09/11; 145/11/11 depth of 26m, thence:
(SDD 2011000 192402; 234905) ESE of Islotes Sandwich (551255S 702580W), a
[NP6--No.3a--Wk.10/12] large group of islets and rocks; Islotes Sandwich
Light is exhibited from the group. Thence:
ESE of a shoal (551260S 701880W) with a depth
Chile – Bahia Cook —
General information; directions of 16 m lying ESE of the Islotes Exterior, thence:
3 WNW of Islote Niño (551140S 700910W),
thence:
235--236 ESE of Islotes Salientes (550803S 701516W)
(5.280); Islotes Salientes Light is exhibited from
Paragraph 5.371 to 5.375 including heading and existing the E islet of the group.
section IV Notice Week 10/12 Replace by: Useful marks:
Islote Redondo (550520S 701100W).
BAHÍA COOK Islotes Pollera Light (550435S 701290W)
(5.280).
General information (Directions continue for Canal Thomson at 5.280;
directions for Brazo Sudoeste del Canal Beagle
Charts 1373, 554 (undetermined datums), Chilean Chart
are given at 5.250)
12750 (WGS84 datum) (see 1.10)
Description Chilean Chart 12750 [NP6/No.3b/Wk.25/12]
5.371
1 Bahía Cook (551000S 701000W), bounded SE
by Islas Christmas and Isla Hoste, and NW by Isla Chile – Bahía Cook — Directions; AIS
Londonderry, is an extensive arm of the sea forming 235
probably the best approach from SW to the W part of
Canal Beagle (5.243) and Canal O’Brien (5.283). Existing Section IV Notice Week 25/12 Paragraph 5.374 1
Though the bay has not been fully surveyed it is free lines 4--7 Replace by:
of dangers in the fairway. AIS:
2 From a position SW of Islotes (Rocas) Rocas Sandwich Light (551255S 702580W).
Cabrestantes (552380S 701300W) the route leads Islotes Pollera Light (550430S 701290W).
NNE for about 25 miles to a position at the junction of For further information see The Mariner’s Handbook
the route with Brazo Sudoeste del Canal Beagle and ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
(5.245) and Canal Thomson (5.276), ESE of Islotes
Salientes (550803S 701516W). Chilean Notice 3/43/14 [NP6/No.4/Wk.14/14]

2 -- 23
Index

NP6
Chile – Canal Cockburn — Directions; light Chile – Estrecho de Magallanes – Puerto Sara —
General information; directions; leading lights
243 275--276

Paragraph 6.24 1 lines 1--3 Replace by: Paragraph 7.76 to 7.82 including headings Replace by:

1 From a position NW of Islote Negro (54312S


Puerto Sara
72028W) the track leads NE, passing (with positions
relative to the SE islet (54253S 71592W) of Islas Chilean Chart 11512 (WGS84)
Clavel): General information
7.76
Paragraph 6.24 2 lines 3--6 Replace by:
1 Position and function. Puerto Sara (523750S
SE of Islas Clavel, a small group of islets, thence: 701180W), an oil terminal on the W shore of Bahía
Gregorio (7.84), comprises an offshore mooring
terminal for use by tankers loading crude oil and oil
244 products, and a jetty for loading and discharge of
clean oil products.
Paragraph 6.28 1 lines 6--7 Delete Port Authority. Puerto Sara is a satellite port of
Punta Arenas, see 7.162.
Limiting conditions
252
7.77
1 Density of water is 1025 g/cm3.
Paragraph 6.92 1 line 1--6 Replace by:
Maximum size of vessel handled:
1 From a position in Canal Cockburn, SSW of Islas Offshore terminal; length 250 m, draught 149 m,
Clavel (6.24), Paso Sur (54250S 72030W) leads 75 000 dwt.
Clean oil quay; length 120m draught 70 m,
N, between Isla Henry and Islas Clavel, to a position
6500 dwt.
NE of Isla Ballena (54207S 72073W), passing
2 Local weather. Winds from E create a swell which
(with positions relative to the SE islet (54253S
affects both the offshore terminal and the clean oil
71592W) of Islas Clavel):
quay. The prevailing winds are from W and WNW with
Paragraph 6.93 1 line 1--7 Replace by: the most frequent gales from NW and N; see 7.12.
Arrival information
1 From a position in Canal Cockburn, ENE of Islas 7.78
Clavel (6.24), Paso Aguila (54240S 71590W) 1 Port operations. Berthing and unberthing from the
leads NW, between Islas Clavel and Isla Vidal offshore terminal are undertaken in daylight only at
Gormáz, to a position NE of Isla Ballena (54207S HW slack which usually occurs about 33 minutes
72073W), passing (with positions relative to the SE before HW Puerto Montt (412891S 725704W).
islet (54253S 71592W) of Islas Clavel): Mariners are advised to anchor off the terminal about
NE of Islas Clavel, thence: 1 hour before the predicted time of slack water;
observation of the small buoys marking the flexible
Chilean Notice 141/11/11 [NP6/No.5/Wk.10/12] pipelines will give a good indication of the time of
commencement of slack water, a time which may be
advanced or delayed by the prevailing wind.
Chile – Primera Angostura — Directions; AIS 2 Maximum permitted wind speed during berthing and
unberthing operations is 10 m/second (19 kn); during
273 periods of winds with an E component the maximum
permitted wind speed is reduced to 5 m/second
After Paragraph 7.61 1 line 5 Insert: (10 kn).
3 Berthing is undertaken with the assistance of two tugs
AIS: which take ship’s lines to mooring buoys and provide two
Bajo Satélite Light Beacon — as above. wires, one on each quarter, laid from permanent moorings.
For information see The Mariner’s Handbook and On close approach to the berth the port anchor is let go,
ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals Volume 2. good holding ground of mud and shell; the starboard
anchor is then let go, over poorer holding ground of rock
275 and pebbles taking care to avoid dragging, and the stern is
swung to starboard to make secure at the berth on a
After Paragraph 7.74 1 line 6 Insert: heading of 230. As prevailing winds are from W extra lines
should be passed to the appropriate buoys.
AIS: 4 Berthing at San Gregorio Clean Oil Quay is carried
Bajo Satélite Light Beacon — as above. out during daylight at slack water; maximum permitted
For information see The Mariner’s Handbook and wind 10 m/second (19 kn), with an E component then
ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals Volume 2. 5 m/second (10 kn). Departure undertaken day or night
at slack water; similar maximum permitted wind
Chilean Notice 3/42/14 [NP6/No.6/Wk.14/14] speeds. The exact time of slack water in the vicinity

2 -- 24
Index

NP6
of San Gregorio Clean Oil Quay has not been fully Port services
ascertained and, given it is of short duration, then all 7.82
manoeuvres are undertaken when some stream is 1 Facilities. Dirty ballast accepted at Clean Oil Quay.
flowing, however there is no set on, or off, the quay. Supplies. Fuel oil, diesel oil and fresh water
Vessels berth on heading 013. available from Clean Oil Quay.
5 Notice of ETA required. See 7.171.
Outer anchorage. Anchorage may be obtained, as Chilean Chart 11512; Chilean Notice 65--2012
shown on the chart, about 3 miles NE of Cabo [NP6/No.7/Wk.42/12]
Gregorio in depths between 23 and 24 m.
Pilotage is compulsory; if not embarked, pilot
boards in the pilot and waiting area 1½ miles ENE of
Cabo Gregorio (523905S 701275W) (7.92), as NP7 South America Pilot Volume 3 (2018 Edition)
shown on the chart.
Tugs are available.
Quarantine. See 7.175. Chile -- Puerto San Antonio — Berth draught

Harbour 204
7.79
1 General layout. The offshore oil terminal lies SE of Paragraph 6.348 1 lines 1--4 Replace by:
Puerto Sara Quay (523757S 701175W) (ruins 1 See 6.360.
2008) in depths between 25 and 28 m. San Gregorio
Clean Oil Quay is situated close NNE of Cabo Chilean Notice 9/79/18 [NP7--No 1--Wk 49/18]
Gregorio.
Tidal streams set S with the in--going stream and
N with the out--going; see ADMIRALTY Tide Tables Chile -- Puerto San Antonio — Prohibited areas;
Volume 4. outer anchorage; pilotage

Directions for entering harbour 204--205


7.80
1 Offshore Oil Terminal Leading Light Beacons: Paragraph 6.351 1 Replace by:
Front light beacon (white triangle with orange bands 1 Vessels awaiting entry anchor in 28 m, sand and
on white post with red bands, 11 m in height) mud, in a circular area centred 1¼ miles W of the
(523739S 701183W). head of Molo Sur (333517S 713744W).
Rear light beacon (white metal framework tower, red
bands, 5 m in height) (523721S 701198W). Paragraph 6.352 1 Replace by:
2 From a position in the pilot and waiting area (7.78) 1 Pilotage. Compulsory and available 24 hours. The
the alignment (334) of these light beacons leads pilot boarding area is about 1¼ miles WNW of Molo
NNW towards the offshore terminal berth. Sur Light (333517S 713744W). Vessels must
Anchor positioning beacons: approach the Pilot Waiting Area at a speed not
Beacon (523817S 701242W) (common). exceeding 4 kn. Vessels more than 300 m in length
Beacon (523818S 701258W).
must wait for the pilot 1½ miles W of the breakwater.
3 The alignment (2655) of these beacons indicate
If the state of the weather prevents the pilot leaving
the position to drop the port anchor.
harbour, vessels of less than 100 m in length may
Beacon (523817S 701242W) (common).
enter harbour for embarkation. See ADMIRALTY List
Beacon (523819S 701257W).
of Radio Signals Volume 6(7).
The alignment (256) of these beacons indicate the
position to drop the starboard anchor. After Paragraph 6.352 Insert:
4 Useful marks:
Oil storage tanks (523728S 701200W). Prohibited areas
Radio masts (523825S 701260W). 6.352a
1 Anchoring and fishing are prohibited within an area
lying W of the entrance, bounded by the parallels
Berths
333450S and 333517S and the meridian
7.81
713900W.
1 Offshore terminal. The berth (523807S
701143W) consists of a submarine pipeline laid from Chilean Notice 9/79/18 [NP7--No 2--Wk 49/18]
shore to the vicinity of four mooring buoys and two
permanent ground moorings.
San Gregorio Clean Oil Quay (523890S Chile -- Puerto San Antonio — Moorings; berths
701249W) is connected to the shore by a
footbridge. The berth consists of a T--shaped head 205--206
with a berthing face of 30 m and two mooring
dolphins. Vessels over 70 m in length must not Paragraph 6.359 Replace by:
exceed a forward draught of 60 m. The quay is fairly
well protected from the prevailing winds. Spare

2 -- 25
Index

NP7
6.359 118 m. Hoses, pipelines, and three buoys are
available.
Paragraph 6.360 1--4 Replace by: Maximum dimensions: length 190 m, beam 322 m,
draught 10 m, displacement 30 000 tonnes.
1 Molo Sur (333545S 713729W) is 772 m in
length with a least depth alongside of 155 m. Details Chilean Notice 9/79/18 [NP7--No 3--Wk 49/18]
of the berths as follow:
Berth Max Max Principal use
No length/beam displacement Chile -- Bahia Chiquinata -- Punta Gruesa —
Prohibited area
(tonnes)
1 363 m 149 000 Containers, 258
484 m liquids.
After Paragraph 8.159 1 line 4 Insert:
2 337 m 106 000 Containers,
428 m liquids. Prohibited area. Anchoring and fishing is prohibited
within an area surrounding Punta Gruesa (202179S
3 253 m 46 703 Containers,
701094W).
322 m liquids.
Maximum draught allowed is 14 m with a UKC of Chilean Notice 9/82/18 [NP7--No 4--Wk 49/18]
10% of the minimum sounding for vessels using berth
No 1 and 149 m with an UKC of 06 m S of bitt No 18
and for berths Nos 2 and 3. Chile -- Bahia Chiquinata -- Punta Gruesa —
2 Muelle Costanera (333545S 713705W) is Prohibited area
700 m in length and has two berths (C1 and C2) with
depths alongside from 146 to 150 m. 260
Maximum dimensions: length 367 m, beam 482 m, After Paragraph 8.177 1 line 9 Insert:
displacement 163 000 tonnes.
Maximum draught: 132 m, with an UKC of 10% of Anchoring is also prohibited within the area
the minimum sounding (bitt Nos 1 to 11) and 135 m, surrounding Punta Gruesa (see 8.162).
with an UKC of 10% of the minimum sounding (bitt
Nos 11 to 35). Chilean Notice 9/82/18 [NP7--No 5--Wk 49/18]
3 Terminal Espigón (333520S 713705W) has a
total berthing space of about 560 m with four berths
and facilities for containers, general and liquid cargo. Peru -- Callao – Ensenada de Chorrillos —
Depths alongside from 68 to 12 m. One mooring buoy Anchorage
is available for berth No 4. Details of berths as
follows: 291

Berth Max Max Notes After Paragraph 9.218 4 line 3 Insert:


No length/beam displacement
(tonnes) A naval anchorage lies at 120883S 770256W.

4--5 237 m 55 600 Peru Notice 9/93/18 [NP7--No 6--Wk 49/18]


322 m
6--7 190 or 225 m 45 000 190 m LOA
322 m berthing on Peru -- Callao — Anchorages
port, 225 m
LOA on 291--292
starboard.
Paragraph 9.215 Replace by:
Maximum draught for berth Nos 4 and 5 is 1139 m
with an UKC of 06 m. Maximum draught for berth 1 Designated anchorages exist, for different classes
Nos 6 and 7 is from 52 to 77 m with an UKC of of vessels, centred as follows:
06 m. No Position Designation Remarks
Minimum distance between vessels alongside is
1 120153S Merchant
20 m.
771151W vessels
4 Muelle Panul (333494S 713713W) – Berth
No 8 is a T--shaped pier 77 m in length (186 m with 2 120151S Fishing, Mining, A wreck lies in
dolphins) with a depth alongside of 128 m. Two 771009W Factory Vessels S part
mooring buoys are available. 2 3 120233S Fishing vessels Three
Maximum dimensions: length 230 m, beam 323 m, 770949W dangerous
displacement 60 000 tonnes (50 000 tonnes if using wrecks lie in
the E dolphin). the area
Maximum draught allowed is 11 m (UKC 18 m) in
4 120176S Harbour vessels
waves up to 1 m high and 103 m (UKC of 25 m) in
770942W
waves up to 2 m high.
5 Muelle Policarpo Toro (333496S 713732W) – 5 120074S Laid up vessels
Berth No 9 is 62 m in length with a depth alongside of 770998W

2 -- 26
Index

NP7
No Position Designation Remarks Peru – Puerto Chancay — Anchorages
3 6A 115949S Fishing vessels A submarine 299
770867W pipleine is laid After Paragraph 10.28 1 line 4 Insert:
on the S
border Outer Anchorages exist for different classes of
vessel in designated anchorages as follows:
6B 120018S Fishing vessels Merchant vessels (113437S 771737W) in
770912W depths of about 20 m,
4 7 115948S Nuclear 2 Vessels awaiting a Pilot (113445S 771696W)
771060W powered in depths of about 16 m,
vessels and any Small craft and fishing vessels over 30 gt
vessel carrying (113430S 771689W) in depths of 12 to 15 m,
or holding Small craft and fishing vessels under 30 gt
radioactive (113500S 771642W) in depths of about 5 m.
material 3 The merchant vessel and the vessels awaiting a
5 8 120057S Tankers Oil and A stranded Pilot anchorages lie close to the prohibited anchorage
771132W Gas and wreck, area below.
hazardous surrounded by Peru Notice 9/77/18 [NP7--No 8--Wk 49/18]
cargoes a restricted
area radius
165 m marked Peru – Puerto Chancay — Berths
by an isolated
danger buoy, 300
and a Paragraph 10.31 1 line 9 Replace by:
dangerous
The pier is damaged and is no longer in use.
wreck lie in the
E part Peru Notice 9/76/18 [NP7--No 9--Wk 49/18]
6 9 120210S Pilot waiting
771090W area
Peru -- Puerto Huacho — Outer anchorage
10 120100S Vessels
300
770890W awaiting
disposal Paragraph 10.35 1 lines 1--6 Replace by:
11 115948S Security, 1 Outer anchorage may be obtained, in an area
771207W Provisioning centred on 110651S 773775W, in depths of 16 to
and Quarantine 18 m. Vessels awaiting a pilot may anchor in an area
7 12 120124S Fuel loading/ A dangerous centred on 110691S 773719W.
771292W unloading and wreck lies near Peruvian Notice 8/59/18 and 8/60/18
lightening the centre of [NP7--No 10--Wk 51/18]
the area
A 120391S Yacht Club
770995W Ecuador – Manta — Directions; light
B 120375S Recreational 341
770996W Vessels After Paragraph 11.151 3 line 3 Insert:
8 C 120384S La Punta Yacht Punta Jome Light (white round concrete tower, black
770982W Club diagonal stripes, 7 m in height) (05745S
A 120373S Marine School 804973W).
770973W ENC EC300104/18 [NP7--No 11--Wk 51/18]
B 120365S Hydrographic Three wrecks
770950W Vessels and two
mooring buoys Ecuador – Manta — Directions; Light
lie in the area 342
9 A 120328S Fishing Vessels Paragraph 11.152 6 lines 4--5 Replace by:
770929W
...Punta Jome Light (11.151) is...
B 120340S Harbour
770922W Vessels ENC EC300104/18 [NP7--No 12--Wk 51/18]

C 120349S Tour Vessels


770918W Ecuador – Manta — Directions; Light
D 120377S Small Craft 343
770927W
After Paragraph 11.168 1 line 8 Insert:
Punta Jome Light (05745S 804973W) (11.151).
Peru Notice 9/82/18 [NP7--No 7--Wk 49/18] ENC EC300104/18 [NP7--No 13--Wk 51/18]

2 -- 27
Index

NP7
Ecuador – Manta — Directions; Light Port Authority, should be consulted for navigation in
Río Orinoco. This maximum draught is subject to the
343 draught assigned to a vessel on its maximum fresh
water loadline. Low river season is December to May.
After Paragraph 11.179 1 line 3 Insert:
Punta Jome Light (05745S 804973W) (11.151). ENC VE400701/18 [NP7A--No 4--Wk 51/18]

ENC EC300104/18 [NP7--No 14--Wk 51/18] Venezuela -- Boca Grande -- South Channel —
Directions; wreck; light buoy
95
NP7A South America Pilot Volume 4
(2018 Edition) Paragraph 3.19 1 lines 1--10 Replace by:
1 From the vicinity of 90600N 600000W, the track
leads SW, passing:
Venezuela -- Boca Grande -- South Channel —
Light buoy NW of a dangerous wreck (85689N 600791W),
position approximate, thence:
93 NW of Delta del Orinoco Light Buoy (safe water)
(85677N 600946W), thence:
Paragraph 3.3 1 line 4 Replace by:
Paragraph 3.19 2 line 1 Replace by:
...New Barima Channel, starting within the precautionary 2 The track then leads to the precautionary area and
area (85565N 601200W); the pilot boards by through the dredged channel,...
helicopter.
ENC VE400701/18 [NP7A--No 5--Wk 51/18]
Paragraph 3.3 2 line 9 Replace by:
...least 1 mile seaward of the precautionary area or ‘EO’ Venezuela -- Río Grande -- San Felix —
Light... Directions; leading lights
Paragraph 3.3 3 lines 4--5 Replace by: 98
...(3.19), on VHF Channel 16 of the time of entering the Paragraph 3.31 1 lines 3--8 Replace by:
precautionary area and of the ETA off the pilot station, ...Puerto de Palúa (3.39) and Puerto Ordaz (3.45).
giving...
ENC VE400701/18 [NP7A--No 6--Wk 51/18]
ENC VE400701/18 [NP7A--No 1--Wk 51/18]
Venezuela -- Río Orinoco — Anchorages
Venezuela -- Boca Grande -- South Channel —
Light buoy 98
Paragraph 3.33 1 including heading Replace by:
94
Punta Ibacuajarina
Paragraph 3.10 1 lines 1--3 Replace by:
3.33
1 Anchorage can be obtained within an area centred
1 Punta Barima (83566N 602546W) 52 27
on 83635N 604557W, 2¼ miles W of Punta
Ibacuajarina (3.27).
ENC VE400701/18 [NP7A--No 2--Wk 51/18]
Isla Pagayos
3.33a
Venezuela -- Boca Grande -- South Channel —
Light buoy; precautionary area 1 Anchorage may be obtained within a designated
area centred on 82982N 610496W, 4½ miles
94 WSW of Isla Pagayos (3.27). Depths from 17 to 21 m.

Paragraph 3.11 1 lines 4--5 Replace by: Isla Portuguesa


3.33b
...to the vicinity of the precautionary area (85565N 1 Anchorage may be obtained within a designated
601200W), thence through a dredged channel,... area centred on 83626N 614460W, 3 miles E of
Isla Portuguesa (3.28). Depths from 21 to 27 m.
ENC VE400701/18 [NP7A--No 3--Wk 51/18]
ENC VE400707;VE400710;VE400715;VE400718/18
[NP7A--No 7--Wk 51/18]
Venezuela -- Boca Grande -- South Channel —
Controlling depths
Venezuela -- Río Orinoco -- Punta de Piedra —
95 Anchorage

Paragraph 3.14 1--2 Replace by: 98

1 The South Channel is maintained at a depth of Paragraph 3.34 1 Replace by:


98 m (2018). The daily bulletin of authorised draughts, 1 Anchorage can be obtained within an area
published in Spanish and English by Puerto Ordaz (83578N 621494W) near the NW bank of the river,

2 -- 28
Index

NP7A
1 mile NNE of Punta Cabrian (83480N 621548W), Venezuela – Bahía de Amuay — Anchorage
in depths of 10 to 30 m.
221
ENC VE400719/18 [NP7A--No 8--Wk 51/18] Paragraph 8.32 2 lines 1--4 Replace by:
2 Stores anchorage. Anchorage D (114320N
701535W), SW of Punta Adaro, is available for
Venezuela -- Río Orinoco -- Los Castillos — vessels taking on provisions, lubricating oils and fresh
Anchorage
water.
Caution. Submarine cables lie within Anchorage D
98 and the adjacent area.
Paragraph 3.35 1 Replace by: Venezuelan Notice 49/18 [NP7A--No 13--Wk 51/18]
1 Anchorage can be obtained within an area Colombia -- North coast -- Puerto Barranquilla --
(83160N 622305W) near the SE bank of the river Terminal Maritimo — Directions; leading lights
1½ miles NE of Los Castillos (3.29) in depths of 12 to
26 m. 252
Paragraph 9.91 1--3 Replace by:
ENC VE400720/18 [NP7A--No 9--Wk 51/18] 1 From the position 2¾ cables NNW of E6 front light
(9.90), the track leads SE for 1¼ miles, on the line of
bearing (3222), astern, of E4 Directional Light
Venezuela -- Río Orinoco -- San Félix —
Anchorages (orange framework tower with white bands)
(110422N 745081W), and in the white sector
(1415--1425), ahead, of E18 Light (white framework
98
tower with red bands) (110259N 744953W).
Paragraph 3.36 1 Replace by: 2 Thence the channel continues in the white sector
(3020--3025), astern, of E14 Light (white rectangle,
1 Anchorage can be obtained within two areas red stripe, on white framework tower) (110337N
centred on 82435N 623860W and 82343N 745044W) and in the white sector (1215--1225),
623935W, about 5 miles SW of Punta Aramaya ahead, of E7 Light (metal framework tower)
(3.29). Vessels anchor here if waiting to berth (110061N 744601W), to a position
alongside at San Félix (3.38), Puerto de Palúa (3.39) about 4¼ cables WNW of E7 Light, passing:
or Puerto Ordaz (3.45). SSW of anchorages 1, 2 and 3 (9.92), and:
SSW of Isla 1972 (110190N 744750W).
ENC VE400723/18 [NP7A--No 10--Wk 51/18] The track then leads SE, SSE and S, for a farther
3 miles, through a channel, marked by light buoys
(lateral), to Terminal Maritimo on the W bank of the
Venezuela -- Río Orinoco -- San Félix — river.
Directions; leading light
Colombian Notice 225/18; ENC CO500253
[NP7A--No 14--Wk 51/18]
98
Panama – Bahía de San Cristobal to
Paragraph 3.39 2 Replace by: Bahía de Portobelo — Marine reserve
2 Directions for entering harbour. The terminal is 277
accessed via the channel described at 3.31. An
After Paragraph 10.49 3 line 5 Insert:
approach channel then leads S off the main channel
to the berth; a light (green post) (82190N Marine nature reserve
624160W) is exhibited from the loading wharf. 10.49a
1 A marine nature reserve is established (2018)
ENC VE400723/18 [NP7A--No 11--Wk 51/18] between the W side of Bahía de San Cristobal
(93683N 792980W) and 1½ miles SSW of Bahía
de Portobelo (10.52), extending 2½ miles seaward
Venezuela -- Río Orinoco -- Puerto Matanzas — from the shoreline. Large vessels are forbidden from
Anchorage
anchoring anywhere within the charted marine nature
reserve. The following activities are also prohibited:
99 2 Fishing, including by trawls, trammel nets or
spear fishing;
Paragraph 3.51 1 lines 1--3 Replace by:
Anchoring of small vessels and pleasure craft in the
1 Anchorage. Vessels awaiting a berth may anchor vicinity of coral reefs;
in a designated area (81995N 624842W) N of Discharge of waste in any form.
Punta Cuchillo (3.30), or in a designated area The removal of any natural material from the
(81695N 625166W) W of the berth. marine nature reserve is strictly forbidden.
Panamanian Maritime Authority
ENC VE400724/18 [NP7A--No 12--Wk 51/18] [NP7A--No 15--Wk 51/18]

2 -- 29
Index

NP7A
Panama – Bahía de Portobelo — Marine reserve Mexico — National regulations

278 6

After Paragraph 1.42 2 line 10 Insert:


Paragraph 10.52 1 lines 4--7 Replace by:

...is a minor harbour. Anchoring in the bay is prohibited for Marine exploitation safety zones
larger vessels due to the marine nature reserve restrictions 1.42a
(see 10.49a), however it will afford sheltered anchorage for 1 Entry is prohibited within 500 m from the outer rim,
vessels of any draught in an emergency. The port is of little around wells, platforms and other facilities for the
commercial importance. exploitation of hydrocarbons.
Anchoring of vessels carrying out activities not
Panamanian Maritime Authority related to the exploitation of hydrocarbons is
[NP7A--No 16--Wk 51/18] prohibited within 2500 m from the above installations.

ENC MX408323 [NP8--No 60--Wk 42/18]


Panama -- Panama Canal -- Gatún Lake —
Anchorage Mexico -- Islas Revillagigedo — Regulations

297 75

Paragraph 11.93 1 lines 12--17 Replace by: Paragraph 2.24 1 lines 1--5 Replace by:

Peña Blanca Anchorage (91258N 795598W), 1 The islands and surrounding area are a Protected
the limits of which are marked by light buoys (special), Natural Area and National Park. All vessels require a
lies to the W of Gatun Reach (11.86) and SSW of permit to visit the islands.
Peña Blanca Reach (11.88). Depths are from 18 to The area is bounded by the following positions:
24 m. An obstruction (91422N 795588W) lies in 200052N 1152829W;
the NW of the anchorage. 200052N 1100469W;
173931N 1100469W;
173931N 1152829W.
Panama Chart CP--02 [NP7A--No 17--Wk 52/18]
Mexican Notice 12/63/17 [NP8--No 25--Wk 05/18]

NP8 Pacific Coasts of Central America and Mexico -- West coast -- Islas Revillagigedo —
United States Pilot (2016 Edition) Protected area

75
Mexico — Regulations; protected areas Paragraph 2.24 1 lines 1--5 including existing Section IV
Notice Week 05/18 Replace by:
6
1 The islands and surrounding area are a Protected
Paragraph 1.42 1--2 Replace by: Natural Area and National Park. All vessels require a
permit to visit the islands.
1 Extensive areas of coastline, including many The area is bounded by the following positions:
offshore islands and sea areas, lie within protected 200052N 1152829W;
areas. These areas may include national parks, 200052N 1100469W;
marine reserves, nature and ecological reserves and 173931N 1100469W;
Environmentally Sensitive Sea Areas (ESSA). Many of 173931N 1152829W.
the islands and coastal areas within the Golfo de 2 In addition, an ecological reserve in which
California (6.1) are included in the UNESCO Islands discharge is prohibited further extends beyond the
and Protected Areas of the Gulf of California World Protected Natural Area boundary.
Heritage Site. Within any of these areas some or all
of the following may be restricted or prohibited: Mexican ENC MX208084; MX208085
[NP8--No 39--Wk 33/18]
2 Navigation or entry;
Anchoring;
Fishing or trawling; Mexico -- West coast -- Rocas Alijos —
Diving; Protected area
Collection or disturbance of flora and fauna, on both
land and sea; 77
The discharge or dumping of hydrocarbons, oil
derivatives and refuse; After Paragraph 2.37 2 line 3 Insert:
Construction, industrial or mineral exploration or Protected area. Rocas Alijos lie within a nature
development. reserve where fishing and discharging are prohibited.

Mexican ENC MX208083 [NP8--No 38--Wk 33/18] Mexican ENC MX208082 [NP8--No 40--Wk 33/18]

2 -- 30
Index

NP8
Mexico -- West coast -- Isla de Guadalupe — Costa Rica -- South--west coast -- Golfo Dulce —
Protected area Traffic regulations

77 96

After Paragraph 2.38 3 line 9 Insert: After Paragraph 3.78 1 line 5 Insert:

Protected area. The island and adjacent waters lie Traffic regulations
within a nature reserve where fishing is prohibited. 3.78a
1 Restricted areas. An ATBA is established on the E
Mexican ENC MX208082 [NP8--No 41--Wk 33/18] side of the entrance to Golfo Dulce for all vessels
carrying dangerous or toxic cargoes, or any other
Panama -- South--west coast -- Isla de Coiba — vessel exceeding 500 gt. The ATBA lies between
Traffic regulations Punta Platanal (3.74) and Punta Coto (3.81),
enclosing Bahía Pavón (3.88).
85
2 A second ATBA is situated on the W side of the
Paragraph 3.5 including heading Replace by: entrance to Golfo Dulce for all vessels carrying
dangerous or toxic cargoes, or any other vessel
Traffic regulations exceeding 900 gt. This ATBA lies between Punta
3.5 Arenitas (3.80) and Cabo Matapalo (3.74), and
1 Traffic separation scheme. A TSS is established continues along the coast of Peninsula de Osa. See
S of Isla Jicarita (3.10). The scheme comprises one 3.93a.
pair of traffic lanes running E/W for about 5 miles. An 3 The purpose of the ATBAs is to avoid risk of
ITZ exists from the N edge of the TSS to the coast, pollution and damage to the environment and to
encompassing Isla Jicarita, Isla Jicaron (3.10), Isla de reduce possible collisions with Humpback Whales.
Coiba (3.16) and Islas Secas (3.39). A corridor, 2 miles wide, leads between these two
This TSS is IMO--adopted and Rule 10 of the ATBA into Golfo Dulce.
International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at
BA Chart 1020 [NP8--No 32--Wk 23/18]
Sea (1972) applies.
2 Marine Protected Area. Coiba National Park and
Marine Protected Area includes the islands and waters Costa Rica -- Puerto Golfito — Anchorages
of Isla de Coiba (3.16), Islas Jicarita and Jicaron 97
(3.10), Isla Montuosa (3.10), the islands and islets of
Canal de Afuera (3.18) and Islas Contreras (3.38). Paragraph 3.88 1 line 4 Replace by:
The park is identified as a UNESCO World heritage ...SW Winds. See regulations at 3.78a.
Site and is accessible by permit only.
Paragraph 3.89 1 line 7 Replace by:
BA Chart 1020 [NP8--No 29--Wk 23/18] ...less than 27 m. The anchorage SE of the point is subject
to regulations; see 3.78a.
Panama -- Canal de Jicaron — Anchorages
BA Chart 1020 [NP8--No 33--Wk 23/18]
86
Costa Rica – Peninsula de Osa —
Paragraph 3.14 including heading Replace by: Traffic regulations; ATBA
98
Anchorages and harbours
After Paragraph 3.93 2 line 6 Insert:
Anchorages
3.14
Traffic regulations
1 Anchorage, with good holding, can be obtained in
3.93a
18 to 22 m, mud, 1 mile NW of Punta David (3.13). 1 Restricted area. An ATBA, for all vessels of
Anchorage has been obtained 5 cables N of Isla 900 grt and greater, is established around Peninsula
Montuosa (3.10); see also 3.5.
de Osa (3.93). The area extends up to 10 miles from
BA Chart 1020 [NP8--No 30--Wk 23/18] the coast, from Punta Arenitas (3.80), around the
peninsula to Punta Violin (3.100) and encompasses
Isla del Caño (3.99).
Panama -- South--west coast --
Isla de Coiba — Caution IMO [NP8--No 22--Wk 01/18]
89
Costa Rica -- Isla del Caño — Anchorage
Paragraph 3.32 1 Replace by:
99
1 Isla de Coiba (3.16) anchorages are situated within
a national park and Marine Protected Area. See 3.5 Paragraph 3.101 1 line 2 Replace by:
for details and restrictions. ...(3.99) in not less than 27 m. See regulations at 3.78a.
BA Chart 1020 [NP8--No 31--Wk 23/18] BA Chart 1020 [NP8--No 34--Wk 23/18]

2 -- 31
Index

NP8
Costa Rica -- Golfo de Nicoya — TSS Guatemala -- Puerto Quetzal —
Directions; berths
100 135
After Paragraph 4.164 1 line 15 Insert:
After Paragraph 3.112 1 line 7 Insert:
From a position close N of Recalada Light Buoy
(135442N 904586W) the alignment (295) of these
Traffic separation scheme lights on the W entrance point of the harbour leads
3.112a midway between the breakwaters to the entrance,
1 A TSS has been established at the entrance to passing:
Golfo de Nicoya (3.109). The scheme applies to SSW of a dangerous wreck (135500N
merchant vessels of 900 gt and over. The TSS begins 904670W), position approximate, lying ESE of
W of Punta Conejo (3.115) and ends E of Sail Rock the E breakwater head and marked by a light buoy
(3.115). (isolated danger) moored close W, thence:
2 The TSS is not IMO--adopted but is implemented SSW of an obstruction (135506N 904708W),
by Costa Rican decree and the principles for the use depth 115 m, SSW of the E breakwater head.
of the routeing system defined in Rule 10 of the Paragraph 4.166 3 line 11 Replace by:
International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at
Sea (1972) apply. ...basin, least charted depth alongside 48 m. A number of
Coastal navigation areas lie to the E and W of the obstructions lie in the SW corner of the W basin, depths
TSS. from 43 to 51 m.
Correspondence IALA WWA; Fleet Survey Team
Costa Rican Decree/2018 [NP8--No 36--Wk 27/18] 14GTM01 [NP8--No 16--Wk 49/17]

Mexico -- West coast -- Puerto Chiapas — Depths


Costa Rica -- Puerto Caldera — Berths; depths 141
Paragraph 5.24 1 line 3 For (2009) of 103 m Read (2017) of
103
95 m
Paragraph 3.125 1 Replace by: After Paragraph 5.24 1 line 4 Insert:
1 Alongside. The berths from W to E are: Shoaling due to swell and currents may occur near
No 1: length 210 m, depth alongside 101 m. the entrance to the access channel.
No 2: length 150 m, depth alongside 96 m. Paragraph 5.24 1 line 6 For 69 m (2009) Read 64 m
No 3: length 190 m, depth alongside 7.1 m. (2017)
No 4: length 220 m, depth alongside 124 m.
ENC MX506341 [NP8--No 19--Wk 52/17]
BA Chart 2497 Ed 2/18 [NP8--No 35--Wk 27/18]
Mexico -- West coast-- Puerto Chiapas — Berths
142
El Salvador -- Acajutla —
Outer anchorage; wreck Paragraph 5.28 Replace by:
1 Muelle Turistico (144244N 922412W); length
130 about 150 m; charted depth alongside 83 m (2017).
Muelle Fiscal (144263N 922410W); length
Paragraph 4.138 1 line 6 For 133538N 875083W Read 400 m; least charted depth alongside 93 m (2017);
133538N 895083W vessels usually berth port side--to using the starboard
anchor.
Muelle de Pesca (144222N 922383W); three
MV Paz Navigator [NP8--No 24--Wk 05/18] jetties with six berths for vessels up to 85 m in length;
depths alongside from 29 to 67 m. A stranded wreck
lies alongside the E side of the W jetty.
Guatemala -- Puerto Quetzal — Berths; depths 2 SUMICOL Wharf (close W of Muelle de Pesca);
length 50 m; depth alongside 48 m.
134 Navy Pier (144205N 922387W); length 85 m;
depths alongside from 4 to 5 m.
Paragraph 4.161 1 lines 3--5 Replace by: ENC MX606342 [NP8--No 20--Wk 52/17]
...there are 16 berths designated A--O, in 22 m to Mexico -- Pacific coast -- Salina Cruz --
31 m. Although exposed to a considerable swell the Directions; Leading lights
holding is reported to be moderately good.
A disused cable passes through anchorages A and 144
E. Paragraph 5.49 1 line 2 For 3465 Read 3455

US Chart 21483 [NP8--No 21--Wk 01/18] Mexican Notice 03/33/17 [NP8/No.1/Wk.17/17]

2 -- 32
Index

NP8
Mexico -- West Coast -- Lázaro Cárdenas — Mexico -- Lázaro Cárdenas — Port layout
Directions; TSS
157--158
155 Paragraph 5.130 including heading and existing Section IV
Notice Week 48/17. Replace by:
Paragraph 5.114 4 lines 7--8 Replace by:
General layout
To a position about 3 miles SSE of the entrance to 5.130
Lázaro Cárdenas (5.125) at the start of the port TSS. 1 A channel, about 9 cables in length and dredged to
a depth in excess of 16 m, leads NW between two
breakwaters from the port entrance to Darsena
Mexican Notice 15/206/18 [NP8--No 56--Wk 38/18] Principal. A branch of Río Balsas, which shoals
rapidly, leads NNW from Darsena Principal, and is
spanned at its S end by a bascule bridge.
Mexico -- West Coast -- Lázaro Cárdenas — The harbour is formed by basins which lead NE
Anchorage; pilotage; regulations and SW from the Darsena Principal. Darsena
Comercial, about 1¼ miles NE of Darsena Principal,
156--157 leads into the Darsena Norte and Darsena Oriente.
2 Grain and oil cargoes are handled in the NE basin,
and steel, general cargo, fertiliser and container
Paragraph 5.129 Replace by:
cargoes are handled in the SW basin. A coal terminal
1 Outer anchorage. Depths off the delta are very lies on the N side of the entrance channel. Container
irregular, the bottom being of shifting sand and mud terminals have been established in Darsena Norte and
from the river. Breakers have been reported about its approach channel.
2 miles SE and 2½ miles S of Punta Mangrove Development
(5.126). 5.130a
The designated anchorage area lies S of Punta 1 Works are in progress (2017) to extend the N and
Mangrove, centred on 175350N 1021150W. In S breakwaters ESE.
depths of about 14 to 30 m. In the SW corner of the Construction works are in progress (2018) in
anchorage area, depths rapidly increase to more than Darsena Norte and Darsena Oriente.
100 m.
2 Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 500 gt and Hazards
all foreign vessels, and is available 24 hours; the pilot 5.130b
boards 2 miles SSE of the port entrance, in position 1 Local traffic. Fishing vessels transit between the
175344N 1020904W, or at the anchorage, or mouth of Río Balsas NW of the turning basin and the
farther offshore on request. See ADMIRALTY List of harbour entrance, with peak times early in the morning
Radio Signals Volume 6(7). and late in the evening.
Tugs are available and their use is compulsory. Natural conditions
3 Traffic regulations. Vessels of more than 230 m 5.130c
LOA are restricted to daylight movements only. 1 Local weather. During the rainy season (June to
Traffic separation scheme is established in the October) there are occasional squalls. The prevailing
approaches to Lázaro Cárdenas. The TSS is not winds are WNW.
IMO--adopted, but the principles defined in Rule 10 of
the International Regulations for Preventing Collisions ENC MX551110 [NP8--No 62--Wk 45/18]
at Sea (1972) should apply.
Danger area. A triangular area to the E of the Mexico -- West Coast-- Lázaro Cárdenas —
entrance, centred on 175549N 1020923W, is Directions; TSS
considered to be dangerous and should be avoided.
158

Mexican Notice 15/206/18 [NP8--No 57--Wk 38/18] Paragraph 5.132 1--2 Replace by:
1 From a position 3 miles SSE of the entrance to
Lázaro Cárdenas, the track leads 2¼ miles NNW
Mexico -- Lázaro Cárdenas — through a TSS (5.129), passing W of the pilot
Harbour; development boarding station (5.129).
Entry leading lights:
158 Front light (daymark on metal truncated pyramidal
tower, 13 m in height) (175626N 1021114W).
Rear light (similar structure, 18 m in height) (1 cable
After Paragraph 5.130 1 line 19 Insert: from front light).
The alignment (3024) of these lights, exhibited
Development. Works are in progress (2017) to
from the W bank of Río Balsas, leads through the
extend the N and S breakwaters ESE.
entrance channel, marked by light buoys and light
beacons (lateral), into the turning basin.
Mexican Notice 10/253(P)/2017 Caution. A cross--current may be experienced at
[NP8--No 15--Wk 48/17] the harbour entrance.

2 -- 33
Index

NP8
2 Inner leading lights: Paragraph 5.133 including heading Replace by:
Front light (metal truncated pyramidal tower)
(175716N 1021006W).
Rear light (aluminium truncated pyramidal tower) Basins and berths
(1 cable from front light).
Alongside berths
The alignment (0329) of these lights, standing on
5.133
the shore about 1¼ miles NNE of the turning basin,
1 Coal berth (175583N 1021017W): length
leads into the NE part of the harbour to the grain
411 m, depth alongside 165 m.
terminal and Pemex tanker berths. The channel is
Fertiliser Terminal (175575N 1021066W): length
marked by light buoys (lateral).
497 m, depth alongside from 138 to 142 m.
Multipurpose Terminal I and II (175548N
Mexican Notice 15/206/18 [NP8--No 58--Wk 38/18] 1021109W): length 539 m in total, depth
alongside 119 to 137 m.
Multipurpose Terminal III (175570N 1021087W):
Mexico -- Lázaro Cárdenas — length 286 m, depth alongside 123 to 138 m.
Directions; basins and berths
2 Metal and Minerals Wharf (175589N
1021106W): length 650 m, depths alongside
158 from 155 m.
Grain Terminal (175642N 1021066W): length
Paragraph 5.132 including existing Section IV Notice 250 m, depth alongside 137 to 142 m.
Week 38/18. Replace by: Pemex Tanker Berth (175653N 1021037W):
length 200 m, depth alongside 117 to 129 m.
1 From a position 3 miles SSE of the entrance to
Container Terminal I (175731N 1021030W):
Lázaro Cárdenas the track leads 2¼ miles NNW
length 575 m, depth alongside 157 m.
through a TSS (5.129), passing W of the pilot Container Terminal II (175846N 1021035W):
boarding station (5.129). length 750 m, depth alongside 179 m.
Entry leading lights: Bulk Mineral Terminal (175688N 1020946W):
Front light (daymark on metal truncated pyramidal length 180 m, depth alongside 16 m.
tower, 13 m in height) (175626N 1021114W). LPG facilities are available at the Fertiliser Terminal
2 Rear light (similar structure, 18 m in height) and Pemex berths.
(1 cable from front light).
The alignment (302) of these lights, exhibited from ENC MX551110 [NP8--No 63--Wk 45/18]
the W bank of Río Balsas, leads through the entrance
channel, marked by light buoys (lateral), into Darsena
Principal. Mexico -- Puerto de Láguna de Cuyutlán —
Caution. A cross--current may be experienced at Directions; general information
the harbour entrance.
3 Inner leading lights: 160
Front light (metal truncated pyramidal tower, 13 m in
height) (175726N 1020999W). Paragraph 5.142 1 Replace by:
Rear light (blue metal mast, 6 m in height) (1 cable
1 General information. Puerto de Láguna de
from the front light).
The alignment (033) of the leading lights above Cuyutlán (185975N 1041561W), situated ESE of
leads into the NE part of the harbour to Darsena Manzanillo at the W end of Láguna de Cuyutlán,
Comercial. The track is also marked by the white comprises a CBM terminal offshore and a pier for
sector (032--034), ahead, of Commercial Channel tankers within the lagoon. The terminals are operated
Light (blue metal mast, 24 m in height) (175781N under the authority of the Administración Portuaria
1020962W). The channel is marked by light buoys Integral de Manzanillo (5.158). The terminals supply
(lateral). local power plants and neighbouring cities.
4 Darsena Norte Leading Lights: 2 Directions. From the pilot boarding position in the
Front light (grey framework tower, 13 m in height) vicinity of Puerto de Láguna de Cuyutlán Landfall
(175869N 1021025W). Light Buoy (safe water) (185835N 1041623W), the
Rear light (white framework tower, 18 m in height) white sector (0225--0235) of Laguna de Cuyutlan
(2 cables from front light). Approach Directional Light (red metal framework
The alignment (358) of the above leading lights tower, white bands) (190108N 1041501W) leads
exhibited from the N bank of Darsena Norte, leads between two breakwaters (lit) and continues in the
through the approach channel marked by light buoys channel marked by light buoys (lateral) to the harbour.
(lateral). 3 By the day the alignment (023) of an unlit beacon
5 Darsena Oriente. The white sector (071--075) of of similar construction with this light structure leads
the light (metal pyramidal tower, 15 m in height) into the harbour.
(175713N 1020888W) exhibited from the E bank Berths. A CBM berth is centred at 190005N
of Darsena Oriente leads into the basin. The channel 1041672W, WNW of the W breakwater. A tanker
is marked by light buoys (lateral). berth, 435 m in length with dolphins, is situated within
6 Useful marks: the lagoon, for vessels up to 300 m in length and
Breakwater lights (red (N) and green (S) metal maximum draught of 12 m.
truncated pyramidal towers) (175557N
1020979W and 175535N 1020985W). ENC MX505115 [NP8--No 27--Wk 13/18]

2 -- 34
Index

NP8
Mexico -- Bahía de Manzanillo to Mexico -- West coast -- Golfo de California --
Cabo Corrientes — Directions; light Bahía San Lucas — Protected areas
190
165
After Paragraph 6.73 2 line 4 Insert:
Paragraph 5.175 4 lines 8--10 Delete Protected areas. Some of the waters of Bahía San
Lucas and its approaches have been designated an
Environmentally Sensitive Sea Area (ESSA). Fishing is
166
restricted.
Paragraph 5.178 2 line 6 For (5.175) Read (194615N Mexican ENC MX405321 [NP8--No 45--Wk 33/18]
1052086W)
Mexico -- West coast -- Golfo de California --
Bahía Frailes — Protected areas
MV UBC Salaverry [NP8/No.2/Wk.46/16]
191
Paragraph 6.76 1 line 10 For the bay. Read the bay. Entry is
Mexico -- West coast -- Golfo de California — restricted, see 6.68a.
General information; Protected areas
Mexican ENC MX208083 [NP8--No 46--Wk 33/18]
179
Mexico -- West coast -- Golfo de California --
After Paragraph 6.2 3 line 6 Insert: Punta Arena to Bahía de la Paz —
Protected areas
Protected areas 191
6.2a
After Paragraph 6.79 2 line 12 Insert:
1 Numerous national parks, nature reserves, ESSA,
and other areas with special restrictions or Protected areas
prohibitions, exist in the waters covered by this 6.79a
chapter. See also 1.42. 1 Isla Jacques Cousteau (formerly Isla Cerralvo) is a
nature reserve, development is restricted.
Mexican ENC MX208083 [NP8--No 42--Wk 33/18] Isla del Espíritu Santo and Isla la Partida, together
with the nearby islets and waters surrounding them,
and including a portion of a bank 8 miles NE of Isla la
Mexico -- West coast -- Golfo de California
Southern part -- Offshore route — Partida, comprise a nature reserve in which anchoring,
Protected areas fishing, discharging and certain other activities are
prohibited.
180 Mexican ENC MX208083 [NP8--No 47--Wk 33/18]
After Paragraph 6.6 1 line 7 Insert: Mexico -- West coast -- Golfo de California --
La Paz — Anchorages
Protected areas 197
6.6a
1 An offshore nature reserve in which anchoring, Paragraph 6.110 including heading Replace by:
fishing and discharge are prohibited is centred on Spare
270200N 1112450W. See also 1.42. 6.110
Paragraph 6.111 including heading Replace by:
Mexican ENC MX208083 [NP8--No 43--Wk 33/18]
Spare
6.111
Mexico -- West coast -- Golfo de California --
Cabo Falso to Punta Arena — Protected areas Paragraph 6.112 including heading Replace by:

189 Spare
6.112
After Paragraph 6.68 2 line 4 Insert: Mexican ENC MX208083 [NP8--No 48--Wk 33/18]

Protected areas Mexico -- West coast -- Golfo de California --


6.68a Bahía de la Paz to Isla Coronados —
Protected areas
1 Cabo Pulmo National Park and nature reserve near
Los Frailes (6.69) in which entry and fishing are 197--198
restricted, and dredging and discharge prohibited, After Paragraph 6.115 3 line 8 Insert:
extends E from the shore to about 1092304W
between 232253N and 233003N. Protected areas
An ESSA is situated in Bahía San Lucas; see 6.73. 6.115a
1 The coastal waters from Punta Candeleros to Isla
Mexican ENC MX208083 [NP8--No 44--Wk 33/18] Coronados, including Isla Santa Catalina, Isla

2 -- 35
Index

NP8
Monserrat, Isla Danzante Primero, Isla Carmen and Mexico -- Golfo de California --
the S part of Isla Coronados, together with the islets Canal Salsipuedes and Canal de Ballenas —
in the vicinity of these islands, comprise Parque Protected areas
Nacional Bahía de Loreto and a nature reserve where 215
trawling, dredging and discharging are prohibited, and
fishing and diving are restricted. Other restrictions and After Paragraph 6.228 2 line 5 Insert:
prohibitions may apply within certain parts of the
reserve. Restrictions
6.228a
Mexican ENC MX208083 [NP8--No 49--Wk 33/18]
1 See 6.204a.

Mexico -- West coast -- Golfo de California -- Mexican ENC MX208081 [NP8--No 53--Wk 33/18]
Isla San Pedro Mátir — Protected areas

207 Mexico -- West coast -- Baja California —


General Information; protected areas
After Paragraph 6.172 1 line 2 Insert:
221
Protected areas After Paragraph 7.2 2 line 7 Insert:
6.172a
1 Isla San Pedro Mártir (6.173) and the waters Protected areas
surrounding it lie within a nature reserve in which 7.2a
fishing and trawling, discharging and construction are 1 Extensive areas of the W coast of Baja California
prohibited and mineral exploration is restricted. are designated as nature reserves where certain
Mexican ENC MX208081 [NP8--No 50--Wk 33/18] restrictions and prohibitions apply.
Fishing and discharging are prohibited in a reserve
comprising the barrier islands of Bahía Almejas (7.20)
Mexico -- West coast -- Golfo de California --
Northern part -- West side — Protected areas and Bahía Magdalena Bay (7.19) and extending N to
Boca Las Animas (7.44).
212 2 Fishing is prohibited in a nature reserve extending
along the coast between an inlet about 9 miles NW of
After Paragraph 6.204 1 line 9 Insert: Punta Santo Domingo (7.52) to Punta Eugenia and
continuing E to Laguna Guerrero Negro (7.104).
Protected areas Fishing and discharging are prohibited in a nature
6.204a reserve surrounding Isla Cedros and Islas San Benito
1 The waters surrounding Isla San Lorenzo, Isla Las (7.79). This nature reserve also includes fishing
Animas, Isla Salsipuedes, Isla Raza and Isla Partida, prohibition for the following coastal islands and
together with the nearby islets, reefs and rocks, lie associated islets and rocks:
within a nature reserve in which fishing, trawling, 3 Isla Adelaida, close W of Punta Santa Rosaliíta
dredging, mineral exploration and discharging are (7.101).
prohibited. Isla San Jerónimo (7.111).
2 A nature reserve in which anchoring and fishing are Isla San Martín (7.123).
restricted includes the waters of Canal Salsipuedes, Islas de Todos Santos (7.137).
Canal de Ballenas, together with Isla Ángel de la Islas Coronados (7.159).
Guarda and also the islands and bays off the E coast
of Baja California between Punta San Gabriel (6.209) Mexican ENC MX208082; MX208080
and an unnamed point about 11 miles SE of Punta [NP8--No 54--Wk 33/18]
Bluff (6.232). Anchoring on reefs is prohibited.
3 Fishing is prohibited in a nature reserve situated in Mexico -- Bahía de Todos Santos --
the waters NNW of a line between Punto San Felipe Ensenada — Pilotage
(6.243) and Roca del Toro (6.199).
242
Mexican ENC MX208081 [NP8--No 51--Wk 33/18]
Paragraph 7.149 1 line 3 For 1½ miles Read 2¾ miles

Mexico -- Golfo de California --


Isla Ángel de la Guarda and Puerto Refugio — Mexican Charts 111.5 and 111.6
Restrictions [NP8--No 28--Wk 15/18]

215 Mexico – Bahía De Todos Santos –


Ensenada — Development
After Paragraph 6.224 1 line 9 Insert:
242
Restrictions
6.224a After Paragraph 7.150 1 line 13 Insert:
1 Restrictions apply to the anchorages at Isla Ángel
de la Guarda and Puerto Refugio. See (6.204a). Development. The W breakwater is being extended
(2017) to the SSW by 400 m; light buoys mark the
Mexican ENC MX208081 [NP8--No 52--Wk 33/18] extent of the construction.

2 -- 36
Index

NP8
243 472 m (155 ft), which spans Back Channel between
Middle Harbor and Inner Harbor.
Paragraph 7.151 2 lines 5--7 Delete Two additional bridges are under construction
(2018) close N.
Mexican Notice 12/399/16 [NP8/No.3/Wk.06/17]
Correspondence NOAA [NP8--No 61--Wk 45/18]

Mexico -- Energia Costa Azul LNG Terminal —


Directions; light alignment United States -- Port Hueneme —
Controlling depths
245 287
Paragraph 7.167 1 line 4 For 330 Read 334 Paragraph 8.238 2 lines 1--4 Replace by:

Paragraph 7.167 1 line 5 For 103 Read 102 2 Controlling depths:


Entrance channel 42 m (14 ft) (2017);
Entrance basin 39 m (13 ft) (2017);
ENC MX501118 [NP8--No 26--Wk 11/18] Inner basin 30 m (10 ft) (2015).
The national chart should be consulted for the
latest controlling depths.
Mexico -- West Coast -- Rosarito —
Directions; wreck
US Notice 41/18725/17 [NP8/No.12/Wk.45/17]
246
United States of America -- California --
Paragraph 7.172 1 line 5 Replace by: Channel Islands Harbor — Depths
...to 072 for about 6 miles to the offshore berths, keeping 287
clear of a stranded wreck (322040N 1170970W). A...
Paragraph 8.238 2 lines 1--4, including existing Section IV
BA Chart 1049 [NP8--No 55--Wk 37/18] Notice Week 45 Replace by:
2 Controlling depths:
United States – San Diego Bay – Entrance channel 48 m (16 ft) (2017);
Entrance channel — Entrance basin 39 m (13 ft) (2017);
Directions; dangerous wreck Inner basin 27 m (9 ft) (2017).
The national chart should be consulted for the
254 latest controlling depths.
After Paragraph 8.32 1 line 7 Insert:
United States Notice 46/18724/2017
Caution. A dangerous wreck (323962N [NP8--No 18--Wk 50/17]
1171365W), position approximate, has been reported
within the entrance channel, close W of the 353 lead. United States of America -- California --
Channel Islands Harbor — Depths
US NOAA notice 06/18765/2017 [NP8/No.4/Wk.10/17]
287
USA -- California -- Long Beach Harbor -- Paragraph 8.238 2 lines 1--4, including existing Section IV
Back Channel — Vertical clearance; bridges Notice Week 50/17 Replace by:
268 2 Controlling depths:
Entrance channel 32 m (10½ ft) (2018);
Paragraph 8.120 1 lines 3--4 Replace by: Entrance basin 35 m (11½ ft) (2018);
...457 m (150 ft), which spans Back Channel between Inner basin 27 m (9 ft) (2017).
Middle Harbor and Inner Harbor. The national chart should be consulted for the
Two additional bridges are under construction latest controlling depths.
(2018) close N. United States Notice 36/18724/18
[NP8--No 59--Wk 40/18]
American ENC US5CA62M [NP8--No 37--Wk 31/18]

United States of America – San Francisco Bay –


United States of America -- California -- Yerba Buena Island — Wreck
Long Beach Harbor -- Back Channel —
Vertical clearance; bridges 331
268 Paragraph 10.88 1 line 9 Replace by:
Paragraph 8.120 1 line 1--4 including existing Section IV ...is located on the E side of the island. A dangerous wreck
Notice Week 31/18 Replace by: (374850N 1222120W), position approximate, lies E of
the island.
1 Gerald Desmond Bridge (334587N 1181327W)
is a fixed span bridge with a vertical clearance of US Notice 16/18650/17 [NP8/No.11/Wk.29/17]

2 -- 37
Index

NP8
United States of America – San Francisco Bay – United States -- California -- Port of Sacramento --
Hunters Point to Coyote Creek — Directions; Sacramento River — Vertical clearance
San Bruno Shoal Channel depth and width.
349
335
Paragraph 10.238 3 lines 9--12 including existing Section
Paragraph 10.122 1 lines 4--5 Replace by: IV Notice Week 51/16. Replace by:
...dredged to a depth of 82 m (27 ft) over a width ...to Sacramento, is 363 m (119 ft) in position
of 152 m (500 ft) (2016). The channel, which is 380399N 1214719W. The minimum clearance over
entered... the river itself is 335 m (110 ft) in position 381757N
1213375W.
US Notice 41/18651/16 [NP8/No.5/Wk.46/16]
US Notice 43/18660/17 [NP8/No.14/Wk.47/17]
United States of America -- San Francisco --
San Pablo Bay — Directions; submerged piles United States of America – Coos Bay to
Yaquina Bay — Directions; major light
342
386
After Paragraph 10.176 4 line 2 Insert:
Paragraph 12.66 1 lines 6--7 Replace by:
NNW of submerged piles which lie about 5 cables
NW of Davis Point, thence: ...visible from N.

U1 53/18580/16 [NP8/No.8/Wk.05/17]
Paragraph 10.176 4 lines 3--4 Replace by:
NNW of the oil terminal (10.182) which lies 3 cables United States of America – Oregon –
Columbia River — Pilotage
N of...
400
US Notice 51/18654/17 [NP8--No 23--Wk 04/18]
Paragraph 13.11 1 line 9 Replace by:
United States of America – Pacific Coast – ...area about 4 to 10 miles NW to SW of CR Light Buoy
Suisun Bay — Anchorages; wrecks (13.23) and not...
346 Columbia River Bar Pilots information dated 21/04/17
Paragraph 10.215 1 lines 3--7 Replace by: [NP8/No.9/Wk.21/17]

No 26 (general and Reserve Fleet Anchorage); on United States -- Washington -- Columbia River --
the W side of the bay. Mariners should note the Chinook — Controlling depth
wrecks lying within the anchorage in positions
380283N 1220732W and 380378N 403
1220640W.
Paragraph 13.27 2 lines 5--6 Replace by:
United States U1 Notice 38/18652/16 In 2017 the controlling depth in the channel and
[NP8/No.6/Wk.46/16] basin was 06 m (2 ft).

United States -- California -- Suisun Bay -- US Notice 45/18521/17 [NP8--No 17--Wk 49/17]
Antioch — Vertical clearance
United States of America – Washington –
347 Grays Harbor — Berths
Paragraph 10.222 1 lines 9--10 Replace by: 421
...vertical clearance in the main channel is 372 m
Paragraph 14.39 2 line 7 For 1235427W Read
(122 ft).
1235472W
US Notice 43/18660/17 [NP8/No.13/Wk.47/17]
US Chart 18502 [NP8/No.10/Wk.21/17]
United States of America – Port of Sacramento
— Vertical clearances
NP9 Antarctic Pilot (2014 Edition)
349
Îles Kerguelen – Baie Norvégienne —
Paragraph 10.238 3 lines 9--10 Replace by: Directions; channel
...to Sacramento, is 367 m (1207 ft) in position
380399N 1214719W. The minimum clearance over 139
the river itself is 335 m (110 ft) in position 381757N Paragraph 2.171 2 lines 1--6 Replace by:
1213375W.
2 Directions. From the vicinity of 492246S
NOAA Notice 48/18652/16 [NP8/No.7/Wk.51/16] 703197E a recommended channel leads into the

2 -- 38
Index

NP9
bay. The channel leads generally WSW for about Antarctic Peninsula -- Gerlache Strait --
4 miles before opening into the bay and is about North North West of Useful Island —
130 metres wide, with depths from 148 to 260 m. Directions; shoal
Unsurveyed areas lie either side of the channel. Local 310
knowledge is recommended.
Paragraph 5.147 4 lines 1--3 Replace by:
French Chart 7358/17 [NP9--No 9--Wk 01/18] 4 Thence the track continues to lead SW to a
position NW of the NW extremity of foul ground with a
British Antarctic Territory – least depth of 11 m (36 ft) (644060S 625490W),...
South Orkney Islands – Signy Island —
Directions; light Argentinian Notice 11/184/2017 [NP9--No 8--Wk 52/17]

221 Antarctica – Port Lockroy — Bills Island Light


Paragraph 4.42 9 lines 1--7 Replace by: 320
9 NNE of Berntsen Point (604235S 453550W), Paragraph 5.168 3 lines 1--2 Delete
the S entrance point to Borge Bay (4.41), thence:
Navarea VI warning 24/15 [NP9/No.5/Wk.09/15]
RRS Ernest Shackleton [NP9/No.1/Wk.21/17]
Antarctic Peninsula -- Lavoisier Island --
British Antarctic Territory – Cape Leblond — Directions; position
South Shetland Islands – Clarence Island to
Low Island through Bransfield Strait — 335
Directions Paragraph 6.14 1 line 6 For 660420S 663500W Read
660410S 663420W
229

Paragraph 4.80 1 lines 4--7 Replace by: BA Chart 450/2017 & ENC GB400450
[NP9--No 10--Wk 05/18]
...which rises to a rounded peak off which overfalls
occur, thence:
Antarctic Peninsula -- Biscoe Islands --
Pendleton Strait — Directions; positions
HYDROPAC 4102/15 [NP9/No.2/Wk.01/16]
336
Antarctica – Hope Bay — Grunden Rock Light Paragraph 6.18 4 lines 1--8 Replace by:

289 4 NW of Garde Islands (655145S 662005W),


lying 4 miles WNW of Lively Point, the SW
Paragraph 5.44 4 lines 7--8 Delete extremity of Renaud Island (6.15), thence:
NW of two islets (655400S 663910W), charted
as existence doubtful.
Navarea VI warning 24/15 [NP9/No.3/Wk.09/15] Thence the track continues to lead SW to a
position NW of Cape Leblond (660410S
Antarctic -- Trinity Peninsula -- Antarctic Sound 663420W), off the W approaches to Pendleton
to Montravel Rock — Directions; shoal Strait.

291 BA Chart 450 & ENC GB400450


[NP9--No 11--Wk 05/18]
After Paragraph 5.60 2 line 3 Insert:
Antarctic Peninsula -- Biscoe Islands --
N of a shoal (631098S 573131W), depth Pendleton Strait — Directions; positions
unknown and position approximate, over which
breakers have been reported (2017), thence: 351

UKHO [NP9/No.4/Wk.13/17] Paragraph 6.65 4 line 1 For 655270S 660950W Read


655232S 661090W

Orleans Strait -- Mikkelsen Harbour — Paragraph 6.65 4 lines 7--8 For 655270S 660950W
Directions; shoal Read 655232S 661090W

297 Paragraph 6.65 5 line 8 For 660300S 661500W Read


660210S 661150W
After Paragraph 5.89 1 line 9 Insert:
SSE of a 67 m (22 ft) shoal (635570S Paragraph 6.65 6 line 2 For 660420S 663500W Read
604547W), position approximate, thence: 660410S 663420W

Colombian Hydrographic Office 04/17 BA Chart 450 & ENC GB400450


[NP9--No 21--Wk 14/18] [NP9--No 12--Wk 05/18]

2 -- 39
Index

NP9
Antarctic Peninsula -- Biscoe Islands -- Clear of an area centred on (655395S
Pendleton Strait — Directions; positions 671655W), about 2½ miles in diameter and
charted as shoal water, probable, thence:
353
Paragraph 6.90 3 lines 1--2 Replace by:
Paragraph 6.76 1 lines 1--2 For 660420S 663500W
Read 660410S 663420W 3 NW of Talbott Point, the N point of Dubois Island
(661600S 670970W), from which islets,
rocks and...
Paragraph 6.76 1 lines 4--5 For 660300S 661500W
Read 660210S 661150W Paragraph 6.90 4 line 2 For 662000S 671200W Read
661915S 671100W
Paragraph 6.77 1 lines 2--3 For 655270S 660950W
Read 655232S 661090W Paragraph 6.92 2 line 3 For 663130S 671150W Read
663081S 671218W
Paragraph 6.80 1 lines 1--2 For 660420S 663500W
Read 660410S 663420W BA Chart 450/2017 [NP9--No 15--Wk 05/18]

Paragraph 6.80 1 line 5 For 660250S 603300W Read Antarctic Peninsula -- Crystal Sound —
660290S 663266W Directions; positions

Paragraph 6.80 1 lines 8--9 Replace by: 357

SSW of two islets (655400S 663910W) (6.18), Paragraph 6.93 1 line 2 For 660255S 661120W Read
existence doubtful, thence: 660210S 661150W
Clear of an 186 m patch (655731S 663650W),
existence doubtful, thence: Paragraph 6.96 3 line 7 For 660420S 663500W Read
660410S 663420W
Paragraph 6.80 1 lines 12--13 For 660250S 663300W
Read 660290S 663266W Paragraph 6.98 2 line 1 For 661200S 661150W Read
661176S 661038W
Paragraph 6.80 2 line 1 For 660100S 662800W Read
660102S 662735W Paragraph 6.98 3 line 1 For 660900S 663500W Read
660954S 663532W
Paragraph 6.80 2 line 5 For 660300S 661500W Read
660210S 661150W Paragraph 6.98 4 lines 1--3 Replace by:
4 Clear of a pinnacle (661518S 662882W),
BA Chart 450/2017 & ENC GB400450 with a depth of 58 m (charted as 33 fm on
[NP9--No 13--Wk 05/18] some charts), position approximate, thence:
Paragraph 6.98 4 line 4 For 661990S 663550W Read
Antarctic Peninsula -- Biscoe Islands -- 661915S 663398W
Lavoisier Island — Directions; positions
Paragraph 6.98 5 line 1 For 662250S 663250W Read
355
662210S 663110W
Paragraph 6.86 1 lines 1--2 For 660420S 663500W
Read 660410S 663420W BA Chart 450/2017 [NP9--No 16--Wk 05/18]

Paragraph 6.88 1 line 2--3 For 660550S 864650W Antarctic Peninsula -- Crystal Sound —
Read 660535S 664470W Directions; positions; depth

358
BA Chart 450/2017 [NP9--No 14--Wk 05/18]
Paragraph 6.98 6 lines 1--10 Replace by:
Antarctic Peninsula -- Biscoe Islands -- 6 Clear of a shoal (662090S 664520W), with a
Pendleton Strait to Matha Strait — depth of 20 m (11 fm). It was reported (2004)
Directions; positions that depths less than those charted have
been found on a shallow ridge with rock
356
pinnacles in the area. Thence:
Paragraph 6.90 2 lines 1--7 Replace by: NW of Wollan Island (662386S 663733W), with
ice cliffs except off the NW side, where there is a
2 Track. From a position NW of Cape Leblond large rock outcrop, thence:
(660410S 663420W), off the W entrance to 7 NW of a shoal (662230S 664270W), with a
Pendleton Strait, the track leads SW, passing: depth of 36 m (19 fm).
NW of Newburgh Point (660535S 664470W); Thence the track continues to lead SW to a
rocks and islets extend from 1 to 3 miles W from position SE of Gagge Point (661983S 665295W),
the W coast of Lavoisier Island (6.82). Thence: the S extremity of Lavoisier island.

2 -- 40
Index

NP9
Paragraph 6.99 1, 2 and 3 Replace by: Paragraph 6.108 4 lines 3--6 Replace by:
1 From a position SE of Gagge Point (661983S WNW of dangerous rocks (662550S 661275W)
665295W) (6.98), the track continues to lead SW, (662580S 661450W on chart 3570), thence:
through Crystal Sound, passing: WNW of Nakaya Islands (662666S 661280W)
2 NW of an obstruction (662404S 664302W), (662720S 661450W on chart 3570).
reported (1986), with no identified depth, lying Numerous dangerous rocks lie within 1 mile of the
3 miles WNW of Davidson Island (662525S islands. Thence:
663610W). An island and a small rock lie Paragraph 6.108 5 line 1 Replace by:
off the W end of Davidson Island. Thence:
NW of a rock (662605S 664005W), position 5 ESE of Fowler Islands (662430S 662440W)
approximate, lying close NNW of Shull Rocks, (662480S 662600W on chart 3570),...
comprising a rock and a group of snow--covered
islets forming a chain on the W side of the main BA Chart 450/2017 & ENC GB400450
island, thence: [NP9--No 18--Wk 05/18]
3 SE of Scholander Island, (662186S
665715W) and underwater rocks, lying Antarctic Peninsula -- Crystal Sound --
1¼ mile E of Watkins Island, in the S Bragg Islands — Directions; positions
entrance to Lewis Sound (6.100), thence: 360
NW of Dennison Reef (662836S 664964W),
reported to be awash, thence: Paragraph 6.108 6 lines 1--2 Replace by:
Paragraph 6.99 4 line 5 For 662570S 670730W Read 6 ESE of a low rock and an islet (662634S
662480S 670440W 662690W) (662680S 662850W on chart 3570),
lying about 1¾ miles NNW of...
Paragraph 6.99 4 lines 6--7 For 662840S 670830W
Paragraph 6.108 7 line 1 Replace by:
Read 662800S 670970W
7 ESE of Bragg Islands (662830S 662560W)
Paragraph 6.99 5 line 5 Replace by: (662850S 662750W on chart 3570), a...
...mostly on the W and S sides of it. An isolated BA Chart 450/2017 & ENC GB400450
islet lies 5½ cables N. The main... [NP9--No 19--Wk 05/18]
Paragraph 6.99 6 lines 1--2 Replace by:
Antarctic Peninsula -- Crystal Sound --
6 SE of a shoal (663081S 671218W), with a Bragg Islands — Positions
depth of 32 m (18 fm), thence:
361
Paragraph 6.100 1 line 2 For 662040S 665350W Read
661983S 665295W Paragraph 6.114 1 lines 1--2 Replace by:
1 Description. On the N side of Rambler Island
Paragraph 6.100 1 line 3 For 662250S 665800W Read (662830S 662560W) (662850S 662750W on
662186S 665715W chart 3570), the largest of the Bragg...

Paragraph 6.101 1 and 2 Replace by: Paragraph 6.115 2 lines 5--6 Replace by:

1 Landings can be effected in the following locations: Fowler Islands (662430S 662440W)
Foote Islands (661176S 661038W), at the N end (662480S 662600W on chart 3570), on the
of the main island. NW spur of the main snow--domed island.
Levy Island (661915S 663398W), opposite a low BA Chart 450/2017 & ENC GB400450
rock on the NE side. [NP9--No 20--Wk 05/18]
Bernal Islands (662162S 662627W), on the N
point of the SE--most island.
2 Wollan Island (662386S 663733W), on small Antarctic Peninsula W coast – Liard Island —
Directions; rock
outcrops of rocks at the N extremity.
Barcroft Islands (662700S 670600W), on the N 371
side of most of the group.
Pauling Islands (663162S 665654W), on the NE Paragraph 6.143 4 line 4 Replace by:
point of the main island. ...NE entrance point to Langmuir Cove, thence:
SE of a rock (665285S 671817W), reported
BA Chart 450/2017 & ENC GB400450
(2017), thence:
[NP9--No 17--Wk 05/18]
MY Hanse Explorer [NP9/No.6/Wk.06/17]
Antarctic Peninsula -- Crystal Sound —
Directions; positions Ross Sea – Scott Island — Position
359 424
Paragraph 6.108 4 line 1 For 662250S 662650W Read Paragraph 9.24 1 line 1 For (672300S 1795375W)
662162S 662627W Read (672275S 1795472W)

2 -- 41
Index

NP9
Paragraph 9.25 1 line 2 For (672300S 1795375W) Obskaya Guba – Mys Belyy to Mys Drovyanov —
Read (672275S 1795472W) Directions; anchorages and harbours
275
NGA Chart 29282 [NP9/No.7/Wk.11/17] Paragraph 10.20 1--7 Replace by:
1 From a position about 24 miles NNE of Mys Belyy
(732866N 705052E) (10.45), the recommended
NP10 Arctic Pilot Volume 1 (2016 Edition) track leads SSE, passing:
ENE of Belyy Severnyy Light Beacon (black
framework tower with platform, 21 m in height)
Navigation and Regulations -- Russian pilotage (732817N 705582E); a stranded wreck lies
— Icebreaker pilotage 2¾ miles farther ESE. Thence:
WSW of an extensive shoal bank (733053N
8 735347E) with a least depth of 40 m.
2 ENE of Mys Shuberta (730941N 714014E)
Paragraph 1.36 1 lines 1--10 Replace by: (9.94), the SE extremity of Ostrov Belyy.
Shuberta Light (black tetrahedral truncated
1 Icebreaker pilotage is available, on request, for the pyramid, white band, 13 m in height) stands
whole of the NSR and is obtained through the close N of this point. Thence:
Northern Sea Route Administration (NSRA). For ENE of Mys Khesalya (725333N 713641E)
further information see ADMIRALTY List of Radio (9.95), the S entrance point to Proliv Malygina
Signals Volume 6(2) and www.nsra.ru. (9.94), thence:
3 WSW of Ostrov Shokal’skogo (730000N
Russian Notice 28/3752/16 [NP10/No.1/Wk.32/16] 742640E), from which Shokal’skogo Light
(black vertical rectangle, red bands, mounted
on red and black horizontal striped tetrahedral
Russia -- Kara Sea -- Ostrov Belyy — truncated pyramid, 14 m in height) (730054N
Directions; recommended routes 740715E) is exhibited; a bank, with a least
charted depth of 18 m, extends 6 miles WSW
86 from the W extremity of the island. Thence:
4 ENE of Mys Poyelovo (10.18). Mys Poyelovo
Paragraph 2.28 1 lines 4--10 Replace by: Light (tetrahedral truncated framework
pyramid, black upper, 15 m in height)
...the recommended track 032.1, as shown on the (724399N 723808E) is exhibited from NW
Russian charts, leads NNE, for about 260 miles, to the of the headland and a remarkable hummock
vicinity of 733012N 674633E, WNW of Mys Rogozina lies on the low sandspit which extends E from
(732294N 700115E) (9.93), the NW extremity of it.
Ostrov Belyy. 5 Thence the track continues SSE following a
recommended DW route, to a position 7 miles NE of
(Directions continue for
Mys Drovyanoy (723969N 725750E), the E
the recommended track at 2.32)
extremity of an island separated from Poluostrov
Paragraph 2.30 1 lines 4--10 Replace by: Yamal by a narrow channel with low ground on each
side. The island is low, with a few small hummocks
...Karskiye Vorota TSS, the recommended track 0448, as up to 45 m high and is covered with scanty grass and
shown on the Russian charts, leads NE, for about moss. Mys Drovyanoy Light (tetrahedral truncated
233 miles, to the vicinity of 732423N 665933E, W of framework pyramid, black upper and platform, 23 m in
Mys Rogozina (732294N 700115E) (9.93), the NW height) (723920N 725663E) is exhibited from SW
extremity of Ostrov Belyy. of the point.
(Directions continue for Paragraph 10.22 including heading Replace by:
the recommended track at 2.32)
Spare
Paragraph 2.32 1 lines 1--10 Replace by: 10.22
1 From the vicinity of 732423N 665933E, W of Russian Charts 12312, 13329; POLAR L8048
Mys Rogozina (732294N 700115E) (9.93), the NW [NP10/No.2/Wk.52/16]
extremity of Ostrov Belyy, the recommended deep
water route with a least depth of 165 m as shown on Russia -- Kara Sea -- Mys Belyy to
the Russian charts, leads to position 733637N Mys Drovyanoy —
723565E ENE of Mys Belyy (732867N Directions; recommended route
705043E), from 1½ miles ESE of which Belyy 275
Severnyy Light (10.20) is exhibited.
Here the recommended track heads S into Obskaya Paragraph 10.20 1--7 including existing Section IV Notice
Guba or N for about 14 miles to position 735000N Week 52/16. Replace by:
723318E then E towards Dikson. 1 From a position about 31 miles ENE of Mys Belyy
(732866N 705052E) (10.45), the recommended
Russian Notice 45/5782/2018 [NP10--No 13--Wk 48/18] track leads S, passing:

2 -- 42
Index

NP10
ENE of Belyy Severnyy Light Beacon (black NE of South No 1 Light (black tetrahedral truncated
framework tower with platform, 21 m in height) framework pyramid, 18 m in height) (723471N
(732817N 705582E); a stranded wreck lies 725694E), thence:
2¾ miles farther ESE. Thence: 2 NE of Mys Yuzhnyy the S extremity (723298N
W of an extensive shoal bank (733053N 725907E) of an island, in the form of a
735347E) with a least depth of 40 m. narrow sandspit which dries in places and
2 E of Mys Shuberta (730941N 714014E) which extends 7 miles S from Mys Drovyanoy.
(9.94), the SE extremity of Ostrov Belyy. Thence, from a position about 20 miles E of Mys
Shuberta Light (black tetrahedral truncated Yuzhnyy, the DW route leads about 30 miles SW to a
pyramid, white band, 13 m in height) stands position 8¾ miles SW of Peschanka Light (721529N
close N of this point. Thence: 725006E), passing:
ENE of Mys Khesalya (725333N 713641E) 3 SE of Mys Yuzhnyy, thence:
(9.95), the S entrance point to Proliv Malygina SE of Mys Tye--sale (722923N 725003E), the
(9.94), thence: NE entrance point of Reka Khabey--yaga, thence:
3 WSW of Ostrov Shokal’skogo (730000N SE of the NE extremity of a bank (722800N
742640E), from which Shokal’skogo Light 734350E), with charted depths of less than
(black vertical rectangle, red bands, mounted 10 m.
on red and black horizontal striped tetrahedral 4 Between shoal patches with depths less than
truncated pyramid, 14 m in height) (730054N 10 m, which are part of a bar which extends
740715E) is exhibited; a bank, with a least across the gulf from Mys Drovyanoy to Mys
charted depth of 18 m, extends 6 miles WSW Shtormovoy.
from the W extremity of the island. Thence: SE of Drovyanoy trading post and meteorological
4 ENE of Mys Poyelovo (10.18). Mys Poyelovo station (722479N 724591E), reported as
Light (tetrahedral truncated framework standing on the cliff top; the main building is visible
pyramid, black upper, 15 m in height) from 10 miles seaward. Thence:
(724399N 723808E) is exhibited from NW 5 SE of Reka Yarra--yaga, the mouth of which is
of the headland and a remarkable hummock marked by Peschanka (Yarra--yaga) Light
lies on the low sandspit which extends E from (black tetrahedral framework tower, 15 m in
it. height) (721529N 725006E); a sandbank
5 Thence the track continues SSE following a obstructs the mouth of the river, extending
recommended DW route, to a position 7 miles NE of 1½ miles E then 3½ miles N.
Mys Drovyanoy (723969N 725750E), the E Thence the DW route and recommended track lead
extremity of an island separated from Poluostrov SSW for about 7 miles, to position 14 miles S of
Yamal by a narrow channel with low ground on each Peschanka Light. The track then leads S, passing:
side. The island is low, with a few small hummocks 6 WNW of Mys Shtormovoy (714545N
up to 45 m high and is covered with scanty grass and 732726E), which rises to three steep and
moss. Mys Drovyanoy Light (tetrahedral truncated conspicuous sandy hills; from N it appears as
framework pyramid, black upper and platform, 23 m in a steep bluff with a low spit extending S from
height) (723920N 725663E) is exhibited from SW it. Shtormovoy Light (black trihedral truncated
of the point. metal pyramid, 8 m in height) (714798N
733081E) is exhibited from a position NNE
of the point. Thence:
Russian Notice 45/5782/2018; Russian Charts 12312,
7 WNW of a light buoy (W cardinal) (714987N
13329, POLAR L8048 [NP10--No 14--Wk 48/18]
731065E), moored 2 miles W of the
shoalest part of a coastal bank, with a least
Mys Drovyanov to Mys Shtormovoy — charted depth of 64 m, extending N from Mys
General information; directions Shtormovoy (714545N 732726E), which
continues to extend N forming the bar across
275 the gulf.
Thence the recommended track continues S, to a
Paragraph 10.23 1 Replace by: position WSW of Mys Shtormovoy.
(Directions continue at 10.32)
1 From a position E of Mys Drovyanoy (723969N
725750E), the route leads along the recommended Russian Notice 50/6764/16, Russian Charts 13329, 13330
tracks and DW route for about 52 miles, to a position [NP10/No.3/Wk.52/16]
WSW of Mys Shtormovoy (714545N 732726E).
Mys Shtormovoy to Mys Khonarasalya —
Directions
Russian Charts 13329, 13330 [NP10/No.3/Wk.52/16]
277
276 Paragraph 10.33 1--6 Replace by:
Paragraph 10.29 1--10 Replace by: 1 From a position WSW of Mys Shtormovoy
(714545N 732726E), the DW route leads SSW,
1 From a position 7 miles NE of Mys Drovyanoy passing:
(723969N 725750E) (10.20), the DW route leads ESE of the E extremity of a spit (714488N
initially SE to a position about 20 miles E of Mys 723032E), with an obstruction, with a depth of
Yuzhnyy (723298N 725907E), passing: 20 m, marked by a light buoy (E cardinal), thence:

2 -- 43
Index

NP10
ESE of Mys Poludennyy (714203N 721877E) Basins and berths. Berths 1--4, with charted
which is low and conspicuous from S, though from depths ranging from 77 to 106 m, are located on the
N or E it merges with the coast, thence: NW quayside.
2 ESE of a shallow flat which fronts the mouth of Berths 5--6 are located on the concrete pier
Reka Tambey delta (713305N 715847E) (711660N 720491E), with charted depths ranging
and extends 2 miles offshore. Reka Tambey, from 84 to 116 m. All of the berths are being utilised
one of the largest rivers in Poluostrov Yamal, for the construction of the LNG Terminal.
has an extensive delta with four branches
extending from 3½ to 14 miles SW of Mys Russian Chart 18331 [NP10/No.5/Wk.12/17]
Poludennyy, between which are low islands
composed of swampy tundra. Thence: Kara Sea -- Obskaya Guba — Directions;
WNW of the shoal ground, with a least charted depth DW route; landmarks; depths
of 28 m, extending 3 miles WNW of Mys Taran 278--279
(10.32), marked by buoys (W cardinal), thence:
3 ESE of Tambey, the administrative centre for the Paragraph 10.45 1--7 line Replace by:
N part of Poluostrov Yamal, from where a
1 From a position W of Khaltsyney Light (705020N
light (black vertical rectangle on tetrahedral
735623E) (10.40), the DW route leads S, passing
metal framework tower with platform, 15 m in
(positions relative to Mys Kharse (7007N 7341E)):
height) (712886N 714887E) is exhibited.
The village has a trading post, the buildings of E of a shoal patch (43 miles NNW), with a depth of
which are visible from the centre of the gulf. 12 m, thence:
4 Thence the recommended track continues to lead E of a shoal patch (22 miles NW), with a depth of
44 m, lying on a coastal bank extending 4 miles E
SSW, to a position W of Mys Khonarasalya (10.32),
of Mys Belyy (702290N 724236E), which can
which lies S of the mouth of the broad valley of Reka
be identified by the bright colour of its steep sides.
Ngarkakhorteyakha; Mys Khonara--sale Light (trihedral
W of an obstruction area (9¾ miles NNW), with a
truncated metal pyramid, 14 m in height) (712270N
radius of 1 mile, centred on 701607N
730243E) is exhibited from a position SSE of the 733112E.
point. 2 Thence a vessel may either continue S to a
(Directions continue at 10.40) position W of Mys Nalivnoy (694440N 733193E),
passing over a shoal bank with a least depth of about
Russian Notice 50/6764/16, Russian Chart 13330 10 m, or, for vessels with a deeper draught the track
[NP10/No.4/Wk.52/16] leads SSE, passing:
WSW of a shallow bank extending 7 miles N of Mys
Kharse, marked on its W side by a buoy (W
Kara Sea -- Obskaya Guba -- cardinal) (5 miles NNW), thence:
Port Sabetta — Development 3 WSW of the W extremity of a spit extending
from Mys Kharse, marked by a buoy (W
278 cardinal) (2½ miles WNW). A beacon (black
tetrahedral truncated pyramid, white bands
Paragraph 10.43 including heading Replace by: and gallery, 16 m in height) stands on the
Russian Chart 18331 (datum Pulkovo 1942) (see 1.25) point. Thence:
Port Sabetta WSW of Ngabkeyyakha (7½ miles S).
10.43 Thence the track leads S to a position in the
1 General information. Port Sabetta (711674N vicinity of 695100N 733358E. The DW track then
720454E), is situated in the mouth of the leads SW to a position W of Mys Nalivnoy
Sabettayakha River, on the W side of Obskaya Guba (694440N 733193E) the W extremity of a low
and is the port facility for the Yamal LNG terminals. marshy plain. A shoal spit, marked by a buoy (W
Limiting conditions. The least charted depths cardinal) extends 3¼ miles W of the point.
(2017) in the approach channel is 121 m and in the Russian Charts 13332, 13333 [NP10/No.11/Wk.29/17]
harbour basin is 98 m.
Arrival information. The port is operational all
Kara Sea -- Obskaya Guba —
year. A tug is available. Directions; DW route; wreck; landmarks
2 Harbour. The port consists of a harbour basin
(711676N 720520E) with a concrete quayside in 279--280
the NW part and a concrete pier lying to the SE.
Paragraph 10.52 1 lines 1--6 Replace by:
Development. Work is in progress (2017) to dredge
the approach channel to a reported depth of 151 m. 1 From a position W of a shoal spit, marked by a
Reclamation work and the construction of the main buoy (W cardinal), extending 3¼ miles W of Mys
LNG terminal berths in the vicinity of 711654N Nalivnoy (694440N 733193E) (10.45), the DW
720555E are ongoing, with the first LNG shipment route leads S, passing (positions relative to Mys
scheduled for the end of 2017 and full operational Tryokhbugornyy (690526N 735248E)):
capacity achieved by 2021.
3 Directions for entering harbour. From a position Paragraph 10.52 3 lines 4--7 Replace by:
W of Mys Khonarasalya (712395N 730034E) E of a wreck (692549N 732275E), with a least
(10.32), the track leads SW following a two--way DW depth of 74 m, marked by a buoy (isolated
route (2266) to the harbour basin. danger), thence:

2 -- 44
Index

NP10
Paragraph 10.52 4 lines 1--2 Delete 2 The pilot boarding position for northbound vessels
to Dudinka is approximately 16 miles NNE of
Paragraph 10.52 6--7 Replace by: Kabatskiy Front Leading Light (691969N
860381E).
6 The DW route then leads SSE, passing:
WSW of a shoal patch (7¼ miles WSW), with a depth 322
of 84 m, thence:
WSW of the SW extremity of a shoal spit, with depths Paragraph 12.51 1 lines 3--4 Replace by:
less than 8 m, extending 7 miles SW from Mys Tankers and vessels carrying dangerous cargoes,
Tryokhbugornyy, marked a buoy (W cardinal) abreast Verkhne--Novoselenskiy Leading Lights
(5½ miles SW), moored close to its extremity. (12.45).
7 Thence the recommended track continues to lead
SSW, to a position 16¾ miles E of Nurma Light After Paragraph 12.51 1 line 4 Insert:
(tetrahedral framework pyramid, black upper, 6 m in Quarantine area, abreast Nizhne--Dudinskiy
height) (684312N 730516E), exhibited from the N Leading Lights (12.45).
entrance to Reka Nurma--yaga.
Russian Notice 14/1690/16 [NP10/No.8/Wk.16/16]
Paragraph 10.53 Replace by:
Kara Sea -- Reka Yenisey -- Dudinka to Igarka —
Spare Pilot boarding position
10.53
322
Russian Notice 25/3083/17; Russian Charts 13334, 13335
[NP10/No.12/Wk.29/17] After Paragraph 12.54 3 line 5 Insert:

Pilotage
Kara Sea – South Part —
Aids to navigation; lights 12.55a
1 For pilotage of N--bound vessels to Dudinka see
289 12.41a.

After Paragraph 11.2 1 line 4 Insert: Russian Notice 14/1690/16 [NP10/No.9/Wk.16/16]


Caution. Many lights and leading lights in this area
have been reported destroyed or unreliable. Local Reka Kolyma – Protoka Kamennaya —
Depths; directions
authorities should be consulted for the latest
information. 473
UKHO [NP10/No.6/Wk.04/17] Paragraph 17.104 2 lines 1--2 Replace by:
2 Protoka Kamennaya Bar. There is a least depth of
Reka Yenisey – Mouth of river to Igarka — 39 m over the bar, but the fairway across it is subject
General information; navigation; lights to periodic changes due to alluviation.
311 474
After Paragraph 12.5 3 line 7 Insert: Paragraph 17.112 3--8 Replace by:
Caution. Many lights and leading lights in this area 3 From the vicinity of 6954N 16223E, on the
have been reported destroyed or unreliable. Local alignment (1815) of the above light beacons, in the
authorities should be consulted for the latest approaches to Protoka Kamennaya, the alignment
information. (1815) of the above light beacons, leads S through
the outer anchorage and pilot station to a position E
UKHO [NP10/No.7/Wk.04/17]
of No 3 Light Buoy (starboard hand) (694113N
1622182E).
Kara Sea -- Reka Yenisey -- Mys Krestovskiy to 4 Thence the track alters to starboard and from
Dudinka — Pilot boarding positions; anchorages position 694108N 1622175E, close SSW of No 3
Light Buoy, follows a recommended course of 2155
319
to position 693921N 1621792E, NE of No 4 Light
After Paragraph 12.41 1 line 7 Insert: Buoy (port hand) (693917N 1621806E). There are
minimum depths at a distance of 1 cable to port and
Pilotage starboard of the course line of 41 and 34 m
12.41a respectively.
1 Pilot boarding positions for S--bound vessels to 5 The track then alters slightly to starboard and, from
Dudinka are as follows: the position NE of No 4 Light Buoy, follows a
1) Approximately 9 cables WNW of recommended course of 2249 to position 693878N
Verkhe--Novoselenskiy Front Leading Light 1621670E, SE of No 5 Light Buoy (starboard hand)
(692839N 860512E). (693887N 1621640E). There are minimum depths
2) Approximately 7 cables E of the N point of Ostrov at a distance of 06 cables to port and starboard of
Kabatskiy (692560N 860563E). the course line of 47 and 36 m respectively.

2 -- 45
Index

NP10
6 Thence the track leads WSW from the position SE 3 SE of BræÉrapartsboÉi (641812N 220642W),
of No 5 Light Buoy on a recommended course of a shoal, thence:
2609 to position 693870N 1621520E, 2 cables NW of Þjótur (641766N 220504W), a rocky shoal
ESE of No 1 Buoy (starboard hand) (693880N with two rocks awash, thence:
1621468E). There are minimum depths at a distance SE of SuÉurflös (641827N 220614W).
of 1 cable to port and starboard of the course line of At night the track leads along the line of bearing
46 and 37 m respectively. 0495 of a directional light exhibited from the front
7 The track then leads WNW from the position ESE beacon.
of No 1 Light Buoy on a recommended course of 4 Thence the track leads NNW, and at night along
2875 across the Protoka Kamennaya Bar, proceeding the line of bearing 345 of a second directional light
at slow speed, to position 693910N 1621163E, (mast, 28 m in height) (641921N 220472W), to a
NNE of No 6A Light Buoy (port hand) (693903N position E of the harbour entrance.
1621157E). There are minimum depths at a distance Caution. The bearing (345) of the second
of 1 cable to port and starboard of the course line of directional light passes close to the E extension of the
40 and 36 m respectively. jetty from where a light (post, 4 m in height)
8 Thence the track alters to port and follows a (641878N 220456W) is exhibited.
recommended course of 2569 to position 693899N 5 Useful mark:
Light (post, 4 m in height) (641885N 220473W)
1621033E, SW of No 5B Light Buoy (starboard
exhibited from the pierhead of a jetty extending SE
hand) (693907N 1621060E), and at the beginning
from a cement factory.
of the Sukharnyy leading line. There are minimum
depths at a distance of 1 cable to port and 08 cables Icelandic Notices 5/22; 23/18 [NP11--No 2--Wk 45/18]
to starboard of the course line of 23 and 45 m
respectively. For further information on depths and
levels over the bar see 17.104 and 17.105. Svalbard -- Spitsbergen -- Adventfjorden —
Anchorage
Paragraph 17.112 10 lines 1--4 Replace by:
247
10 Thence from a position SW of No 5 B Light Buoy
After Paragraph 9.74 4 line 5 Insert:
(693907N 1621060E) (starboard hand) the
alignment (2385) of the above light beacons leads Prohibited anchorage. Anchorage is prohibited in an area
WSW, to a position... bounded by the following points:
781475N 153332E.
After Paragraph 17.112 11 line 6 Insert: 781551N 153832E.
781714N 153070E.
12 Useful marks: 781497N 153096E.
Stolbovoy Leading Light Beacons (black rectangular
boards with white triangles, point up, mounted on Norwegian Notice 11/58939/18 [NP11--No 1--Wk 34/18]
tetrahedral truncated pyramids, 11 m in height,
radar reflector) (693771N 1621448E).
13 Ambarchik Leading Light Beacons (black and Greenland -- Kong Christian IX Land --
Kap Gustav Holm — Directions; shoal
white vertical striped rectangular board
mounted on tetrahedral truncated pyramid, 322
10 m in height, radar reflector) (693832N
1622207E). Paragraph 12.176 4 line 5 Replace by:
...Karra, thence:
Russian Notice 02/28/16 and Russian Sailing Directions
Clear of a shoal (663508N 335866W), reported
Volume 1119 [NP10/No.10/Wk.07/16]
(2018), with a depth of 10 m.

Danish Notice 45/871/18 [NP11--No 3--Wk 49/18]


NP11 Arctic Pilot Volume 2 (2018 Edition)
NP12 Arctic Pilot Volume 3 (2018 Edition)
Iceland -- Akranes — Directions; lights
Greenland -- West coast -- Sarfartoq --
126--127 Kangerlussuaq — Berth

Paragraph 3.113 2--7 Replace by: 181

2 Krossvik Leading Beacons: After Paragraph 3.53 1 line 10 Insert:


Front beacon (triangle, point up, on yellow tower, 7 m Berth. A quay (663353N 520380W) consisting
in height) (641894N 220324W). of a permanently moored barge has been established
Rear beacon (triangle, point down, on framework on the W side of Kangerlussuaq, 1 mile N of
tower) (146 m NE from front beacon). Sarfartoq. The berth is 90 m in length and has a
From the pilot position close to No 11 Light Buoy depth alongside of 25 m.
(641758N 220749W), the alignment (0495) of the
above beacons leads NE, for about 1¾ miles, passing: Danish Notice 38/749/18 [NP12--No 1--Wk 42/18]

2 -- 46
Index

NP13
NP13 Australia Pilot Volume 1 (2017 Edition) G3 Anchorage (120726S 1363907E); depth of
about 21 m.

Australian Regulations — Australian Notice 2/57/2018 [NP13--No 14--Wk 08/18]


Protection of historic features and areas
Arnhem Land -- North and north--east of
10 Maningrida — Outlying dangers; wrecks
After Paragraph 1.74 2 line 8 Insert: 129

Australian Whale Sanctuary Paragraph 3.29 7 lines 3--4 Replace by:


1.74a ...Point.
1 Marine mammals in Commonwealth waters have Three wrecks lie off the coast in the following
been protected under Australian legislation since 1980. positions:
The EPBC Act established the Australian Whale 113766S 1342034E;
Sanctuary that comprises the waters of the Australian 112242S 1343648E; historic wreck with
EEZ. Protected Zone;
It is an offense to kill, interfere with, injure, take, 114146S 1343675E; historic wreck with
trade, keep or move a cetacean. Interference with a Protected Zone.
cetacean includes harassing, chasing, herding,
tagging, marking or branding. Australian Notice 2/56/2018 [NP13--No 15--Wk 08/18]
2 Activities for which permits may be granted under
the EPBC Act include whale watching, interference,
Northern Territory -- Arafura Sea --
take, keep or move, export and import. For further South Goulburn Island — Depths
details see Seafarers Handbook for Australian Waters.
130
AHP20 Ed. 2017. Ch 6.4. [NP13--No 25--Wk 36/18]
Paragraph 3.38 2 lines 3--6 Replace by:

Queensland -- Gulf of Carpentaria -- ...shoals with depths of approximately 8 m in the


Albatross Bay -- Amrun Port — Port fairway. A least known depth of 53 m lies 5½ cables
SSE of Sand Point, the SW extremity of North
97 Goulburn. A shoal with a depth of 57 m is charted
2½ miles SW of Sand Point.
After Paragraph 2.58 2 line 6 Insert:
Australian Notice 21/857/17 [NP13/No.11/Wk.45/17]
Amrun Port
2.58a Western Australia -- Ashmore Reef —
1 Description. Amrun Port (125555S 1413688E) Prohibited area
consists of a pier which extends about 900 m from the
shore. The port exports bauxite. 146
Pilotage. The pilot boards in position 124890S After Paragraph 4.8 4 line 10 Insert:
1413480E.
Directions. From N, the berth is approached on the Prohibited area. An ESSA is established
line of bearing of 163 of Amrun Wharf Directional surrounding Ashmore Reef. See 1.74.
Light (125555S 1413688E) and from S, on the line
of bearing of 073 of the same light. Australian Notice 15/622/18 [NP13--No 23--Wk 35/18]
2 Berths. One berth on S side of the jetty,
approximately 350 m in length. Dredged depth Western Australia -- North Coast --
alongside 159 m. Browse Island — FLNG Terminal

Australian Notice 24/1070/18 147


[NP13--No 31--Wk 52/18]
After Paragraph 4.20 1 line 2 Insert:

Melville Bay -- Gove Harbour —


Outer anchorages Prelude FLNG Terminal
General information
114 4.20a
1 Position and function. Prelude FLNG Terminal
Paragraph 2.197 1 Replace by:
(134720S 1231900E) is situated 133 miles off the
1 Anchorage berths as follows: NW coast of Australia, and 23 miles NW of Browse
G1 Anchorage (121004S 1363816E); depth of Island (4.50). It is a turret -- moored floating
about 16 m; mud and shingle; hydrocarbon production, storage and offtake facility
G2 Anchorage (120862S 1363858E); depth of exporting LNG, LPG and condensate.
about 20 m; the anchorage is suitable for use by Operator. Shell Australia, Shell House, 562
loaded tankers awaiting a berth; Wellington Street, Perth WA 6000.

2 -- 47
Index

NP13
Arrival information Western Australia -- Cambridge Gulf --
4.20b Wyndham Wharf — Directions; light buoys
1 Prohibited area. The Prelude FLNG facility is
168
surrounded by a safety zone, of 1500 m radius, into
which entry without permission is prohibited. Paragraph 4.171 1 Replace by:
Pilotage. Pilotage is compulsory. Vessels must stay
1 From a position E of Pender Point, the track leads
at least 6 miles from the Prelude until they are
requested to proceed to the pilot boarding position. generally S through Main Channel between Roe Bank
Pilots normally embark 3 miles astern of the FLNG. and the E side of Middle Ground. The track then
Regulations concerning entry. For regulations and continues SE between an unnamed bank (152031S
procedures contact the terminal operator. 1280655E), the SE extremity of which is marked by
Mangrove Light Buoy (E cardinal), and the drying
Shell Australia Prelude FLNG Terminal Information Book -- bank which lies up to 4½ cables off the E shoreline.
LNG/2018 [NP13--No 19--Wk 19/18]
Australian Notice 23/1023/18
[NP13--No 30--Wk 49/18]
Northern Territory -- Port Darwin —
Regulations; restricted areas Western Australia -- Brunswick Bay --
Hanover Bay — Anchorage
156
183
After Paragraph 4.97 3 line 8 Insert: Paragraph 4.302 3 lines 4--5 Replace by:
4 Restricted areas. Entry by unauthorised vessels Anchorage. Good anchorage is afforded in position
and boats into the restricted areas surrounding the 151695S 1244591E, which is protected to the E,
LNG berths at Wickham Point and Bladin Point is not S and W by the mainland with a bottom of sticky grey
permitted. mud.
Australian Hydrographic Office [NP13/No.1/Wk.17/17]
Australian Notice 3/348/18 [NP13--No 20--Wk 21/18]
Western Australia -- Broome —
Northern Territory -- Port Darwin -- Directions; controlling depth
Wickham Shoal — Wreck
213
159 Paragraph 5.203 1 line 1 For 91 m Read 85 m

Paragraph 4.115 1 line 4 Replace by: ENC AU5050P0 [NP13--No 29--Wk 46/18]
...lies 2½ miles NW of Wickham Point (4.100).
Caution. An historic wreck (122898S Western Australia -- Port Hedland —
1305034E) lies within Anchorage C7. Traffic Regulations
221
Australian Notice 11/440/18 [NP13--No 21--Wk 26/18]
After Paragraph 5.270 1 line 5 Insert:
Registration. All arriving vessels, including vessels
Australia -- North coast --
Cambridge Gulf — Pilotage anchoring outside VTS limits, must pass within a
2½ mile radius of the First Reporting Point (195721S
166 1182850E) to ensure that automatic registration (via
AIS) of having arrived at Port Hedland takes place.
Paragraph 4.157 1 lines 6--10 Replace by:
Port Hedland Handbook [NP13/No.6/Wk.38/17]
Pilot boarding. Pilot boards at Wyndham pilot
station (Nicholls Point) (145810S 1281070E), NE Western Australia -- Port Hedland --
of Black Cliff Point. Goldsworthy Front — Directions; light

Australian Notice 2/61/2018 [NP13--No 16--Wk 08/18] 223


Paragraph 5.285 2 line 3 Delete
Western Australia -- Cambridge Gulf --
Cawston Bay — Directions; depth Australian Notice 15/619/18 [NP13--No 24--Wk 35/18]

168 Western Australia -- Port Hedland — Berths

Paragraph 4.170 2 line 6 For 94 m Read 60 m 223


Paragraph 5.289 2 lines 1--5 Replace by:
Australian Notice 24/1015/17 2 Finucane Island Berths C and D (201863S
[NP13--No 13--Wk 01/18] 1183416E). Double berth for loading iron ore.

2 -- 48
Index

NP13
Combined length 680 m and 65 m wide with Western Australia -- Shark Bay --
maintained depths of 184 m (Berth C) and 192 m Denham Sound — Directions; wreck
(Berth D). Maximum vessel LOA 325 m. Mooring
dolphins are located at either end. 279
Paragraph 7.80 2 lines 1--3 Replace by:
Paragraph 5.290 1 line 2 Replace by:
2 Close NE of No 9 Light Beacon (lateral)
Berth PH 1, with a length of 213 m and a... (255591S 1131898E), thence:
Between two 95 m patches, the first at 255635S
Port Hedland Handbook [NP13/No.7/Wk.38/17] 1131995E and the second 6 cables SW, thence:
Between a 92 m patch (255721S 1132004E)
and No 10 Light Beacon (lateral) 7½ cables E,
Western Australia -- Port Hedland — Tug haven noting a dangerous wreck in position 255755S
1132014E, thence:
224
Australian Notice 12/483/18; AU426113
After Paragraph 5.294 1 line 3 Insert: [NP13--No 22--Wk 28/18]

Hunt Point Tug Haven Geelvink Channel -- Shoal Point —


5.294a Directions; Racon
1 A basin (201823S 1183417E) lies between Hunt
Point and Island Wharf. There are eight berths for 281
tugs. The basin and the access channel have Paragraph 7.92 1 lines 1--2 Replace by:
maintained depths of 72 m.
1 Racon:
Australian Notice 22/901/17 [NP13--No 12--Wk 48/17]
Australian Notice 19/782/17 [NP13/No.9/Wk.44/17]

Western Australia -- Port Walcott — Geelvink Channel -- Shoal Point —


Pilot boarding place Directions; Racon

235 284

Paragraph 6.74 1 line 4 For 203215S 1171765E Read Paragraph 7.129 1 lines 1--3 Replace by:
203240S 1171500E 1 Racon:

Australian Notice 19/782/17 [NP13/No.10/Wk.44/17]


Australian Notice 05/164/2017 [NP13/No.2/Wk.17/17]
Western Australia -- Port Denison —
Port Walcott -- Outer North Channel — Directions; leading lights
Emergency waiting areas
291
236 Paragraph 7.184 5 line 6 For 1743 Read 1759
After Paragraph 6.77 1 line 5 Insert:
Australian Notice 16/650/17 [NP13/No.5/Wk.37/17]
2 Emergency Waiting Areas, have been established
along the Outer North Channel as follows: South Australia -- Great Australian Bight --
Emergency Waiting Area 2 centred on 203061S Cape Adieu — Environmentally
1171573E. sensitive sea area
Emergency Waiting Area 3 centred on 202821S
1171804E. 347
Emergency Waiting Area 4 centred on 202890S
1172053E. After Paragraph 10.25 1 line 5 Insert:

Australian Notice 18/734/17 [NP13/No.8/Wk.42/17] Environmentally Sensitive Sea Area


10.25a
1 An ESSA has been established from a position
Western Australia -- Dampier -- about 4 miles NW of Cape Adieu (315980S
East Intercourse Island -- Radome 1320900E) extending SE to Point Dillon (323035S
1335079E), encompassing the off--lying islands,
reefs and Nuyts Archipelago. Areas within this marine
241
protected area have restrictions on access and
Paragraph 6.122 1 lines 7--10 Delete activities. See Seafarers Handbook for Australian
Waters AHP 20.

Australian Notice 05/163/2017 [NP13/No.3/Wk.17/17] Australian Notice 16/677/18 [NP13--No 26--Wk 37/18]

2 -- 49
Index

NP13
South Australia -- Streaky Bay -- access and activity apply. See 1.74 and Seafarers
Blanche Port — Directions Handbook for Australian Waters.

356 Australian Chart 136/18 [NP13--No 27--Wk 40/18]


Paragraph 10.94 3 lines 4--8 Replace by:
South Australia -- Germein Bay --
From a position W of Eba Island the track leads S, Port Pirie — ESSA
passing E of Point Gibson Light Beacon (starboard
hand) (324420S 1341405E), marking the E 383
extremity of the drying banks extending E from Point After Paragraph 11.191 1 line 5 Insert:
Gibson (324383S 1341289E).
Environmentally Sensitive Sea Area (ESSA). The
Paragraph 10.94 4 lines 3--7 Replace by: area surrounding the approach to Port Pirie has been
Between Perforated Rocks, two rocks, each 15 m in designated as an ESSA. Restrictions on access and
height and full of holes, and a beacon (lateral) activity apply. See 1.74 and Seafarers Handbook for
marking Fairway Rock (324486S 1341350E). Australian Waters.

Paragraph 10.94 5 Replace by: Austalian Chart 136/18 [NP13--No 28--Wk 40/18]
5 From a position W of Crawfords Landing
(324572S 1341401E), the track continues SSW South Australia -- Kangaroo Island --
Hog Bay — Anchorage
with Flinders Jetty Head Light (white metal column)
(324754S 1341266E) bearing no less than 184, 398
as required for the anchorage or jetty, noting Sponge
Rocks North and South, lying close W of the track. Paragraph 12.89 2 lines 1--2 Replace by:
2 Anchorage. Two designated anchor berths are
Australian Chart 121 [NP13--No 18--Wk 11/18]
located at 354272S 1375758E (radius 3 cables)
and 354278S 1375740E (radius 23 cables) with
South Australia -- Great Australian Bight -- depths from 11 to 18 m.
Venus Bay — Directions
Australian Notice 13/509/2017 [NP13/No.4/Wk.35/17]
359

Paragraph 10.112 2--3 Replace by: NP14 Australia Pilot Volume 2 (2016 Edition)
2 Leading lights:
Front light (triangle point up on beacon) (331358S Australia — Regulations; Australian Quarantine
1343949E). and Inspection Service; website
Rear light (triangle point down on beacon) (147 m
from front light). 5
The alignment (0273) of these lights leads through
Paragraph 1.45 2 lines 3--6 Replace by:
the best water on the outer part of the bar.
3 From a position about 1½ cables SSW of the front ...Territorial Sea. Full details may be found at:
light, the track leads E to follow a channel marked by www.agriculture.gov.au/biosecurity.
light buoys (lateral). See also Seafarers Handbook for Australian Waters
A shallow channel, marked by beacons (lateral), and ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals Volume 1(2).
leads towards Port Kenny.
Australian Notice 24/1005/17
Paragraph 10.113 1--2 Replace by: [NP14--No 28--Wk 52/17]
1 Jetties:
Port Kenny (331038S 1344105E). Extends Australian Regulations —
about 32 m S from the shore. Protection of historic features and areas
Venus Bay (331380S 1344038E). Extends
9
about 37 m N from the shore, with a small crane.
After Paragraph 1.70 2 line 8 Insert:
Australian Chart 121 [NP13--No 18--Wk 11/18]
Australian Whale Sanctuary
South Australia -- Germein Bay — ESSA 1.70a
1 Marine mammals in Commonwealth waters have
383 been protected under Australian legislation since 1980.
The EPBC Act established the Australian Whale
After Paragraph 11.176 2 line 15 Insert: Sanctuary that comprises the waters of the Australian
EEZ.
Environmentally Sensitive Sea Area (ESSA) It is an offense to kill, interfere with, injure, take,
11.176a trade, keep or move a cetacean. Interference with a
1 The area surrounding the approach to Germein Bay cetacean includes harassing, chasing, herding,
has been designated as an ESSA. Restrictions on tagging, marking or branding.

2 -- 50
Index

NP14
2 Activities for which permits may be granted under Chappell Islands -- East side —
the EPBC Act include whale watching, interference, Directions; Minnie Carmichael
take, keep or move, export and import. For further
details see Seafarers Handbook for Australian Waters. 87

Paragraph 2.101 5 lines 1--7 Delete


AHP20 Ed. 2017. Ch 6.4. [NP14--No 39--Wk 36/18]
Australian Notice 21/1119/16 [NP14/No.2/Wk.46/16]
Distress and Rescue --
Ship reporting systems — MASTREP
Point Grey to Port Phillip Heads —
Anchorages and harbours
10
111 -- 112
Paragraph 1.77 including title Replace by:
Paragraph 3.91 including heading Replace by:

Modernised Australian Ship Tracking and Reporting Spare


System (MASTREP) 3.91
1.77
1 MASTREP is an integral part of the maritime SAR Aus Chart 143 [NP14/No.3/Wk.52/16]
system in Australia, which was launched on 1st July
2013. MASTREP is operated by AMSA (1.42) through Victoria -- Approaches to Port Philip --
RCC Australia. The objective of MASTREP is to South--south--west of Point Lonsdale — Pilotage
contribute to safety of life at sea through limiting the
time between the loss of a ship and the initiation of 115
SAR, limiting the SAR area, and providing up to date
information on shipping resources in the area. The Paragraph 4.4 1 lines 3--4 Replace by:
MASTREP area is the same as the Australian SRR. Pilots board vessels from fast launches, 5 miles SW
2 Participation in MASTREP is mandatory for certain of Point Lonsdale, in position 382120S 1443260E.
vessels under The Commonwealth of Australia A helicopter pilot boarding place lies at 382650S
Navigation Act 2012 and Marine Order Part 63. 1443160E.
Vessels which must report to MASTREP are:
A) Foreign vessels from the arrival at its first port in Australian Notice 5/206/18 [NP14--No 29--Wk 14/18]
Australia until its departure from its final port in
Australia; and: Victoria -- Port Philip -- Geelong —
B) All regulated Australian vessels whilst in the Directions for Point Henry Pier; leading beacons
MASTREP area.
3 The entire area covered by this volume falls within 133
the MASTREP area.
Full details of the MASTREP system are given in Paragraph 4.100 1 line 1--5 Replace by:
ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals Volume 6(4) and
1 Leading beacons:
Australian Seafarers Handbook.
Front beacon (triangular topmark, apex down)
(380773S 1442616E)
Australian Marine Order 63 (MASTREP) 2013 Rear beacon (similar structure, apex up) (5 cables
[NP14/No.1/Wk.08/17] from front beacon)
Paragraph 4.100 1 line 9 For lights Read beacons

Bass Strait — Regulations; restricted area Paragraph 4.100 2 line 4--9 Replace by:
A pair of beacons (green and white bands, front
68 topmark triangular point up, rear topmark triangular
point down) in line bearing 2463, mark the limit of
After Paragraph 2.15 1 line 6 Insert: the berth area.

Australian Notice 10/553/16 [NP14/No.4/Wk.28/16]


Traffic regulations
2.15a
Victoria -- Melbourne -- Port Phillip —
1 Restricted area. The Kent Group (2.22), Curtis Anchorages
Group (2.20), Judgment Rocks (2.20), and Devils
Tower (392258S 1464456E) (6.13) each lie within 137
an ESSA. Entry into these areas is restricted and
special dispensation is required to land or conduct Paragraph 4.122 Replace by:
activities and/or operations in this area.
1 Anchorage, over a bottom of mud and shells, may
be obtained only at designated anchorages listed in
Australian Chart 802 [NP14/No.25/Wk.33/17] Harbour Master’s Directions (4.91).

2 -- 51
Index

NP14
Outer Anchorage comprises the following Victoria -- Philip Island --
designated berths: Cape Woolamai — Depth
Berth Centred on Maximum draught 150
S1 375821S 1445430E 138 m
Paragraph 5.12 4 line 8 For 203 m Read 9 m, reported
S2 375756S 1445325E 131 m (2018),
S3 375690S 1445220E 144 m
S4 375624S 1445117E 116 m Australian Notice 5/205/18 [NP14--No 30--Wk 14/18]
S5 375717S 1445032E 112 m
Western Port -- Hastings -- West Head — Pilotage
S6 375780S 1445139E 141 m
S7 375842S 1445245E 147 m 152
S8 375881S 1445088E 140 m Paragraph 5.19 1 lines 5--6 Replace by:
S9 375810S 1444967E 122 m By day; 3½ miles S of West Head, in the vicinity of
S10 375903S 1444901E 132 m 383270S 1450180E.
S11 375974S 1445023E 147 m Paragraph 5.19 2 lines 3--4 Replace by:
S12 380067S 1444958E 147 m ...Light, in the vicinity of 382830S 1450460E.
S13 375996S 1444836E 132 m Vessels...
G1 380160S 1444893E 138 m Hastings HM Directions Correspondence
G2 380182S 1444706E 138 m [NP14--No 34--Wk 25/18]
G3 380253S 1444827E 147 m
Western Port -- Hastings to Sandy Point —
G4 380274S 1444640E 138 m Directions; under keel clearance; speed
2 Designated outer anchorages have a radius of
156
5 cables. A light beacon (special) stands between
berths S3 and S5. Attention is drawn to a wreck After Paragraph 5.37 2 line 4 Insert:
(380119S 1445041E), with a depth of 159 m,
3 Under--keel clearance. While in the Port of
lying between S12 and the area of spoil ground
Hastings, the Master of a vessel is at no time to allow
(4.121).
the under--keel clearance of the vessel to fall below
3 Inner Anchorage comprises the following
06 m or 10% of the vessels maximum draught,
designated berths, which lie immediately W of the
whichever is greater. Masters of vessels transiting the
Western By--pass Channel (4.150):
channels N of Sandy Point, using the maximum
Berth Centred on Maximum draught allowable depths above, are required to reduce their
A1 375336S 1445456E 83 m vessels speed to minimise the effects of squat.
Masters of vessels transiting the Steel Wharves
A2 375425S 1445450E 90 m
Channel, using the maximum allowable depths above,
A3 375513S 1445464E 90 m should keep their speed to a minimum to eliminate the
Designated inner anchorage berths have a radius of effects of squat.
4 cables and can be used by vessels up to a After Paragraph 5.38 3 line 3 Insert:
maximum of 240 m LOA.
Maximum speed. The maximum speed permitted in
the main shipping channel, irrespective of draught is
Harbour Master’s Directions Melbourne 10th Edt/2017
as below:
[NP14--No 36--Wk 26/18]
FWB to Buoy 20 16 kn
Buoy 20 to Buoy 30 12 kn
Port Phillip -- Werribee River — Buoy 30 to Buoy 35 8 kn
Directions; leading lights
Hastings HM Directions Correspondence
138 [NP14--No 35--Wk 25/18]

Paragraph 4.127 2 lines 1--8 Replace by: Bass Strait -- Cape Woolamai to Cape Liptrap --
Anderson Inlet — Prohibited anchorage
2 Directions. From a position 1 cable SE of a pair of
light beacons (lateral) (375867S 1444167E) and 165
(375870S 1444164E), the track leads NW between Paragraph 5.84 4 line 7 Replace by:
the above beacons, over the bar and into the river
through a channel marked by light beacons (lateral). Submarine cable. Anchorage is prohibited within a
Depths of less than 1 m may be found in the channel. charted area one mile either side of a submarine
cable (5.72).

Australian Notice 16/656/17 [NP14/No.27/Wk.37/17] Australian Notice 3/104/2017 [NP14/No.5/Wk.10/17]

2 -- 52
Index

NP14
Bass Strait — Regulations; restricted area This part of the peninsula is covered with grassland
and rises to 82 m about 1 mile SW of Highfield Point.
169--170 Thence:
Paragraph 6.9 1 including heading Replace by: 200
After Paragraph 7.29 1 line 5 Insert:
Traffic regulations
Caution. Anchorage is prohibited in a area E and
6.9
N of the port, within one mile of a submarine cable
1 Restricted area. The Hogan Group (6.16) and
(7.14) that is laid NE then NNE across the Bass
Devils Tower (6.13) each lie within an ESSA. Entry
Strait.
into these areas is restricted and special dispensation
is required to land or conduct activities and/or Australian Notice 3/104/2017 [NP14/No.7/Wk.10/17]
operations in this area.
Area to be Avoided. An ATBA by unauthorized Tasmania – Port Latta — Anchorage
vessels of more than 200 gt lies S of Lakes Entrance
(375343S 1475840E). The area contains oil wells 201
and oil and gas production platforms most of which Paragraph 7.34 1 lines 3--7 Delete
are marked by lights, light buoys and buoys.
Australian Notice 12/460/17 [NP14/No.23/Wk.20/17]
Australian Hydrographic Office [NP14/No.26/Wk.33/17]
Tasmania North coast – Burnie — Arrival
Victoria -- Gabo Island — Racon information; pilotage; directions

171 205

Paragraph 6.12 1 line 4 Delete Paragraph 7.54 1 lines 5--7 Replace by:
...normal international pilot signals. The pilot boards in
position 410000S 1455870E. Vessels requiring a pilot
Australian Notice 05/168/2017 [NP14/No.6/Wk.14/17]
should not...
Paragraph 7.58 1 lines 3--5 Replace by:
Victoria – Port Albert — Directions; buoy
...towards the pilot boarding position (7.54), paying
182 attention to the clearing marks...
Paragraph 6.68 1 lines 2--4 Replace by: 206
...Buoy (safe water) (384558S 1464218E) the track Paragraph 7.59 1 line 8 For 410163S 1455719E Read
leads WNW across the bar. The inner section of the bar is 7.54
marked by light buoys (lateral); an historic...
Australian Notice 06/193/2017 [NP14/No.8/Wk.17/17]
Australian Notice 14/569/18 [NP14--No 38--Wk 32/18]
Tasmania -- Devonport —
Limiting conditions; berths
Victoria -- Gabo Island — Racon 209
191 Paragraph 7.75 1 Replace by:
Paragraph 6.120 including heading Replace by: 1 A dredged channel with a least width of 79 m and
a depth of 92 m (2016) leads through the entrance to
Spare Mersey River and to a swinging basin abreast West
6.120 Wharf; the basin has a maximum width of 300 m and
a maintained depth of 84 m (2016).
Australian Notice 05/168/2017 [NP14/No.6/Wk.14/17] 212
Paragraph 7.89 1 line 4 For 67 m Read 57 m
North coast of Tasmania -- Circular Head --
Stanley Harbour — Prohibited anchorage Paragraph 7.89 2 line 3 For 86 m Read 76 m
197 Paragraph 7.90 1 line 3 For 90 m Read 89 m
Paragraph 7.14 6 lines 1--10 Replace by:
Paragraph 7.90 2 line 4 For 103 m Read 85 m
6 NE of Circular Head (404593S 1451837E)
(7.11) on the S side of which lies Stanley Harbour Australian Notice 18/964/16 [NP14/No.9/Wk.39/16]
(7.27). Between Highfield Point and Circular Head lies
a small sandy bight with depths of 46 to 73 m in it. Tasmania -- North Coast -- Port Dalrymple —
The bight is the landing site for a submarine cable Directions; radio masts
laid across Bass Strait to Venus Bay (384015S
215
1454320E) (5.84). Anchorage within a charted area
about one mile either side of the cable is prohibited. Paragraph 7.111 1 lines 2--3 Delete

2 -- 53
Index

NP14
Paragraph 7.112 1--3 Replace by: Hobart — Arrival information; outer anchorages

1 Main approach. The shoals at the entrance to the 269


port are mostly covered at half tide, so that half--flood,
Paragraph 9.99 1 lines 1--6 Replace by:
or even shortly before, is the best time to enter for
almost all the dangers are then visible.
2 From the pilot boarding position, the approach track Outer anchorages
9.99
leads SSE to a position onto the alignment (1277) of
1 Three designated anchorages with swinging radii of
Middle Channel Leading Lights (7.113).
556 m and charted depths from 22 to 27 m, mud,
3 This approach leads between Hebe Reef
have been established in the following positions:
(410299S 1464429E), to the SW, and the 15 m
Anchorage 1 (425610S 1472330E)
depth contour to the NE.
Anchorage 2 (425690S 1472310E)
Anchorage 3 (425770S 1472290E)
Australian Notice 19/824/18 [NP14--No 40--Wk 42/18]
Australian Notice 11/416/17 [NP14/No.19/Wk.27/17]

Tasmania West coast – Cape Grim — Hobart — Arrival information; restricted area
Directions; shoal
270
231 After Paragraph 9.103 6 line 6 Insert:

Paragraph 8.9 3 lines 1--3 Replace by: Restricted area


9.103a
3 Clear of a shoal (404839S 1442306E) where
1 A Cruise Ship Area has been established on the
no bottom has been found at a depth of
River Derwent in the vicinity of 425730S
20 m, thence:
1472360E. Vessels must not anchor or impede
access to this area without clearance. For further
Australian Notice 10/368/17 [NP14/No.24/Wk.30/17] information see ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals
Volume 6(4).

Port Arthur — Restricted area; anchorage Australian Notice 11/416/17 [NP14/No.20/Wk.27/17]

265 West coast of Tasmania -- Wineglass Bay —


Anchorage
After Paragraph 9.77 1 line 4 Insert:
290
2 Restricted area. A Cruise Ship area has been Paragraph 10.26 4 lines 1--5 Replace by:
established in Port Arthur, centred on 430845S
1475250E, radius 648 m. Vessels must not anchor 4 E of Thouin Bay (420900S 1482000E) with
or impede access to this area without clearance. For Wineglass Bay (421000S 1481850E)
further information see ADMIRALTY List of Radio (10.41a) at its head, thence:
Signals Volume 6(4).
Australian Notice 11/416/17 [NP14/No.21/Wk.27/17]

Australian Notice 11/416/17 [NP14/No.17/Wk.27/17]


Tasmania -- Spring Bay -- Paddys Point —
Leading lights

Port Arthur — Restricted area; anchorage 292


Paragraph 10.34 3 lines 3--8 Delete
266
Australian Notice 05/174/2017 [NP14/No.10/Wk.14/17]
Paragraph 9.80 1 lines 1--8 Replace by:

1 Cruise Ship Anchorage (430845S 1475250E), West coast of Tasmania -- Wineglass Bay —
with a swinging radius of 648 m, and depths from 16 Anchorage
to 36 m, sand and stone.
Safety Cove (431080S 1475140E), a small bay, 293
lies between Briggs Point (431097S 1475189E), a After Paragraph 10.41 3 line 9 Insert:
steep point, and a precipitous point, 30 m high,
8 cables N. A sandy beach at the head of the cove is
backed by swampy ground. Anchorage may be Anchorage
obtained in the middle of the cove, in depths of 10 to Wineglass Bay
15 m, but there is always some swell. 10.41a
1 Wineglass Bay (421000S 1481850E), with a
Australian Notice 11/416/17 [NP14/No.18/Wk.27/17] white sandy beach, is situated at the head of Thouin

2 -- 54
Index

NP14
Bay (420900S 1482000E). A Cruise Ship Paragraph 11.32 1 line 9 For 110 m Read 113 m
anchorage area, radius 2 cables, has been established
in Wineglass Bay, in depths from 132 to 200 m, Australian Chart 192 (18), Port Authority of New South
sand. Vessels are required to not anchor or impede Wales website [NP14--No 33a--Wk 24/18]
access to this area without permission.
New South Wales -- Eden -- Munganno Point —
Australian Notice 11/416/2017 [NP14/No.22/Wk.27/17] Caution; obstructions

303
Cape Tourville to Eddystone Point —
Anchorages and harbours After Paragraph 11.32 1 line 12 Insert:
294 Caution. It has been reported (2018) that the berth
has been damaged and a number of submerged
Paragraph 10.49 4 line 2 Replace by: structures may be present.
...1481780E). Bayley Hummock... ENC AU5192P0 [NP14--No 37--Wk 30/18]

296 New South Wales -- Eden — Berths; depths


Paragraph 10.56 including heading Replace by: 303--304

Spare Paragraph 11.32 2 line 1 For Navy Wharf Read


10.56 Multi--purpose (Navy) Wharf

UKHO [NP14/No.11/Wk.52/16] Paragraph 11.32 2 line 7 For 12 m Read 11 m

Paragraph 11.32 2 line 7 For 180 m Read 185 m


New South Wales -- Eden — UKC
Paragraph 11.32 4 lines 1--4 Delete
301

After Paragraph 11.20 1 line 2 Insert: Australian Chart 192 (18), Port Authority of New South
Wales website [NP14--No 33b--Wk 24/18]
UKC. Vessels navigating within the port must
maintain an UKC of 10% of the vessel’s deepest
New South Wales – Port Botany —
draught. At the Eden Breakwater berth, a UKC of Limiting conditions; controlling depths; berths
06 m must be maintained.
338
Port Authority of New South Wales website
[NP14--No 31--Wk 24/18] Paragraph 12.73 1 lines 1--5 Replace by:
1 The channel leading from seaward to Port Botany
New South Wales -- Eden — Anchorages (335830S 1511250E), on the NE side of Botany
Bay, is 213 m wide with a minimum depth of 156 m.
301 The Port Botany swinging basin (335856S
1511235E) has a minimum depth of 159 m.
Paragraph 11.22 1--3 including heading Replace by:
Paragraph 12.73 1 line 9 For 112 m Read 128 m.
Outer anchorages
11.22 NSW Port Authority Guide [NP14/No.12a/Wk.01/17]
1 Vessels awaiting a berth or pilot may anchor
outside of port limits, in the vicinity of the pilot New South Wales – Botany Bay — Berths
boarding position. This location has depths of about
38 m, of moderate holding ground, sand. However, 341
anchoring is not recommended due to the exposed Paragraph 12.92 2 Replace by:
nature of the anchorage.
2 Bulk Liquids Berths (335850S 1511265E), for
Port Authority of New South Wales website the handling of bulk liquid chemicals and LPG lie
[NP14--No 32--Wk 24/18] close S of the entrance to Brotherson Dock. The
facility comprises two T--shaped jetties:
No 1 with berthing dolphins, depth alongside is
New South Wales -- Eden — Berths; depths 183 m. Maximum size of vessel handled LOA
230 m, draught 140 m, 90 000 tonnes dwt.
303 No 2 with berthing dolphins, depth alongside is
190 m. Maximum size of vessel handled LOA
Paragraph 11.32 1 line 8 For 125 m Read 126 m
270 m, 120 000 tonnes dwt.

Paragraph 11.32 1 line 9 For 230 m Read 235 m Australian Notice 13/693/16 [NP14/No.13/Wk.30/16]

2 -- 55
Index

NP14
New South Wales – Port Botany — New South Wales – Sydney Harbour –
Limiting conditions; controlling depths; berths Glebe Island – White Bay – Gore Cove —
Directions; naval berths;
commercial basins and berths
341 360
Paragraph 12.155 1 lines 3--4 Replace by:
Paragraph 12.92 1 and 2 Including existing Section IV Notice
... Royal Australian Navy; there is a reported (2016) depth
Week 30/16 Replace by:
of 12 m alongside.

1 Brotherson Dock (335907S 1511277E) with a 361


maintained depth of 15 m, contains two container
Paragraph 12.160 1 lines 6--7 and 2 lines 1--3 Replace by:
terminals, one on each side of the dock as follows:
North Quay: total wharf length 1556 m; five berths; No 1 Berth; length 232 m; depth alongside 119 m.
RoRo ramp at the E end; depths of 139 to 164 m 2 No 2 Berth; total length 234 m; depth alongside
alongside. 118 m.
South Quay: total wharf length 937 m; four berths; No 7 Berth; length 229 m; depth alongside 107 m.
depths of 137 to 148 m alongside. No 8 Berth; length 115 m; minimum depth alongside
2 Bulk Liquids Berths (335850S 1511265E), for 81 m.
the handling of bulk liquid chemicals and LPG lie Paragraph 12.161 1 lines 4--7 and 2 lines 1--6 Replace by:
close S of the entrance to Brotherson Dock. The
facility comprises two T--shaped jetties: No 2 Berth; length 141 m; depth alongside 106 m.
No 1 with berthing dolphins, depth alongside is No 3 Berth; length 260 m, depth alongside 107 m.
183 m. Maximum size of vessel handled LOA 2 No 4 Berth; length 254 m; depth alongside
230 m, draught 140 m, 90 000 tonnes dwt. 111 m.
3 No 2 with berthing dolphins, depth alongside is No 5 Berth, the White Bay Cruise Terminal; length
190 m. Maximum size of vessel handled LOA 333 m; depth alongside 110 m.
270 m, 120 000 tonnes dwt.
364
Hayes Dock (335792S 1511205E) is a
container terminal with a total wharf length of 1300 m. Paragraph 12.163 2 line 2 For 137 m Read 126 m.
Four berths have depths ranging from 160 to 163 m
alongside. Paragraph 12.163 2 line 4 For 97 m Read 98 m.

NSW Port Authority Guide [NP14/No.15/Wk.01/17]


NSW Port Authority Guide [NP14/No.12b/Wk.01/17]
New South Wales -- Port Jackson —
Vertical clearances
366
New South Wales – Sydney Harbour —
Arrival information; anchorages Paragraph 12.184 2 lines 3--6 Replace by:
...395 m, for Gladesville Bridge (335052S 1510887E),
to 52 m for the bridges in the upper reaches of the river.
347
Australian Chart 203/18 [NP14--No 41--Wk 44/18]
Paragraph 12.126 1 lines 1--9 Replace by:
Sydney -- Paramatta River — Wreck

1 For anchoring outside Sydney Harbour (335130S 366


1511315E) see 12.111. The following anchorages After Paragraph 12.185 2 line 10 Insert:
are available for vessels within Sydney Harbour:
S of a wreck (335065S 1510997E) with a depth
Anchorage Position LOA Draught of 62 m, thence:
B1 335081S 150 to Less than
1511565E 190 m 134 m Australian Notice 19/1018/16 [NP14/No.16/Wk.41/16]
(Bank 1)
B2 335073S 210 to Less than New South Wales -- Port Jackson —
1511557E 340 m 131 m Directions; vertical clearances
(Bank 2)
T1 335066S Less Less than 366
(Triangle) 1511593E than 12 m Paragraph 12.186 1 line 11 Replace by:
150 m
...with a vertical clearance of 86 m and horizontal
W1 335068S 150 to Less than
clearance of 274 m.
(Watsons Bay) 1511647E 200 m 99 m
Paragraph 12.186 3 line 4 Replace by:
...and a vertical clearance of 118 m, reduced to 99 m...
NSW Port Authority Guide [NP14/No.14/Wk.01/17] Australian Chart 203/18 [NP14--No 42--Wk 44/18]

2 -- 56
Index

NP15
NP15 Australia Pilot Volume 3 (2018 Edition) Paragraph 5.127 2 lines 5--7, and 3 lines 1--3 Replace by:
Middle Reach Approach Leading Lights:
Australia -- New South Wales -- Newcastle -- Front light (beacon) (244550S 1522316E).
Stockton Bight — Pilotage Rear light (beacon) (1½ cables from front light).
Middle Reach Departure Leading Lights:
112 Front light (beacon) (244524S 1522403E).
Rear light (beacon) (110 m from front light).
Paragraph 3.82 1 line 4 Replace by:
3 The alignment (252), ahead, of the approach lights
...(ALPHA), 325887S 1515269E (BRAVO) and and (072), astern, of the departure lights, leads
325600S 1515265E (CHARLIE) by... through Middle Reach, passing...

Australian Notice 18/765/18 [NP15--No 8--Wk 40/18] Paragraph 5.127 3 lines 7--9, and 4 lines 1--3 Replace by:
Inner Reach Approach Leading Lights:
Australia -- New South Wales -- Front light (beacon) (244585S 1522281E).
Perpendicular Point — Directions; ESSA Rear light (beacon) (150 m from front light).
Inner Reach Departure Leading Lights:
124 Front light (beacon) (244539S 1522339E).
Rear light (beacon) (1 cable from front light).
Paragraph 3.145 5 line 6 Replace by: 4 The alignment (229), ahead, of the approach lights
...And: and (049), astern, of the departure lights, leads
Clear of light buoy (314082S 1525462E) through Inner Reach, passing between...
(special) marking the centre of an ESSA.
Restrictions on access and activities apply (see Australian Notice 21/903/18 [NP15--No 12--Wk 47/18]
1.80). Thence:
Australia -- East Coast -- Whitsunday Passage —
Australian Notice 19/807/18 [NP15--No 11--Wk 42/18] Tidal streams

241
Australia -- East Coast -- Coffs Harbour to
Evans Head — Environmentally Sensitive Paragraph 7.80 2 line 6 For S--going Read N--going
Sea Area

129 Correspondence Australian Hydrographic Office


[NP15--No 7--Wk 27/18]
After Paragraph 3.178 1 line 5 Insert:
Australia -- Queensland -- Whitsunday Passage --
Environmentally Sensitive Sea Area Grassy Island — Anchorage
3.178a
1 The inshore routes described in this section pass 251
through an ESSA which has restrictions on access
and activities. For details see Seafarers Handbook for Paragraph 7.122 2 lines 1--4 Replace by:
Australian Waters. 2 Anchorage may be obtained in sand 1 mile S of
Grassy Island. This anchorage is the only one on this
Australian Chart AUS 812/18 [NP15--No 9--Wk 41/18] stretch of coast with shelter from N winds.
Caution. Depths greater than charted have been
Australia -- Queensland -- Moreton Bay -- reported (2018) in the anchorage.
St Helena Island — Directions; wreck
Correspondence Australian Hydrographic Office
156 [NP15--No 10--Wk 42/18]
After Paragraph 4.73 2 line 7 Insert:
Australia -- Queensland – Lucinda —
Clear of a dangerous wreck (272277S Directions; lights
1531678E), thence:
266--267
Australian Notice 3/345/18 [NP15--No 6--Wk 24/18]
Paragraph 8.53 1, 2 and 3 Replace by:

Australia -- Queensland – 1 From the vicinity of the pilot boarding position


Port Bundaberg — Directions; lights (182991S 1462398E), the track leads WSW in the
white sector (2449--2479) of the directional light
178 located 3½ cables NE of Lucinda Point (183161S
1462039E), across the S part of the bar in a least
Paragraph 5.126 4 lines 1--9 Replace by:
charted depth of 10 m, passing:
4 Sea Reach Leading Lights: NNW of a light buoy (safe water) (183062S
Front light (beacon) (244526S 1522387E). 1462322E), marking the outer end of the
Rear light (3½ cables from front light). fairway, thence:
The alignment (270) of these lights leads into the NNW of the head of the offshore berth (183127S
entrance channel and through Sea Reach, passing: 1462317E).

2 -- 57
Index

NP15
2 Leading mark. When the directional light is distant When Basilisk Light Beacon is identified, course
1 cable, the track leads W with the head of the should be adjusted to gain the recommended track on
inshore berth (183130S 1461990E) bearing 270; the alignment (0543) of Vabukori leading line.
a light is exhibited from each end of the berth. The The track then leads NE through Basilisk Passage,
track leads direct to the berth. passing:
Caution. The shoal, with a small drying patch
(183124S 1462005E) NE of Lucinda inshore berth, Australian Hydrographic Office
has extended S over a long period into the channel; [NP15--No 3--Wk 24/18]
its S edge is marked by No 24 Light Buoy (183130S
1462000E) (port hand). Papua New Guinea – Port Moresby —
Directions; lights
Australian Notice 10/389/18 [NP15--No 1--Wk 24/18]
375

Australia -- East coast -- Queensland -- After Paragraph 12.137 7 line 5 Insert:


Hinchinbrook Channel —
Directions; leading lights On a morning approach Vabukori leading line may be
more difficult to identify than Basilisk Light
268 Beacon, owing to the sun. It has also been
reported (2018) that Vabukori front light is not
Paragraph 8.58 4 lines 5--7 Delete readily visible and may have a lesser range than
charted.
Paragraph 8.59 1 lines 1--3 Replace by:
Australian Hydrographic Office
1 The track then leads S for 1¼ miles, passing: [NP15--No 4--Wk 24/18]

Paragraph 8.59 4 lines 6--8 Delete


Papua New Guinea – Port Moresby —
Directions; lights
Paragraph 8.59 5 lines 1--6 Replace by:
378
5 Thence the track leads E from the vicinity of No 9
Light Buoy, passing: Paragraph 12.158 2 lines 1--3 Delete

Paragraph 8.60 1 lines 2--4 Delete


Australian Hydrographic Office
[NP15--No 5--Wk 24/18]
Australian Notice 24/1066/18 [NP15--No 13--Wk 52/18]

Papua New Guinea – Port Moresby —


NP18 Baltic Pilot Volume 1 (2018 Edition)
Directions; lights
Denmark -- Egernsund -- Egernsundbroen —
369 Vertical clearance
Paragraph 12.101 2 lines 4--6 Delete 386

Paragraph 12.104 2 lines 4--6 Delete Paragraph 12.201 2 line 6 For 25 m Read 12 m

Danish Notice 29/387/18 [NP18--No 1--Wk 43/18]


Australian Hydrographic Office
[NP15--No 2--Wk 24/18]
NP19 Baltic Pilot Volume 2 (2018 Edition)
Papua New Guinea – Port Moresby —
Directions; lights
Poland -- Baltic Sea -- North of Rozewie —
Submarine pipeline
374

Paragraph 12.135 4 lines 1--8 Delete 86

Paragraph 2.9 2 lines 1--4 Replace by:


Paragraph 12.137 2 lines 1--10 Replace by:
2 A submarine pipeline is laid between Baltic Beta
2 Vabukori Leading Lights: Platform and WÞadysÞawowo (544783N 182522E).
Front light (two white rectangles with a centre black A second submarine pipeline is laid between Lotos
rectangle) (92994S 1471112E). Petrobaltic Platform (552400N 184330E) and
Middle beacon (two right--angled triangles, apex WÞadysÞawowo. A safety zone 150 m wide is
down, with a centre black rectangle) (not charted). established along the pipelines.
Rear light (white concrete tower, 7 m in height)
(2½ cables from front light). Polish Notice 46/607/17 [NP19--No 30--Wk 36/18]

2 -- 58
Index

NP19
Denmark -- Bornholm -- Rønne — Denmark -- Bornholm -- Rønne —
Directions; buoy Directions; wreck, shoal, pilotage

92 97

Paragraph 2.44 1 lines 7--9 Replace by: Paragraph 2.92 1--3 Replace by:

...arrival at the pilot station. Pilots board in position 1 From the vicinity of Rønne pilot boarding position
550500N 143850E, 1½ miles SW of the harbour (550500N 143850E) the track leads SSE for about
entrance. 8 miles, passing:
WSW of Møllebakke (550369N 144057E), a
Danish Chart Correction Notice 82/6/18 shoal, with a least depth of 72 m, thence:
[NP19--No 8a--Wk 15/18] 2 WSW of Klintegrund (550288N 144160E),
marked by a buoy (W cardinal). Lying SE of
Klintegrund are a number of detached shoals
Denmark -- Bornholm -- Rønne — Prohibited area
which extend approximately 4 miles SE.
92 Thence:
WSW of a 91 m shoal patch (545932N
After Paragraph 2.44 2 line 5 Insert: 144153E).
3 The track then continues to lead SSE to a position
Prohibited area. Entry to a semi--circular area
SW of Bakkegrund (545881N 144456E), a reef
centred around 550533N 144143E, extending
with dangerous underwater rocks, marked by a buoy
about 3¼ cables NW to Rønne Havn South Jetty
(S cardinal). Bakkebrædt (545876N 144371E),
Head (550561N 144089E), and thence to a shore
position (550523N 144216E) about 4¼ cables 3 cables W of Bakkegrund, is a rock with a depth of
ESE, is prohibited. 68 m. The track then leads E for 12 miles, passing:
Clear of a wreck (545632N 145016E) with a
Danish Notice 05/81/18 [NP19--No 2--Wk 10/18] depth of 106 m.
Thence the track leads to a position S of Dueodde
(545951N 150446E) (2.93).
Denmark -- Bornholm -- Rønne — Directions;
buoy (Directions continue at 2.98)

92 Paragraph 2.93 1 lines 1--3 Replace by:


1 From the vicinity of Rønne pilot boarding position
Paragraph 2.47 1 lines 2--3 Replace by:
(550500N 143850E) the track leads generally SE
...pilot boarding position (550500N 143850E), keeping for about 8 miles, passing:
2½ miles off the coast until clear...
Danish Chart 189/18 [NP19--No 14--Wk 23/18]
Paragraph 2.47 1 line 6 Replace by:
...pilot boarding position, keeping W of the shoals which... Denmark -- Bornholm -- Bakkegrund —
Directions; dangerous wreck
Danish Chart Correction Notice 82/6/18
[NP19--No 8b--Wk 15/18] 97
Paragraph 2.92 1--3 including existing Section IV Notice
Denmark -- Bornholm -- Gudhjem — Pilotage Week 23/18 Replace by:
1 From the vicinity of Rønne pilot boarding position
96
(550500N 143850E) the track leads SSE for about
Paragraph 2.83 2 line 3 Replace by: 8 miles, passing:
WSW of Møllebakke (550369N 144057E), a
Pilots are available. The pilot boards at 551600N shoal, with a least depth of 72 m, thence:
145500E. 2 WSW of Klintegrund (550288N 144160E),
Paragraph 2.84 1 line 14 Replace by: marked by a buoy (W cardinal). Lying SE of
Klintegrund are a number of detached shoals
Pilots are available. The pilot boards at 551600N which extend approximately 4 miles SE.
145500E. Thence:
WSW of a 91 m shoal patch (545932N
Danish Notice 21/246/18 [NP19--No 16--Wk 26/18] 144153E), thence:
3 WSW of Bakkegrund (545881N 144456E), a
Denmark -- Bornholm -- Rønne — Prohibited area reef with dangerous underwater rocks, marked
by a buoy (S cardinal). Bakkebrædt
97 (545876N 144371E), 3 cables W of
Bakkegrund, is a rock with a depth of 68 m.
After Paragraph 2.90 1 line 2 Insert: Thence:
An area within which anchoring, fishing and seabed Clear of a dangerous wreck (545457N
operations are prohibited, is centred on 550286N 143878E).
143982E. 4 The track then leads E for about 12 miles, passing:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (545632N
Danish Chart 189/18 [NP19--No 13--Wk 23/18] 145016E).

2 -- 59
Index

NP19
Thence the track leads to a position S of Dueodde Sweden -- Approaches to Karlskrona -- Hasslö --
(545951N 150446E) (2.93). Hasslöbron — Horizontal clearance; lights

Danish Notice 46/514/18 [NP19--No 44--Wk 50/18] 144


Paragraph 3.205 1 Replace by:
Sweden -- Gotland -- Visby — Development; pier 1 Description. Hasslöbron is a swing bridge which
spans the channel between the S end of Almö
105 (560915N 152640E) and Västra Hästholmen
(560744N 152730E), an islet 3 cables S. It has a
Paragraph 2.141 2 lines 1--3 Delete
horizontal clearance of 16 m and a vertical clearance
of 40 m under the span when closed. The bridge is
Paragraph 2.143 1 line 3 Replace by: floodlit.
...alongside of 80 m. A jetty with dolphins, intended for Swedish Notice 724/13388/18
cruise ships of up to 340 m, extends from the root of the S [NP19--No 43--Wk 44/18]
breakwater and has an alongside depth of 111 m. Three
RoRo berths, situated on...
Sweden -- Kalmarsund -- Kristianopel —
Swedish Notice 698/12877/2018 Directions; alignment
[NP19--No 9--Wk 19/18]
155
Paragraph 4.36 2 line 4 For 312 Read 311
Sweden -- Åhus — Photograph

126 Swedish Notice 698/12943/2018


[NP19--No 10--Wk 19/18]
Photograph of Åhus from W (3.51) at top of page including
caption, date and attribution Delete Sweden -- North Kalmarsund -- Jättersön —
Directions; buoys
Correspondence 08/03/2018 [NP19--No 6--Wk 13/18] 167
After Paragraph 4.109 1 line 2 Insert:
Sweden -- Approaches to Ronneby —
Directions; lights; beacons; alignment Caution. The direction of buoyage is from SE of
Jättersön, through the port area, continuing generally
140 N and NNE into Norra Kalmarsund SE of
Runnö--Rödskär where these directions begin. The
Paragraph 3.172 1--4 Replace by: buoyage on entry from the NE will therefore appear
reversed.
1 Eastern channel. A channel, suitable for vessels
with a draught up to 3 m, runs through Danziger Gatt, Paragraph 4.109 3 lines 1--9 Replace by:
about 3 miles S of Ronnebyhamn.
3 SE of Lillgrund (3½ miles NNE), marked by a
Gökalv Leading Beacons: buoy (E cardinal), thence:
Front beacon (560829N 151687E) standing on SE of Inre Runnögrund (3 miles NNE), noting a rock
Norra Kråken, an islet. 2 cables S, marked by a light buoy (port hand).
Rear beacon (1½ cables from front light) at Once clear of the rock, the recommended track is
Mulaholmen. adjusted about 1 cable NW of the leading light
2 From a position close E of the buoy (W cardinal), alignment for about 1¼ miles, passing:
moored 1½ miles SW of Göudde (560762N NW of Sandögrundet Västra Light Buoy (starboard
151851E), the S point of the Gö peninsula, the track hand) (2¼ miles NNE), thence:
initially leads N on the alignment (3571) of these NW of Örskärsgrund Västra Light Buoy (starboard
beacons, thence NNW on the alignment (3298) of hand) (1¾ miles NNE).
Högaskär Beacons (560875N 151611E) and then When clear of Örskärsgrund Västra Light Buoy, the
NNE to join the main channel 7 cables W of Aspan recommended route then rejoins the alignment (212)
front light (3.171), passing: of the leading lights.
3 W of Rafflorna (560722N 151710E), thence:
Through the channel, marked by buoys (lateral), in Swedish Notice 706/13155/18 [NP19--No 17--Wk 27/18]
Danziger Gatt (560778N 151700E), thence:
W of Gökalv (560857N 151678E), the W point of Sweden -- Stockholms Skärgård --
the peninsula, and: Söderarm — Draught
4 SE of Högaskär (560875N 151611E), an
islet. 257
The track then leads NNE for 1 mile to join the
main channel as described above. Paragraph 7.2 3 line 2 For 80 m Read 90 m

Swedish Notice 679/12547/17 Swedish Maritime Administration


[NP19--No 28--Wk 31/18] [NP19--No 19--Wk 30/18]

2 -- 60
Index

NP19
Sweden -- Stockholms Skärgård -- Sweden -- Stockholms Skärgård --
Landsort entrance — Traffic regulations Oxdjupet — Directions; wreck

262 281

After Paragraph 7.27 1 Insert: After Paragraph 7.155 6 line 11 Insert:


A wreck (592390N 182658E), lies on the 10 m
Traffic regulations depth contour on the N side of the channel.
7.27a
1 Size limitations. The Landsort fairway is Swedish Notice 709/13221/18
authorised, in daylight and good visibility, for a draught [NP19--No 26--Wk 30/18]
of 100 m, beam of 3231 m and LOA of 200 m. For
further information, and for the maximum dimensions Sweden -- Stockholm -- Karl Johansslussen —
in darkness, restricted visibility and for tankers, Restricted area
contact the local authority.
287
Swedish Maritime Administration After Paragraph 7.187 4 line 10 Insert:
[NP19--No 20--Wk 30/18]
Restricted area. Due to construction works in
progress (2017), entry is prohibited to an area centred
Sweden -- Nynäshamn -- Furholmen — on the lock.
Restricted area
Swedish Notice 676/12627/17 [NP19--No 29--Wk 31/18]
265
After Paragraph 7.61 1 line 5 Insert: Sweden -- Stockholm — Regulations

A restricted area also exists in the channel W of 287


Furholmen (585571N 175852E) and Sundsholmen
(7.71), N of Brunnsviksholmen. Entry is prohibited for Paragraph 7.194 1 including heading Replace by:
non--authorised vessels.
Traffic regulations
Swedish Notice 702/12989/18 7.194
[NP19--No 12--Wk 22/18] 1 Speed restrictions are in force in various sections
of Stockholm harbour. Details are shown on boards in
the applicable areas.
Sweden -- Stockholms Skärgård --
Approaches to Sandhamn — Traffic regulations Restricted areas exist in the areas around
Loudden (7.206), Frihamnen (7.207) and Värtahamnen
274 (7.208). Entry is prohibited for recreational craft and
permission from Port of Stockholm should be obtained
Paragraph 7.123 1 line 3 Replace by: prior to entry.
Prohibited area is located on the berths at
...channel, authorised for a draught of 110 m (see 7.126),
Södrahamnen (7.208). See 7.195a.
leads...
BA Chart 811 [NP19--No 4--Wk 12/18]
Swedish Maritime Administration
[NP19--No 21--Wk 30/18]
Sweden -- Stockholm -- Södrahamnen —
Development
Sweden -- Stockholms Skärgård --
Approaches to Sandhamn — Traffic regulations 288

275 After Paragraph 7.195 6 line 6 Insert:

Paragraph 7.126 1 Replace by: Development


7.195a
1 Size limitations. The Sandhamn fairway is 1 Works are in progress (2017) on the quay at
authorised, in daylight and good visibility, for a draught Södrahamnen (7.208). Entry is prohibited from the
of 110 m, beam of 3231 m and LOA of 245 m. For
knuckle about ¼ cable N of Berth 524, to Berth 611.
further information, and for maximum dimensions in
darkness, restricted visibility and for tankers, contact BA Chart 811 [NP19--No 5--Wk 12/18]
the local authority.
Vessels over 300 gt are prohibited from using Sweden -- Stockholm -- Ulvsundasjön —
Sandhamnssundet, the channel between Sandön and Directions; vertical clearance
Telegrafholmen (591747N 185499E).
Vessels exceeding 800 gt are not allowed to meet 289
in the following channel sections:
Skötkobben — Tviskäret on the W side of Sandön, Paragraph 7.205 3 line 2 For 252 m Read 258 m
between latitudes 591700N and 591760N.
Paragraph 7.205 3 line 3 For 45 m Read 383 m
Swedish Maritime Administration
[NP19--No 22--Wk 30/18] Swedish Chart 6141 [NP19--No 1--Wk 06/18]

2 -- 61
Index

NP19
Sweden -- Port of Stockholm — Sweden -- Stockholms Skärgård --
Basins and berths; alongside depth Simpnäs fairway — Traffic regulations
304
290
After Paragraph 7.297 1 Insert:
Paragraph 7.208 1 line 8 For 80 m Read 70 m
Traffic Regulations
7.297a
Swedish Notice 698/12974/2018 1 Size limitations. The Simpnäs fairway is
[NP19--No 11--Wk 19/18] authorised, in daylight and good visibility, for a draught
of 70 m, beam of 19 m and LOA of 145 m. For
Sweden -- Stockholms Skärgård -- further information, and for the maximum dimensions
Söderarm entrance — Traffic regulations in darkness, restricted visibility, and for tankers,
contact the local authority.
296
Swedish Maritime Administration
Paragraph 7.250 2 line 3 Replace by: [NP19--No 25--Wk 30/18]

...of 90 m (see 7.252a). It is entered E of Tjärven Germany -- Approaches to Wolgast —


Lighthouse... Speed limit
323
Swedish Maritime Administration
[NP19--No 23--Wk 30/18] Paragraph 8.114 2 lines 1--4 Replace by:
2 Speed limit. From Light Buoy PN1 (lateral)
Sweden -- Stockholms Skärgård -- (541105N 134580E) to Wolgast Road Bridge
Tjärven fairway — Traffic regulations (8.118) the maximum speed is 10 kn.

296 German Notice 37/20031 -- S. 154/18


[NP19--No 41--Wk 42/18]
After Paragraph 7.252 2 Insert:
Germany -- Wolgast Hafen — Speed limit
Traffic Regulations 325
7.252a
1 Size limitations. The Tjärven fairway (Furusund Paragraph 8.126 3 line 2 For 43 kn Read 65 kn
route) is authorised, in daylight and good visibility, for
a draught of 90 m and up to 160 000 gt. For further German Notice 37/20031 -- S. 154/18
information, and for the maximum dimensions in [NP19--No 42--Wk 42/18]
darkness, restricted visibility and for tankers, contact
the local authority Germany -- Baltic South Shore --
Zatoka Pomorska — Prohibited area
Swedish Maritime Administration 328
[NP19--No 24--Wk 30/18]
After Paragraph 8.162 1 Insert:

Sweden -- East Coast -- Kapellskär — Berths Prohibited area


8.162a
299 1 Anchoring and fishing are prohibited within an area
centred on 540393N 140622E, due to unexploded
Paragraph 7.270 1 lines 5--7 Replace by: ordnance.
Berth 5, depth alongside 85 m, with a 14 m wide German Notice 47/151/18 [NP19--No 45--Wk 51/18]
RoRo ramp.
Berth 4, depth alongside 83 m. Poland -- Szczecin -- Parnica — Berths; depths
Paragraph 7.270 2 lines 1--6 Replace by: 340
2 The central section of the harbour consists of two Paragraph 8.250 5 lines 1--6 Replace by:
piers close together. The N pier has one berth
5 Parnica (1¾ miles S), which includes KanaÞ
(Berth 3) on its N side, where works are in progress
WrocÞawski, Dumczyca and Basin Cichy,
with completion expected by May 2019. The S pier
contains 12 berths. The deepest is Naftowe
extends ENE from the shore and consists of two
(532465N 143624E) with a depth of about
berths; Berth 1 with an alongside depth of 87 m and
79 m, and the longest being Nabrzeÿe
Berth 2 with an alongside depth of 83 m. Parnickie with a length of 320 m and depths
of 60 to 67 m.
Swedish Notice 716/13337(P)/18
[NP19--No 38--Wk 37/18] Polish Notice 47/620/17 [NP19--No 31--Wk 36/18]

2 -- 62
Index

NP19
Poland -- West and north--north--west of Poland -- Gdynia — Tugs
Mrzeÿyno — Directions; wrecks
355
341 Paragraph 9.51 Replace by:

After Paragraph 8.263 1 line 6 Insert: 1 Use of tugs is compulsory as follows:


One tug:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (541045N Vessels 90 to 130 m in length.
150195E), thence: Vessels carrying dangerous cargoes 70 to 110 m in
length.
After Paragraph 8.263 2 line 3 Insert: Two tugs:
Vessels 130 to 170 m in length.
NNW of a dangerous wreck (541206N Vessels carrying dangerous cargoes 110 to 150 m in
151434E), thence: length.
2 Three tugs:
ENC PL3C0000/2018 [NP19--No 3--Wk 10/18] Vessels over 170 m in length.
Vessels carrying dangerous cargoes over 150 m in
length.
Poland -- Rowy to Łeba — Nature reserve
SeaWeb PO2422 [NP19--No 35--Wk 36/18]

345
Poland -- Gdynia — Restricted area
After Paragraph 8.285 2 line 11 Insert: 355
After Paragraph 9.51 2 line 4 Insert:
Traffic regulations
8.285a Restricted area
1 Restricted area. Entry is prohibited within a nature 9.51a
reserve that extends 1¾ miles from the coast between 1 A restricted area surrounding a minefield is centred
Rowy (8.302) and Łeba (8.298). at 543120N 183383E.

ENC PL3G0030 [NP19--No 15--Wk 24/18] ENC PL5GDYNA [NP19--No 39--Wk 40/18]

Poland -- Gdynia — Obstructions


Poland -- Gdynia — Pilotage
357
355 Paragraph 9.61 2 line 6 Replace by:

Paragraph 9.50 Replace by: ...draught 79 m. Two obstructions, 83 and 87 m, lie in
Basen No VI and VII respectively.
1 Requests for pilots should be made as early as
possible but not later than 6 hours prior to arrival at Polish Notice 49/663/17 [NP19--No 32--Wk 36/18]
the pilot boarding position, with confirmation 2 hours
before arrival. Pilotage is compulsory for the following: Poland -- Gdynia — Berths; obstructions
Vessels over 90 m LOA or, regardless of length,
requiring the assistance of tugs. 357
Vessels over 300 m LOA other than passenger
Paragraph 9.61 2 line 6 including existing Section IV Notice
vessels must use two pilots.
Week 36/18. Replace by:
Vessels over 60 m LOA entering or leaving the
docks. ...draught 79 m. Two obstructions, with depths 83 and
Vessels entering or leaving docks over 200 m LOA 87 m, lie in Basen No VI and VII, respectively. A further two
must use two pilots. obstructions, with depths 82 and 92 m, lie at the E end of
Barge trains or similar, with the assistance of at least the quay between the basins.
two tugs.
2 Pilot boards as follows: ENC PL5GDYNA [NP19--No 40--Wk 40/18]
Vessels with a draught greater than 9 m or with
hazardous cargoes close to GD Light Buoy Poland -- Gdamsk — Anchorage; wreck
(9.18), about 3½ miles E of the harbour entrance.
Vessels with a draught less than 9 m, before G1--G2 358
Light Buoys about 1 mile E of the harbour
entrance. Paragraph 9.75 2 line 7 Replace by:
For details see ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals
...lies in its N part and a 108 m wreck lies on it’s S
Volume 6(2).
border surrounded by a prohibited zone.

Polish Notice 31/9024/18 [NP19--No 34--Wk 36/18] Polish Notice 24/328(T)/18 [NP19--No 18--Wk 29/18]

2 -- 63
Index

NP19
Poland -- Gdamsk — Pilotage Latvia -- SalacgrØva — Controlling depths
398
359
Paragraph 11.76 2 lines 6--7 Replace by:
Paragraph 9.76 1 lines 1--9 Replace by: ...depth of 58 m and alongside the piers there are depths
of 24 to 57 m.
1 Pilotage, which should be ordered 2 hours in
Latvian Chart 3505/2017 [NP19--No 33--Wk 36/18]
advance and is available 24 hours, is compulsory for
the following:
Estonia -- Saaremaa -- Suur Katel —
Vessels of 80 m LOA and over in Nowy Port, except Directions; wrecks
in the waters of SmiaÞa WisÞa and Martwa WisÞa
where it is mandatory for all vessels of 50 m LOA 404
and over. Paragraph 11.115 2--3 Replace by:
Vessels of 40 m LOA and over in the waters of
MotÞawa. 2 ESE of a shoal patch (580029N 221648E),
Tankers with 200 m LOA and over or draught greater with a depth of 30 m, marked by a light buoy
than 13 m transporting dangerous cargoes are (E cardinal), thence:
required to use the services of two pilots. WNW of Veiserahu (575931N 222624E), a rocky
For details see ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals ridge with a least depth of 18 m, marked by a light
Volume 6(2). buoy (S cardinal), thence:
WNW of a dangerous wreck (580268N
223038E), and:
Polish Notice 31/9020/18 [NP19--No 36--Wk 36/18] ESE of Leeltserahu (580389N 221972E), a
group of rocks, marked by a buoy (E cardinal),
noting a shallow patch, 2 miles E, with a depth of
Poland -- PóÞnocny — Pilotage 9 m, thence:
3 WNW of Kirjurahu madal (580460N
223019E), a shoal with a least depth of
361
29 m, thence:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (580580N
Paragraph 9.98 Replace by: 222472E), thence:
ESE of Merise madal (580601N 221782E), a
1 Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 100 m LOA shoal with a least depth of 15 m, and:
except in the waters of Basen WewnÎtrzny where it is WNW of the shoal ground extending about 1½ miles
mandatory for all vessels over 50 m LOA. SSW of Vahase saar (580853N 222825E),
Tankers with 200 m LOA and over or draught marked at its extremity by a buoy (W cardinal)
greater than 13 m transporting dangerous cargoes are (580664N 222482E), and:
required to use the services of two pilots.
Pilot service is available 24 hours. Vessels awaiting Estonian Notice 7/79;80/18 [NP19--No 27--Wk 31/18]
pilots should use anchorages No 4 or No 5. Pilots
board 4 cables W of PP Light Buoy (safe water) NP20 Baltic Pilot Volume 3 (2016 Edition)
(542582N 185388E) or at the anchorage.
For details see ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals
Volume 6(2). Estonia -- Paldiski —
Anchorage; prohibited areas
2 Tugs. Vessels are required to use tugs. The
number required is laid down in the Port Regulations. 101--102
Paragraph 3.20 2 lines 1--4 Replace by:
Polish Notice 31/9020/18 [NP19--No 37--Wk 36/18]
2 Prohibited areas. Within Anchorage Area A, (3.23),
anchoring is prohibited within 1 cable of 592016N
240238E due to the presence of an underwater
Poland -- Port PóÞnocny -- obstruction, and within 2 cables of 592048N
Basen Paliw PÞynnych — Draughts 240213E due to the presence of a sunken mine.
Paragraph 3.23 1 line 7 For anchorage Read areas
361--362
Estonian Notice 11/162/2017 [NP20--No 62--Wk 48/17]
Paragraph 9.107 1 lines 6--10 Replace by:
Estonia -- Väike--Pakri — Obstruction
...the S side. Both berths can accommodate vessels up to
300 m in length with a maximum draught of 150 m. On the 102
N side of the spur PIRS T is 550 m in length and can Paragraph 3.22 2 line 7 Replace by:
accommodate vessels up to 350 m LOA with a maximum
draught of 150 m. ...standing at the NE end of the island, thence:
NE of an obstruction (592176N 235982E),
thence:
ENC PL5GDANS 2017; Gdansk Port Authority
[NP19--No 7--Wk 13/18] Estonian Notice 9/130/17 [NP20/No.55/Wk.41/17]

2 -- 64
Index

NP20
Estonia – Muuga Sadam and Approaches — Estonia – Narva Bay and Approaches —
Arrival information; anchorages General information; hazards
117
109 --110
Paragraph 3.126 1 Replace by:
Paragraph 3.80 1--3 Replace by:
1 Several dangerous wrecks and obstructions are
1 Anchorage may be obtained in the following areas: situated in the SE part of Narva Bay.
Area I, situated E of Agena saar (3.31), centred on Sunken mines have also been located in Narva
position 593520N 244900E, with depths of 26 Bay, with positions relative to Narva--Jõesuu Light
to 60 m, sand, gravel and mud. (3.129):
Area J, situated S of Karbimadal (3.92), centred on 8½ miles NW;
position 593220N 245860E, with depths of 18 6 miles W;
to 45 m, sand and mud. 2¼ miles SW.
2 Area K, centred on (593545N 250155E), See also 3.127 below.
1½ miles SSW of Prangli SE Light (3.89), in
Estonian Chart 601 [NP20/No.3/Wk.05/17]
depths from 20 to 60 m, sand, is designated
for vessels carrying dangerous cargoes. Estonia -- Narva Bay -- Directions; buoy
Area L, situated ESE of Karbimadal, centred on
position 593250N 250300E, with depths of 39 118
to 62 m, mud. Paragraph 3.131 4 Replace by:
3 Area M, situated 1¼ miles NE of Zernovoy Grain
Pier (592960N 245740E) (3.95) and lying 4 The track then leads to a position about 1 mile NW
on the E side of the entrance leading line, of Narva--Jõesuu Light (3.129).
with depths of 14 to 35 m, sand and clay. Paragraph 3.132 4 lines 3--5 Replace by:
Area N, 2 miles SW of Ihasaluneem (593250N The track then leads to a position about 1 mile NW
250880E) (3.88), in depths from 19 to 37 m, of Narva--Jõesuu Light (3.129).
sand and clay, provides shelter from winds
between ENE and S. Estonian Notice 6/54/18 [NP20--No 93--Wk 26/18]

Estonian Chart 608 [NP20/No.1/Wk.05/17] Estonia -- Narva Bay -- Directions; buoy


119
Estonia -- Gulf of Finland -- Paragraph 3.133 5 lines 3--5 Replace by:
East of Agena saar — Obstruction
The track then leads to a position about 1 mile NW
109--110 of Narva--Jõesuu Light (3.129).
Paragraph 3.141 1 lines 1--3 Replace by:
Paragraph 3.80 1 including existing Section IV Notice
Week 05/17 Replace by: 1 From a position about 1 mile NW of Narva--Jõesuu
Light (592809N 280242E) (3.129), the track leads
1 Anchorage may be obtained in the following areas: ESE for 8½ cables to a position 3 cables NNW of the
Area I, situated E of Agena saar (3.31), centred on entrance.
position 593520N 244900E, with depths from Outer leading lights. The alignment (1053) of
26 to 60 m, sand, gravel and mud. Note. An these lights leads to the river entrance, thence onto
obstruction (593450N 244880E) lies in the the entrance leading lights.
SW corner of the anchorage.
Area J, situated S of Karbimadal (3.90), centred on Estonian Notice 6/54/18 [NP20--No 94--Wk 26/18]
position 593220N 245860E, with depths from
18 to 45 m, sand and mud. Russia -- Sankt Peterburg approaches --
North of Krasnava Gorka —
Anchorage; obstructions
Estonian Notice 10/145/17 [NP20/No.59/Wk.46/17]
126
Estonia – Muuga Sadam to Letipea Neem — Paragraph 3.206 1 lines 1--3 Replace by:
Directions; AIS 1 Anchorage Area No 4A is centred 2½ miles WSW
of Sankt Peterburgskiy No 1 Light Buoy (600159N
112 292588E) on Fairway No 1. Obstructions lie within
After Paragraph 3.102 Insert: and along the boundary of this anchorage.
Russian Notice 05/495/18 [NP20--No 70--Wk 09/18]
Other aids to navigation
3.102a Russia -- Sankt Peterburg approaches --
1 AIS: North of Krasnaya Gorka — Anchorage
Soolamadal N Light Buoy (N cardinal) (594262N 126
253760E).
Paragraph 3.206 1 including Existing Section IV Notice
For details see ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals
Week 09/18 Replace by:
Volume 2.
1 Anchorage Area No 4A is centred 2½ miles WSW
Estonian Chart 606 [NP20/No.2/Wk.05/17] of Sankt Peterburgskiy No 1 Light Buoy (600159N

2 -- 65
Index

NP20
292588E) on Fairway No 1. Obstructions lie within Russia -- Sankt Peterburg and approaches --
and along the boundary of this anchorage. Port Bronka — Depths; directions
Waiting Area No 1, close N of Anchorage Area
No 4A, may be used by foreign vessels for anchoring. 131
A number of obstructions lie within this area. Paragraph 3.238 1 lines 1--3 Replace by:
Anchorage Area No 4, centred 1 mile NW of Sankt
Peterburgskiy No 1 Light Buoy has depths from 20 to 1 Controlling depth. The approach canal leading to
25 m, mud and sand, with good holding ground. the terminal is dredged to a depth of between 107 m
Obstructions lie within and close W of the W border of and 134 m.
Anchorage Area No 4. Paragraph 3.240 1 lines 1--6 Replace by:
Russian Chart 25004/18 [NP20--No 103--Wk 30/18] 1 Port Bronka is approached from WNW through
Kronshtadtskiy Korabel’nyy Farvater until a position is
reached about 35 cables NW of Ostrov Kronshlot
Russia -- Sankt Peterburg approaches --
Kronshtadtskiy Korabel’nyy Farvater — Depth (595876N 294484E), at the beginning of the
following leading line:
128 Bronka 2 Front light (beacon, red and white vertical
stripes) (595750N 294519E).
Paragraph 3.211 1 Replace by: Bronka 2 Rear light (similar structure) (595740N
294525E).
1 Kronshtadtskiy Korabel’nyy Farvater (3.221) has a 2 The alignment (1617) of these lights then leads
least depth of 139 m. 1 mile SSE through a channel marked by light buoys
(lateral) to the beginning of a second leading line:
Russian Chart 25004/18 [NP20--No 104--Wk 30/18] Bronka 3 Front light (beacon, red and white vertical
stripes) (595835N 294521E).
Russia – Sankt Peterburg – Outer Approaches — Bronka 3 Rear light (similar structure) (595849N
General information; traffic regulations 294536E).
3 Thence the alignment (0276), astern, of these
128 lights leads 17 m SSW through the channel to a
position 07 cables SE of Fort 1 South (595698N
Paragraph 3.215 1 lines 8--10 Replace by: 294221E). The track then leads WSW to the berths.
...buoys No 11 and 12 as far as buoy No 23 in the Sankt ENC’s RU5NTKT2 and RU4NTKS9
Peterburgskiy Morskoy Kanal of 6 kn. [NP20/No.5/Wk.28/16]
BA2395 [NP20/No.4/Wk.07/17]
Russia -- Sankt Peterburg — Vertical clearance

Russia -- Approaches to Sankt Peterburg — 135


Speed restrictions
After Paragraph 3.266 1 Insert:
128
Vertical clearance
Paragraph 3.215 1 including existing Section IV Notice 3.266a
Week 07/17 Replace by: 1 Western High Speed Diameter road bridges span
the Petrovskiy Kanal (595798N 301298E) with a
1 Speed restrictions. Maximum speed restrictions
vertical clearance of 27 m, the Korabel’nyy Kanal
apply as follows:
(595517N 301265E) with a vertical clearance of
Kronshtadtskiy Korabel’nyy Farvater. From the mid
36 m and the Sankt Peterburgskiy Morskoy Kanal
channel buoy (3.221) to buoys No 9 and 10 --
(595405N 301326E) with a vertical clearance of
12 kn, and in the remaining section 10 kn. For
53 m.
vessels whose length exceeds 260 m a maximum
speed is in force from buoys No 11 and 12 as far BA Chart 2364 [NP20--No 68--Wk 02/18]
as buoy No 23 in the Sankt Peterburgskiy
Morskoy Kanal of 6 kn. HSC are allowed to
navigate in non--water--displacing mode without Finland – Hanko approaches —
speed restriction in the Korabel’nyy Farvater and Directions; draught; beacons
in the inner waters of Bol’shaya Neva and Malaya 147
Neva.
Paragraph 4.37 1 line 2 Replace by:
Paragraph 3.215 2 line 4 Replace by:
...channel authorised for a draught of 90 m leads from
...Sankt Peterburg, the maximum speed is 6 kn the...
with the exception of HSC.
Paragraph 4.37 2 lines 1--5 Delete
Paragraph 3.215 2 line 8 Replace by:
...is 10 kn with the exception of HSC. Paragraph 4.39 1 line 9 For 73 Read 90

Notice 43/5649/2017 [NP20/No.61/Wk.47/17] Finnish Notice 20/225/17 [NP20/No.50/Wk.33/17]

2 -- 66
Index

NP20
Finland – Hanko approaches — Directions; light Paragraph 4.85 2 line 8 Replace by:
...231701E), for 7 cables, thence NE for
148
3 cables.
Paragraph 4.42 8 lines 8--11 Replace by: Paragraph 4.85 3 lines 1--2 Delete
...Tistron group. The route then leads 6 cables N between
Saaristomeri and Hanko. Finnish Notice 7/60/18 [NP20--No 74--Wk 16/18]

Paragraph 4.43 4 lines 2--4 Replace by:


Finland -- Gulf of Finland -- Julö —
...N of Tullisaari (594830N 225450E) (4.37). Directions; light

156
Finnish Notice 20/225/17 [NP20/No.51/Wk.33/17]
Paragraph 4.111 3 line 2 For 086 Read 087
Finland -- Gulf of Finland -- Hanko —
Limiting conditions; draught Finnish Notice 32/343/17 [NP20--No 64--Wk 50/17]

149 Finland -- Porkkalanselkä — Pilotage

Paragraph 4.52 1 line 2 For 73 m Read 9.0 m 158


Paragraph 4.128 4 lines 1--5 Replace by:
Finnish Chart 136/2017 [NP20/No.56/Wk.44/17]
1 Pilotage is provided by Helsinki pilot station.
The pilot boarding positions for the principal
Finland -- Tammisaari Approaches — approach channels to Inkoo and Kantvik are at
Directions; beacon 595360N 241168E and 595566N 241420E.

152 Finnish Notice 7/61/18 [NP20--No 75--Wk 16/18]

Paragraph 4.81 1 lines 5--8 Delete Finland -- Helsinki Approaches — Pilotage

Paragraph 4.83 1 lines 4--6 Replace by: 167

Vessels approaching Raseborg from the Gulf of Paragraph 4.183 1 lines 2--4 Replace by:
Finland through route (2.36) should depart from the ...available. Pilots board vessels from S at either
TSS and proceed on a line of bearing 006 of 595900N 245690E or 600431N 245774E.
Längden Light (594665N 231487E) until
Segelskär... Finnish Notice 7/61/18 [NP20--No 76--Wk 16/18]
Paragraph 4.83 3 line 3 Replace by:
Finland -- Helsinki Approaches — Pilotage
...leads 9 miles NNE in a channel marked by buoys
(lateral) to the entrance of the fjord,... 167
Paragraph 4.183 1 lines 2--4 including existing Section IV
Finnish Notice 24/250/2017 [NP20/No.53/Wk.40/17] Notice Week 16/18 Replace by:
...available. Pilots board vessels from S at either
Finland -- Tammisaari Approaches — 595900N 245690E or 600400N 245820E.
Directions; beacon
Finnish Notice 7/61/18 [NP20--No 84--Wk 20/18]
153
Finland -- Loviisa Approaches --
Paragraph 4.83 5 lines 1--4 Replace by: Orrengrund — Pilotage
5 WNW of Storgadden (594689N 231790E), a
195
group of rocks and islets. A shoal,
Gaddgrund, extends 1 mile SW from the Paragraph 5.37 1 line 3 For 1½ miles Read 2¼ miles
islets, and a foul area extends 1 mile NW
from the islets;...
Finnish Notice 7/61/18 [NP20--No 77--Wk 16/18]
Finnish Notice 24/250/2017 [NP20/No.54/Wk.40/17]
Finland – Approaches to Kotka —
Outer anchorage
Finland -- Tammisaari Approaches --
Odensö — Directions; beacons 202
Paragraph 5.82 1 line 2 For 22 to 30 m Read 20 to 31 m
153

Paragraph 4.85 1 line 4 For 3 cables Read 1 cable BA3814 [NP20/No.6/Wk.47/16]

2 -- 67
Index

NP20
Finland – Kotka — Anchorages Light Beacons (port hand); the NW side by a buoy
and a light buoy (starboard hand).
203
Finnish Notice 09/99/17 [NP20/No.11/Wk.19/17]
Paragraph 5.96 1 lines 1--4 Replace by:
1 Waiting anchorage. See 5.82. Finland – Hamina -- Eastern entrance;
Pieni--Musta to Haminanlahti — Directions
BA3814 [NP20/No.7/Wk.47/16]
211

Finland – Kotka — Anchorages Paragraph 5.159 1--4 Replace by:


1 From a position NE of Pieni--Musta (603049N
203--204 271064E), the track leads N in the white sector
Paragraph 5.96 1 lines 5--9 Replace by: (0055--0094) of Suviluoto Light (yellow rectangle,
red stripe on mast) (603229N 271164E). The track
Good anchorage can be obtained in Norskansalmi, then passes E of Ulkokari Light (603147N
the E roadstead, 2½ cables WNW of Pirköyri 271107E), to a position NE of Norskari, a shoal on
(602780N 265878E), in depths of 12 to 15 m; which stands a light (white mast, red band)
local knowledge is required. (603177N 271136E).
The channel is marked by buoys and authorised to
Finnish Notice 30/310(P)/16 [NP20/No.8/Wk.47/16] a position ENE of Ulkokari Light for a draught of
83 m.
Finland -- Gulf of Finland -- Kotka — Directions 2 From a position ENE of Norskari Light, the berths
for western harbours; authorised draughts at Hiirenkari and Lakulahti are approached in swept
channels, the limits of which are marked by buoys.
204
Finnish Notice 30/311(P)/16 [NP20/No.12/Wk.47/16]
Paragraph 5.100 2 line 1 Replace by:
2 Thence the route, authorised for a draught of 30 m, Finland – Hamina —
leads 3 cables N on... Directions; draught restriction; leading lights

Paragraph 5.101 2 line 4 For 73 m Read 30 m 212


Paragraph 5.167 1--3 Replace by:
Paragraph 5.101 3 line 2 For 54 m Read 30 m
1 General information. Jetties in the SW part of the
town (603400N 271200E) are used by pleasure
Finnish Notice 15/142/16 [NP20/No.9/Wk.26/16] craft.
Directions. From a position SE of Hailikari
Finland -- South coast -- Kotka — Basins and (603268N 271055E) the route, authorised for a
berths; depths and maximum draughts least draught of 35 m, is marked by buoys and leads
generally N for 1 mile.
205
Finland Notice 3/30/2017 [NP20/No.13/Wk.09/17]
Paragraph 5.105 1 lines 1--3 Replace by:
1 Mussalo Deep -- water Terminal (602570N Finland -- North of Harvajanniemi --
265530E) is situated in the SE corner of Mussalo. Klamilanlahti — Directions; draught
The port area consists of bulk, container and liquid 214
bulk terminals.
Paragraph 5.185 2 lines 2--4 Replace by:
Paragraph 5.105 2 line 2 For 100 m Read 105 m
Directions. From a position S of Harvajanniemi
Paragraph 5.106 1 line 4 For 117 m Read 115 m (602800N 272899E), the recommended route with
an authorised draught of 42 m, leads about 9 cables
E to the alignment of the following:
Finish NM 19/187/16 [NP20/No.10/Wk.31/16]
Paragraph 5.185 3 line 3 For 50 m Read 42 m

Finland – Approaches to Hamina -- Hamina Finnish Notice 6/70/2017 [NP20/No.14/Wk.13/17]


bypass channel — Directions; maximum draught

208 Finland -- Malyy Tranzundskiy Reyd --


Banka Yalkamatala to Banka Khallikivi —
Paragraph 5.134 2 lines 1--5 Replace by: Directions; obstructions
2 The alignment astern (1391) of these lights leads 218
1¼ miles NW between shoal areas SW of Houtere,
Paragraph 5.204 3 Replace by:
within the Hamina bypass channel, which has a
maximum permitted draught of 73 m. The SW side of 3 Two obstructions (603616N 283098E and
the channel is marked by Rapuniemi and Itä--Kotka 603623N 283088E) lie in the vicinity of Banka

2 -- 68
Index

NP20
Yalkamatala, least depths of 81 m and 83 m, Finland – Hanko to Salo -- Route East of Kemiö
respectively. — Bridge clearances
239
Paragraph 5.205 2 line 8 Replace by:
Paragraph 6.58 including heading Replace by:
...283206E). An obstruction (603639N
283191E) with a depth of 88 m lies close NNW
of Khallikivi Light Buoy (starboard hand). Limiting Conditions
Vertical clearance
Russian Notice 3/192/18 [NP20--No 69--Wk 07/18] 6.58
1 Overhead power cables, with a vertical clearance of
Russia -- Malyy Tranzundskiy Reyd -- 38 m, span the fairways in three places above Förby
West of Ostrov Krepysh — (600587N 225206E).
Anchorages; wrecks and obstruction A bascule bridge with a vertical clearance of 35 m
spans the Strömma Kanava (601126N 225210E).
219 Horizontal clearance
6.58a
Paragraph 5.210 2 lines 1--7 Replace by:
1 The bascule bridge spanning Strömma Kanava has
2 Area 18B -- Malyy Tranzundskiy Reyd. Anchorage a horizontal clearance of 26 m.
is available in Area 18B, 8 cables NNE of Igrivyy E Paragraph 6.60 1 lines 5--7 Replace by:
Light (603540N 282766E) (5.205), in depths from
12 to 15 m, mud. ...Teijo, about 5 miles farther NE; a bascule bridge (6.58a)
Area 18C -- Malyy Tranzundskiy Reyd. Anchorage spans the fairway at Strömma. Arrangements should be
is available 5 cables NW of Hallikivi Front Leading made in...
Light (603652N 283156E), in depths from 11 to
14 m, mud and sand. A wreck lies in the N part of the Finnish Notice 32/331/16 [NP20/No.16/Wk.50/16]
area and an obstruction in the W part. A further wreck
lies on the SE limit of the area. Finland -- Saaristomeri -- Isokari--Lövskär
channel — Directions; light
BA Chart 2569 [NP20/No.60/Wk.46/17]
244

Finland -- South west coast -- Saaristomeri — Paragraph 6.92 7 line 3 For 0035 Read 005
Pilotage
Finnish Notice 32/347/17 [NP20--No 65--Wk 50/17]
229
Finland -- Lövskär to Purha — Directions; light
Paragraph 6.3 1 line 5 For 595700N 195880E Read
595630N 195630E 252
Paragraph 6.138 10 line 7 For 0245 Read 0201
Finnish Chart 160/18 [NP20--No 111--Wk 41/18]
Finnish Notice 35--36/357/16 [NP20/No.17/Wk.13/17]
Finland -- Hanko Approaches — Pilotage
Finland -- Kråkholm to Kyrkfjärden —
229 Directions; link channel; leading beacons

Paragraph 6.3 2 line 2 For 594218N 230490E Read 253


594250N 230580E
Paragraph 6.143 1 lines 7--8 Replace by:
...particularly in the narrows S of Korvet, 1 mile WSW.
Finnish Notice 7/61/18 [NP20--No 78--Wk 16/18]
Paragraph 6.143 2, 3 and 4 Delete

Finland -- Saaristomeri —
Directions; other aids to navigation Finnish Notice 30/319/2017 [NP20--No 63--Wk 48/17]

231 Finland -- South--west coast -- Maarianhamina —


Pilotage
After Paragraph 6.17 2 line 5 Insert:
255
3 AIS:
Suomen Leijona (592836N 204879E). Paragraph 6.163 1 lines 5--7 Replace by:
For details see ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals ...about 1¼ miles WSW of Marhällan Light (600185N
Volume 2. 195230E), or 1½ miles SSW of Nyhamn Tower (6.168).

Finnish Notice 12/120/16 [NP20/No.15/Wk.26/16] Finnish Notice 7/64/18 [NP20--No 92--Wk 25/18]

2 -- 69
Index

NP20
Finland – Rödhamnsfjärden — Anchorage Finland -- Maarianhamina Approach -- Hackorna
— Directions; track; draught
257

Paragraph 6.177 1 line 5 For 37 m Read 32 m 275


Paragraph 6.303 3 including existing Section IV Notice Wk
Finnish Notice 30/312/16 [NP20/No.18/Wk.47/16] 13/18 Replace by:
3 The recommended track then leads NE for 7 cables
Finland -- Isokari and approaches — to a position 4 cables N of Hackorna Beacon
Directions; depth (600399N 195571E) to join the recommended
N--bound track, which lies within the white sector
264 (182--185), astern, of Granö Light (orange concrete
Paragraph 6.224 3 lines 4--6 Replace by: tower, white top) (600345N 195551E).

...rock. A shoal with a least depth of 67 m extends Paragraph 6.303 4 lines 1--5 Replace by:
1¼ miles NW of the light. Etela Sandbäck, an 4 Side channel. From NE of Tvibenan Light (6.302)
above--water... a channel, authorised for a draught of 64 m, branches
Paragraph 6.224 5 lines 1--2 Replace by: ENE from the main channel, passing NNW of Korsö
and then E, passing N of Inre Korsö, to meet the
5 SW of a shoal (7 cables WSW) with a depth of 64 m SE approach channel off Styrsö (600320N
67 m, thence: 195680E).
BA Chart 3803 [NP20/No.19/Wk.13/17] Notice 13/132/18 [NP20--No 90--Wk 23/18]

Finland -- South--west -- Laupunen to Rajakari — Finland -- Maarianhamina -- Granöklubb —


Directions; light Directions; caution; leading lights
267
275
Paragraph 6.238 3 line 2 For (317--339) Read
(3105--3235) Paragraph 6.304 1 lines 1--6 and 2 lines 1--2 Replace by:
1 Hackorna Beacon to Möckelö Leading Lights
Finnish Notice 15/143/16 [NP20/No.20/Wk.26/16] (continued from 6.303 and 6.307). From a position
2 cables NNW of Hackorna Beacon (600399N
Finland -- Naantali — Anchorage position 195571E), the track authorized for a draught of
82 m leads N in the white sector (182--185), astern,
272 of Granö Light (6.303), for about 1 mile passing:
2 W of Korrviksten Light Buoy (W cardinal), about
Paragraph 6.280 1 line 2 For 222690N Read 602690N 3½ cables SSW of Lotsberget Front Light,
thence:
Correspondence H102 03/18 E of Gregersö södra Light Buoy (E cardinal)
[NP20--No 83--Wk 17/18] (600476N 195548E).
Thence, when a position is reached about 1 cable
ESE of Lotsberget södra Light Buoy (E cardinal)
Finland -- Maarianhamina -- Granöklubb — (600519N 195552E), the track leads NNW for
Directions; caution; leading lights 9 cables through a channel marked by buoys
(cardinal) to the beginning of the Möckelö leading line.
275
3 Möckelö Leading Lights:
Paragraph 6.303 2 line 6 Replace by: Front light (red triangle point up, yellow stripe)
(600650N 195515E) on Möckelö.
...it is joined by the W approach channel. Rear light (red triangle point down, yellow stripe)
Caution. Vessels should not remain on this (close N of front light).
alignment beyond the position NNW of Granöklubb The alignment (3506) of these lights leads into the
because it leads very close to the rocks and bank N part of Västerhamn through a fairway authorised for
SSE of Lagneskär, marked by light buoys (cardinal). a draught of 73 m.
Paragraph 6.303 3 lines 1--10 Replace by:
Finland Notice 6/53/18; BA Chart 2614
3 The recommended track then leads NE for [NP20--No 71b--Wk 13/18]
5½ cables to a position 2 cables NNW of Hackorna
Beacon (600399N 195571E) to join the Finland -- Maarianhamina -- Granö to Hackorna
recommended track authorized for a draught of 64 m Beacon — Directions
(6.307), which lies within the white sector (182--185),
astern, of Granö Light (orange concrete tower, white 276
top) (600345N 195551E). Paragraph 6.307 10 lines 1--2 Replace by:
Finland Notice 6/53/18; BA Chart 2614 10 The track then leads N in the white sector
[NP20--No 71a--Wk 13/18] (182--185), astern, of Granö Light (6.303) for about

2 -- 70
Index

NP20
4 cables to join the recommended track authorized for 2 From N of Prästö, the route leads about 5 miles N
a draught of 82 m, 2 cables NNW of Hackorna to Bergökubb (601815N 201886E), thence turns
Beacon (600399N 195571E). sharply WNW and leads close inshore, between the
off--lying islands and Ahvenanmaa, for about 11 miles
Finland Notice 6/53/18; BA Chart 2614 to Hundklubb (602412N 200118E).
[NP20--No 72--Wk 13/18]
Finnish Notice 23/237/16 [NP20/No.21/Wk.42/16]
Finland -- Maarianhamina Approach --
Stora Skivgrund — Directions; buoys Finland – Ahvenanmaa – 25 m route to
Maarianhamina — Directions
276
280
Paragraph 6.309 1 line 1 Replace by:
Paragraph 6.343 2 lines 4--5 Replace by:
1 The fairway, marked by buoys (lateral), passes S of
Stora... ...12 m in width.

Paragraph 6.309 1 line 5 Replace by: Finnish Notice 30/313/16 [NP20/No.22/Wk.47/16]

...73 m, and marked by buoys (lateral), leads...


Finland -- Rauma Approaches — Pilotage
Notice 13/132/18 [NP20--No 91--Wk 23/18]
292

Finland -- Ahvenanmaa -- Berghamn — Paragraph 7.67 1 line 4 Replace by:


Light sector ...610725N 211075E (Rauma S).
278 Finnish Notice 7/65/18 [NP20--No 79--Wk 16/18]
Paragraph 6.328 6 line 4 For 050 Read 0535
Finland -- Rauma to Porin Majakka —
Directions; other aids to navigation
Finland Notice 6/52/18 [NP20--No 73--Wk 13/18]
297
Finland -- Åland Hav -- Signilskär — Paragraph 7.93 1 line 5 Delete
Directions; lights; beacons

278 Finnish Notice 16/160/16 [NP20/No.23/Wk.27/16]

Paragraph 6.329 2--4 Replace by: Finland -- Rauma to Porin Majakka —


2 Local knowledge is required. Directions; buoys
Directions. From a position W of Kappalgrynnorna
297
(601207N 191914E), a fairway, marked by buoys
(N and S cardinal) and authorised for a draught of Paragraph 7.94 3 lines 1--7 Replace by:
49 m, leads ENE to a position N of Kappalgrynnorna.
Thence the track leads NE, to a position NW of 3 W of Lännennaulat shoal (16½ miles NNE),
Mjölkarskatan (601224N 191968E), passing: thence:
Between buoys (N and S cardinal) (601233N W of numerous shoals, including Lindgreninmatala,
191959E) thence: which extends 3½ miles W of Säppi Light
3 The track then leads generally E to a position NNE (612864N 212086E) (7.92), thence:
of Österhamnsskatan (601215N 192060E); a buoy Paragraph 7.94 4 lines 2--3 Replace by:
(N cardinal) is moored N of the headland.
The track then leads ESE to a position NW of ...shoals extending 4 miles NW of Hylkiriutta
Tödding (601124N 192571E). (613884N 211973E), thence:

Finnish Notice 23/244/17 [NP20/No.52/Wk.39/17] Finnish Notice 6/71/2017 [NP20/No.24/Wk.13/17]

Finland – Avenanmaa — General information; Finland -- Pori Approaches — Pilotage


draught regulations
299
279
Paragraph 7.107 1 Replace by:
Paragraph 6.331 1--2 Replace by:
1 Pilots are available from Kallo (7.109) and board at
1 Through route. From the vicinity of Långnäsudd Pori S (613400N 212210E) or Pori N (613680N
(600696N 201812E) a route, authorised for a 211700E). Radar assistance is available from the
draught of 55 m, leads generally N along the E side pilot station.
of Lumparland, thence W of Mickelsö (601100N
201600E) and into Prästösund, close NNE. Finnish Notice 7/65/18 [NP20--No 80--Wk 16/18]

2 -- 71
Index

NP20
Finland -- Pori and Approaches — W of Höijers södra (6206.37N 210756E), and
Directions; other aids to navigation Höijers (620766N 210787E), another shoal
with least depth 38 m.
299 The track then leads to a position in the vicinity of
620900N 210000E.
Paragraph 7.112 1 line 4 Delete
(Directions continue for the coastal
passage at 7.174)
300
(Directions are given for
Paragraph 7.117 1 line 4 Delete Kristiinankaupunki at 7.158)

Finnish Notice 16/183/18 [NP20--No 99--Wk 28/18]


301

Paragraph 7.122 1 line 4 Delete Finland -- Porin Majakka to Kristiinankaupunki —


Directions; other aids to navigation

Finnish Notice 16/160/16 [NP20/No.25/Wk.27/16] 303


Paragraph 7.138 1 line 2 Delete
Finland -- Porin Majakka to Kristiinankaupunki —
Directions; other aids to navigation Finnish Notice 16/160/16 [NP20/No.29/Wk.27/16]

302 Finland -- Tahkoluoto — Wind farm


Paragraph 7.135 1 line 2 Delete 303
Paragraph 7.139 1 lines 4--5 Replace by:
Finnish Notice 16/160/16 [NP20/No.26/Wk.27/16]
...section of buoyed channel, which leads through a
wind farm, to cross the Tahkoluoto approach fairways.
Finland -- Porin Majakka to Kristiinankaupunki —
Directions; rock awash Finnish Notice 25/263/17 [NP20/No.58/Wk.45/17]
303
Finland -- Gulf of Bothnia -- Kristiinankaupunki —
Paragraph 7.136 2 lines 1--8 Replace by: Directions; buoyage

2 W of a 91 m shoal (10½ miles NNW) lying 309


2 miles WSW of Hiidensilta, an extensive Paragraph 7.176 2--3 Replace by:
group of dangerous offshore shoals, thence:
2 WSW of a 72 m patch (8¾ miles NNW) lying
Finnish Notice 6/71/2017 [NP20/No.27/Wk.13/17] about 1¾ miles WNW of Storgrund (7½ miles
NNW); thence:
3 WSW of Yttergrund (13 miles NNW), a stony
Finland -- Porin Majakka to Kristiinankaupunki —
Directions; shoals patch, thence:
WSW of Skomakarsgrund (17¼ miles NNW) and
303 Rosengrund (18½ miles NNW), two isolated
shoals, thence:
Paragraph 7.136 3 line 1 For Rockaboll Read Rakaren
Finnish Notice 16/184/18 [NP20--No 100--Wk 28/18]

Finnish Chart 43 [NP20/No.28/Wk.13/17] Finland -- Gulf of Bothnia -- Kristiinankaupunki —


Directions; buoyage
Finland -- Gulf of Bothnia -- Kristiinankaupunki —
Directions; buoyage 309
Paragraph 7.180 2 line 9 Replace by:
303
...Strömmingsbrotten (1½ miles W), a rocky
Paragraph 7.136 including existing Section IV Notice shoal, marked on its SW extent by a buoy (W
Week 13/17 Replace by: cardinal).
1 From a position W of Porin Majakka (614240N Finnish Notice 16/184/18 [NP20--No 101--Wk 28/18]
211364E) the coastal route leads N, passing:
W of Karviankivi (614868N 211494E) an isolated Finland -- Gulf of Bothnia -- Norra Kvarken --
rocky patch marked by a buoy (isolated danger), Helsingkallan — Directions; Buoys
thence:
W of a 91 m shoal (615247N 210566E) lying 315
2 miles WSW of Hiidensilta, an extensive group of
Paragraph 7.204 2 lines 1--3 Replace by:
dangerous offshore shoals, thence:
2 W of Rakaren (620218N 210839E), a group NNW of Helsingkallan (23 miles NE), a group of
of shoals with least depth 07 m, thence: rocky shoals, marked on the NW end by a light

2 -- 72
Index

NP20
buoy (N cardinal) and on the SE end by a buoy Paragraph 8.10 1 line 2 Delete
(S cardinal).
Finnish Notice 23/241/16 [NP20/No.33/Wk.39/16]
Finnish Notice 16/187/18 [NP20--No 102--Wk 28/18]

Finland -- Stubben to Kokkola Majakka —


Finland -- South approaches to Vaasa -- Other aids to navigation; racon
Gåshällan to Bergö — Directions; lights
331
316
After Paragraph 8.10 1 line 2 Insert:
Paragraph 7.214 4 lines 4--6 and 5 lines 1--3 Replace by: Kallan Light — as above.
ESE of Norra Sälhuvudet (625449N 210624E), a Finnish Notice 1/11/17 [NP20/No.34/Wk.13/17]
group of above--water rocks, thence:
5 ESE of Tredjedelsstenarna (625523N Finland – Stubben to Raahe – Pietarsaari —
210680E), a group of islets and Directions; general information; light
above--water rocks, to a position 4 cables 331
NNW of Remmargrynnan (625594N
210955E) Paragraph 8.12 3 lines 3--4 Replace by:
Secondary west approach (8.17), passing S of
Finnish NM 17/168/16 [NP20/No.30/Wk.28/16] Nygrundet rock.

Finland -- North approaches to Vaasa — 331--332


Vertical clearance
Paragraph 8.16 3 lines 1--5 Replace by:
322 3 The alignment (089) of these lights leads E for
2½ miles through a partly buoyed channel, passing
Paragraph 7.254 1 line 7 For 24 m Read 26 m between Kallan Lighthouse and a lit beacon (lateral)
(634459N 223179E) to the Ådöskatan leading line.
BA Chart 2612 [NP20/No.31/Wk.27/16] Paragraph 8.17 3 lines 1--12 Replace by:
3 The alignment (0898) of these marks leads
Finland – North approaches to Vaasa — 2¾ miles E, passing:
Vertical clearances N of Storgrundet shoal (634275N 222725E),
marked to its N and S by buoys (cardinal), thence:
322 N of Gammalgrundet, a rocky coastal bank marked
at its N end by a buoy (N cardinal) (634367N
Paragraph 7.254 1 line 7 including existing sect IV notice 223135E), thence:
week 27/16. For 26 m Read 24 m S of Nygrundet, one of several rocks awash
(634437N 223187E), marked on its S side by
a buoy (S cardinal) (634381N 223262E), to
Finnish Notice 27/285/16 [NP20/No.32/Wk.44/16] the Gräsgrund/Rönnskär leading line.

Finnish Notice 23/241/16 [NP20/No.35/Wk.39/16]


Finland -- Gulf of Bothnia -- Kokkola —
Firing practise areas
Finland – Kokkola — Anchorage
329
335
After Paragraph 8.7 2 line 2 Insert:
Paragraph 8.44 1 line 2 For 1 mile Read 1¾ miles

Firing practice areas Paragraph 8.44 1 lines 5--6 Delete


8.7a
1 Firing practice areas, extending up to 12 miles Paragraph 8.44 2 and 3 Delete
seaward, are established between Kokkola Majakka
(635982N 225182E) and Ulkokalla islet
(641988N 232675E). Finnish Notice 17/194/17 [NP20/No.49/Wk.30/17]

Swedish Notice 680/12598/17 Finland -- Rahja Approaches — Pilotage


[NP20--No 67--Wk 02/18]
336
Finland – Stubben to Raahe – Pietarsaari —
Directions; general information; light Paragraph 8.57 2 lines 4--5 Replace by:
331 ...641550N 233000E, SSE of Ulkokalla Light (8.52).

Paragraph 8.9 3 lines 4--7 Delete Finnish Notice 7/66/18 [NP20--No 81--Wk 16/18]

2 -- 73
Index

NP20
Finland -- Raahe and approaches -- Roska Roads Approaches to Oulu -- Kropsu —
to Lapaluote — Directions; maximum draught Directions; light

340 349

Paragraph 8.87 1 line 2 Replace by: Paragraph 8.152 1 lines 1--3 Replace by:
...an inner channel, authorised for a maximum draught of 1 From a position about 5 cables NNE of Kropsu
21 m... (650892N 251160E) a fairway, authorised for a
draught of 2.1 m, leads off NNE from...
Paragraph 8.87 4 line 4 Replace by:
Paragraph 8.152 2--3 Replace by:
...short distance WSW. From this leading line the
maximum authorised draught increases to 24 m. 2 The first part of the channel, marked by buoys
This alignment is also... (lateral) leads 3 miles NNE until a position is reached
3 ¾ ENE of Simppumatala (651248N 251226E), a
Finnish Notice 6/66/2017 [NP20/No.36/Wk.13/17] shoal with a depth of 51 m. Thence the track leads N
and NE along the following alignments:
Finland -- Oulu Approaches — Pilotage
Finnish Notice 10/119/17 [NP20/No.38/Wk.26/17]
343
Sweden – Gulf of Bothnia – Singösund —
Paragraph 8.102 1 line 3 For 651095N 242070E Read Vertical clearance
651095N 241800E
363
Paragraph 8.102 1 line 4 For 650714N 241657E Read
Paragraph 9.46 1 line 13 For 80 Read 74
650700N 241694E

Swedish Notice 624/11667/16 [NP20/No.39/Wk.48/16]


Finnish Notice 7/66/18 [NP20--No 82--Wk 16/18]

Sweden – Väddö Kanal — Bridge clearances


Finland -- Gulf of Bothnia -- Hailuoto --
Merikallat — Directions; draught 368
344 Paragraph 9.96 3--4 Replace by:
Paragraph 8.111 1 line 4 For 80 m Read 95 m 3 Controlling depth. The canal has a least depth of
20 m and can be navigated by vessels drawing up to
18 m.
Finnish Notice 15/166/18 [NP20--No 95--Wk 26/18]
Vertical clearances:
Overhead power cable, with a vertical clearance of
Finland -- Oulu -- Toppila — 17 m, spans the canal 3 cables NNW of
Toppilansalmi Leading lights Storfjärden.
Overhead power cable, with a vertical clearance of
346 26 m, spans the canal 4 cables S of Storfjärden.
4 Fixed bridge, with a vertical clearance of 17 m,
Paragraph 8.127 2 lines 1--2 Replace by: spans the canal at Trästa (600328N
2 This channel is subject to frequent change and 184610E).
marked as follows: Swing bridge at Bagghus (595638N 185088E),
with a horizontal clearance of 126 m and a
Paragraph 8.127 3 lines 1--6 Replace by: vertical clearance when closed of 62 m.
Bascule bridge at Älmsta, 2¼ miles NNW, with a
3 The track leads ESE for 3½ cables into the horizontal clearance of 120 m and a vertical
harbour, passing close NNE of Toppilansalmi clearance when closed of 45 m.
Light (grey pile) (650252N 252486E),
standing on the... Swedish Notice 627/11730/16 [NP20/No.40/Wk.52/16]

Finnish Notice 28/300/17 [NP20/No.57/Wk.45/17]


Sweden -- Gulf of Bothnia -- Slada Hamn —
Anchorage; shoal
Approaches to Oulu -- Kropsu —
Directions; light 373

348 After Paragraph 9.128 1 line 8 Insert:

Paragraph 8.147 6 lines 2--3 Replace by: A rocky patch (603281N 180198E), with depth
less than 3 m, lies 1½ cables ESE of the anchorage.
...2¾ miles N,...
Swedish Notice 720/13296/18
Finnish Notice 10/119/17 [NP20/No.37/Wk.26/17] [NP20--No 112--Wk 41/18]

2 -- 74
Index

NP20
Sweden -- Gulf of Bothnia -- Örnsköldsvik -- Sweden -- Gulf of Bothnia -- Bjurön —
Råskärsön — Anchorages Directions; light position

435 457

Paragraph 10.247 1 lines 1--5 Replace by: Paragraph 11.12 4 lines 4--6 Replace by:
Bjuröklubb Light (yellow stone tower near house,
1 Anchorage may be obtained within the following
7 m in height) (642885N 213450E) situated
designated areas:
close to a house near the N extremity of
Area A (631030N 185550E), radius 2½ cables. Bjuröklubb (11.38).
Area B (630820N 185800E), radius 2½ cables.
Anchorage (631450N 185500E) may also be Paragraph 11.14 4 line 8 For 642894N 213478E Read
obtained N of Malmön, in a depth of 25 m, mud. 642885N 213450E

Swedish Notice 730/13571/18 Swedish Notice 710/13202/18


[NP20--No 116--Wk 50/18] [NP20--No 105--Wk 31/18]

Sweden -- Norra Kvarken -- Hörnefors -- Sweden -- Gulf of Bothnia -- Lövsele —


Lögaren — Directions; light Directions; leading lights

442 459

Paragraph 10.303 2 lines 2--3 Replace by: Paragraph 11.21 Replace by:

...made from seaward, passing NE of Gråskälhällan 1 Directions from south. From a position about
(633285N 200051E), and then through a dredged... 6¼ miles NNE of Vännskär Light (640968N
210780E) (11.14), follow the recommended track N,
Swedish Notice 705/13096/18 passing:
[NP20--No 96--Wk 26/18] W of Kallen (641559N 211637E), a rock awash,
thence:
W of Hällgrundsstenen (11.20), a rock awash,
Sweden -- Norra Kvarken -- Hörnefors -- thence:
Lögaren — Directions; light To a position about 5 cables E of Storklubben
(11.23). The recommended track then leads NNW into
443 the entrance of Lövselefjärden.
Paragraph 11.22 1 Replace by:
Paragraph 10.307 1 lines 6--7 Replace by:
1 Directions from south -- south -- east. From a
...leads NW, passing (with positions from Gråskälhällan position about 5¾ miles ENE of Vännskär Light
(633285N 200051E)); (11.14), follow the recommended track NNW, passing:
Paragraph 10.307 2 lines 5--7 Replace by: Paragraph 11.22 2 lines 4--5 Replace by:
...9 cables SE of Vapplan, and Gråskälhällan, thence: Close ENE of Knävringen (641508N 211695E),
a shoal with a depth of 79 m, thence:
Paragraph 10.307 4 line 9 For Lögaren Light Read
Gråskälhällan Paragraph 11.22 3 lines 1--6 Replace by:
3 Between Synan (641595N 211730E), with a
Swedish Notice 705/13096/18 depth of 39 m, and Hällgrundsstenen (11.20).
[NP20--No 97--Wk 26/18] The track then continues NNW into the entrance of
Lövselefjärden.
Paragraph 11.23 1 lines 3--7 Replace by:
Sweden -- Norra Kvarken -- Hörnefors --
Lögaren — Directions; light ...212261E) (11.25) follow the recommended track WNW
with Storklubben (641688N 211477E), an islet on the E
444 side of the entrance to the fjord, bearing 301, passing:

Paragraph 10.312 1 lines 2--3 Replace by: Paragraph 11.23 2 lines 1--4 Replace by:

...position about 2¼ miles NW of Gråskälhällan 2 Between Synan (11.22) and Toppgrund


(633285N 200051E), in the approaches... (641625N 211795E), a shoal with a depth
of 59 m, to join the route from SSE, 3 cables
Paragraph 10.317 2 line 2 Replace by: N of Hällgrundsstenen.
Thence the recommended track leads NNW into the
...Gråskälhällan (633285N 200051E) head N... entrance of Lövselefjärden.

Swedish Notice 705/13096/18 Swedish Notice 679/12676/17


[NP20--No 98--Wk 26/18] [NP20--No 66--Wk 52/17]

2 -- 75
Index

NP20
Sweden -- Gulf of Bothnia -- Bjurön — Sweden – Gulf of Bothnia –
Light position Skelleftehamn — Draught
462
460
After Paragraph 11.46 1 line 4 Insert:
Paragraph 11.32 1 line 2 For 642894N 213478E Read
642885N 213450E Maximum draught
11.46a
1 The maximum draught allowed in Skelleftehamn
Swedish Notice 710/13202/18 inner harbour (11.63) is 82 m (2017).
[NP20--No 106--Wk 31/18]
Swedish Notice 643/11969/17 [NP20/No.41/Wk.17/17]

Sweden -- Gulf of Bothnia -- Bjurön — Sweden -- East approach to Gåsören


Directions; light position --Skötgrönnan — Directions; shoals, wreck;
buoy; depths
460 463
Paragraph 11.35 3 line 2 For 642894N 213478E Read Paragraph 11.54 2 lines 3--7 Replace by:
642885N 213450E ...track leads WNW, passing:
NNE of the shoals of Skötbådan (643626N
213207E), Stenhösen (643681N
Swedish Notice 710/13202/18 213270E), Finnen (643708N 213207E) and
[NP20--No 107--Wk 31/18] Dräcken (643770N 213007E), with a
dangerous wreck lying close E. A buoy (N...
Sweden -- Gulf of Bothnia -- Bjurön — Paragraph 11.54 3 lines 1--2 Replace by:
Directions; light position
3 SSW of Anchorage area A (11.62); a buoy (S
cardinal) marks the S limit of the area.
461
Paragraph 11.54 4 line 4 For 87 m Read 81 m
Paragraph 11.37 1 line 2 For 642894N 213478E Read
642885N 213450E Swedish Chart SE421/18 [NP20--No 85a--Wk 21/18]

Sweden -- Gulf of Bothnia -- Bjurön —


Paragraph 11.39 1 line 5 For 642894N 213478E Read Directions; light position
642885N 213450E
463
Paragraph 11.39 2 line 3 For 642894N 213478E Read Paragraph 11.55 1 line 2 For 642894N 213478E Read
642885N 213450E 642885N 213450E

Paragraph 11.39 4 lines 3--9 Replace by: Swedish Notice 710/13202/18


[NP20--No 110--Wk 31/18]
Thence round Bjuröklubb at a distance of 2 cables
passing between Bjuröklubb NÖ Beacon, close NE of Sweden -- East approach to Gåsören --
Bjuröklubb main light, and Bjuröklack (642925N Skötgrönnan — Directions; shoals,
213590E), a shoal with a depth of 46 m. wreck; buoy; depths

Paragraph 11.39 5 lines 2--3 For 642894N 213478E 463


Read 642885N 213450E Paragraph 11.56 3 line 2 For 295 m Read 1½ cables

Paragraph 11.56 3 line 6 For 78 m Read 73 m


Swedish Notice 710/13202/18
[NP20--No 108--Wk 31/18] Swedish Chart SE421/18 [NP20--No 85b--Wk 21/18]

Sweden – Skelleftehamn –
Sweden -- Gulf of Bothnia -- Bjurön — Gåsören to Sörfjärden — Directions
Light position
464
461
Paragraph 11.59 2 lines 6--8 Replace by:
Paragraph 11.40 1 lines 3--4 For 642894N 213478E ...on to a recommended track of 318 towards the S side of
Read 642885N 213450E Rönnskär.
Paragraph 11.59 3 lines 1--4 Replace by:
Swedish Notice 710/13202/18 3 Thence, when entering the green sector of
[NP20--No 109--Wk 31/18] Kopparudden Light (062), the track leads WNW to

2 -- 76
Index

NP20
pass through the narrow strait keeping NNE of the Sweden -- Åbyfjärden —
buoy (port hand) (643968N 211627E) marking the Directions; shoal; positions
shoals NNE of Nörd--Olsgrundet. Keep Örviken Rear...
468
Swedish Notice 634/11818/16 [NP20/No.42/Wk.07/17] Paragraph 11.90 3 lines 3--5 Replace by:
Between the shoals of Bromsgrundet (645800N
Sweden – Gulf of Bothnia –
Skelleftehamn — Draught 212914E) and Flaggrundet (645847N
213107E), following the recommended track
465 318, thence:

Paragraph 11.63 2 lines 12--13 Replace by: Paragraph 11.90 4 lines 1--6 Replace by:

... (MSL 2010). See 11.46a for draught restriction. 4 NE of Avagrundet (645873N 212807E),
marked by a buoy (E cardinal), thence:
Swedish Notice 643/11969/17 [NP20/No.43/Wk.17/17] Between Lindgrensgrund (645980N 212577E),
marked by a buoy (port hand), and an underwater
rock (650010N 212610E) lying W of
Sweden -- Approaches to Kågehamn — Timmarksgrund.
Directions; depths
Swedish Chart SE421/18 [NP20--No 88--Wk 21/18]
466--467
Paragraph 11.82 3 line 2 For 65 m Read 60 m Sweden -- Kinnbäcksfjärden -- South--west of
Rönnskär — Directions; shoal; positions
Paragraph 11.82 3 line 4 For 60 m Read 55 m
468
Paragraph 11.82 6 lines 7--8 Replace by: Paragraph 11.91 6 line 3 Replace by:
...Bergskäret Light, astern, which leads over a 73 m patch ...a 69 m patch lying 5 cables W.
(644891N 210567E) and an 82 m patch (644913N
210487E). Swedish Chart SE421/18 [NP20--No 89--Wk 21/18]
Paragraph 11.83 2 Replace by:
Sweden -- Piteå and approaches — Depths
2 Clear of an 80 m patch (645029N 211647E),
thence: 469
Between Karmasgrundet (644989N 211396E),
a 30 m shoal, and the shoals of Norra and Södra After Paragraph 11.96 1 line 8 Insert:
Nygrundet (644918N 211548E), thence: The least depth in the channel to Sandholmen
(11.118a) from Skuthamn (11.118) is 50 m.
Paragraph 11.83 3 lines 1--3 Replace by:
3 Between a 65 m patch (644837N 211068E) Swedish Notice 638/11810/17 [NP20/No.44/Wk.11/17]
and the foul ground extending 4 cables SE of
Ostnäsudden (644900N 210884E), the S Sweden -- Gulf of Bothnia -- Bondöfjärden —
side of... Directions; leading lights

Swedish Chart SE421/18 [NP20--No 86--Wk 21/18] 470


Paragraph 11.109 3 line 1 For 0465 Read 0461
Sweden -- Furuögrund — Directions; depths
Paragraph 11.109 3 line 2 For 2265 Read 2261
467
Paragraph 11.88 5 Replace by: Paragraph 11.109 6 line 1 For 320 Read 3185
5 SSW of Svartgrund (645459N 211627E), a
group of rocks, thence: BA Chart 1135 [NP20/No.45a/Wk.19/17]
SSW of Headsgrundet (645470N 211519E),
with a depth of 47 m. Sweden -- Gulf of Bothnia -- Bondöfjärden —
Leading lights; alignment; position; distance
Paragraph 11.89 1 lines 5--6 Replace by:
470
Over the N edge of Sjösänkan (645312N
212344E) (11.78), thence: Paragraph 11.109 1--6 including existing Section IV Notice
Paragraph 11.89 2 lines 1--3 Replace by: Week 19/17 Replace by:

2 Between Stacken (645372N 212134E), a 1 Hamviken to Hällskär (continued from 11.107).


shoal with a depth of 70 m, and Kullran When abreast of Hamviken Front Light (651057N
(645341N 212051E), with a depth of 213409E) the track alters NE round the 69 m patch
85 m. (651086N 213629E) (11.107) on to the alignment
of the following lights (all white triangle, black border,
Swedish Chart SE421/18 [NP20--No 87--Wk 21/18] on tower):

2 -- 77
Index

NP20
2 Bondön Leading Lights: Rear light (similar structure, point down) (1¾ cables
Front light (651300N 214006E). from front light).
Rear light (3¾ cables from front light). Medgrundet Leading Lights:
Hamviken Leading Lights: Front light (red triangle, point up, on post)
Front light (651057N 213409E). (651249N 214037E).
Rear light (4½ cables from front light). Rear light (similar structure, point down) (131 m from
3 The alignment (0465) of Bondön Leading Lights, front light).
ahead, and the alignment (2265) of Hamviken 5 The alignment (1466) of Medgrundet Leading
Leading Lights, astern, leads through a narrow Lights, astern, and then the alignment (3193) of
passage, passing: Norra Sandängen Leading Lights, ahead, lead from
4 SE of a shoal (651183N 213637E), with a Bondön to the Haraholmen jetties passing NE of an
depth of 96 m, marked by a buoy (port hand), underwater rock marked by Hällskär Light Buoy (port
thence: hand).
Between Eriksgrundet (651187N 213812E),
marked by a buoy (starboard hand), and Norra Swedish Notice 721/13167/18
Eriksgrundet Light Buoy (S cardinal) marking the [NP20--No 114--Wk 41/18]
SE side of a patch with a least depth of 13 m.
5 When clear of this passage the track gradually Sweden -- Piteå and approaches — Directions
alters NW on to the alignment of the following lights.
Bondöfjärden Leading Lights: 471
Front light (white triangle, point up, black border, on
Heading above Paragraph 11.112 For Munksundet Read
tower) (651444N 213420E).
Skuthamn
Rear light (similar structure, point down) (5¼ cables
from front light).
Paragraph 11.112 10 Delete
6 The alignment (3201) of these lights leads
between buoys (lateral) marking shoals on either side
Paragraph 11.112 11 lines 1--2 Delete
of this stretch. When Hällskär (651361N 213747E)
is abeam the track alters NE for the approach to the
jetties as described below. Swedish Notice 638/11810/17 [NP20/No.46/Wk.11/17]

Swedish Notice 721/13167/18 Sweden -- Piteå and approaches -- Skuthamn to


[NP20--No 113--Wk 41/18] Piteå Södra Hamn — Directions

471
Sweden -- Gulf of Bothnia -- Bondöfjärden —
Directions; leading lights Paragraph 11.113 including heading Replace by:

470 Skuthamn to Piteå Södra Hamn


11.113
Paragraph 11.110 3 line 6 For 022 Read 0199 1 From a position in the vicinity of a buoy (lateral)
(651592N 212981E) moored in the approaches to
Paragraph 11.110 5 line 1 For 145 Read 1466 Skuthamn (11.118), the track leads NNW for about
9½ cables to a position between two buoys (lateral)
Paragraph 11.110 5 line 2 For 3195 Read 320 (651673N 212856E).
Fingermanholmen Leading Lights:
Front light (651718N 212820E).
BA Chart 1135 [NP20/No.45b/Wk.19/17] Rear light (85 m from front light).
2 Thence the alignment of these lights leads NNW
Sweden -- Gulf of Bothnia -- Bondöfjärden — through a channel marked by buoys (lateral) for about
Leading lights; position; distance; rock 1 cable. The limits of the channel are marked by
leading lights either side of Fingermanholmen Leading
470 Lights.
Munksundet Södra Leading Lights:
Paragraph 11.110 3--5 including existing Section IV Notice
Front light (651621N 212833E).
Week 19/17 Replace by:
Rear light (1 cable from front light).
3 Storstensudden Leading Lights: 3 Thence the alignment of these lights, astern, leads
Front light (white triangle, point up, red border, on N for about 3 cables to the entrance of Munksundet
pole) (651325N 213980E). (651720N 212870E).
Rear light (similar structure, point down) (123 m from Munksundet Norra Leading Line:
front light). Front beacon (wooden triangle) (651812N
The alignment (0231) of these lights leads to the 212879E).
channel which passes between Hällskär and the Rear beacon (wooden triangle on post) (1½ cables
berths at Haraholmen. This channel is marked by the from front light).
following leading lights: 4 The alignment of these lights continues N until clear
4 Norra Sandängen Leading Lights: of the channel. The recommended route then leads
Front light (white triangle, point up, red border, on NNW through Inrefjärden, passing ENE of
post) (651488N 213583E). Stadsrännan (651810N 212766E), to a turn in the

2 -- 78
Index

NP20
channel, marked by a buoy (starboard hand) India – East coast – Coleroon Point to
(651833N 212761E), W of Lövholmen (651840N Palºr River — Directions; wreck
212825E), whence the track leads NE into
Sörfjärden. 73

After Paragraph 2.38 2 line 9 Insert:


Swedish Notice 638/11810/17; Swedish Chart 4151
[NP20/No.47/Wk.11/17] Clear of a dangerous wreck (115595N
795692E), position approximate, thence:

Sweden -- Piteå and approaches — Berths Indian Notice 17/155/14 [NP21/No.2/Wk.42/14]

472 India – East coast – Kamarajar (Ennore) Port —


Depths; harbour; directions
After Paragraph 11.118 2 line 3 Insert:
80

Sandholmen Paragraph 2.100 1 lines 2--3 Replace by:


11.118a Entrance channel dredged depth 19 m (2016).
1 Sandholmen (651716N 212794E), a 54 m long PLEM 15 m.
quay located in the channel between Sandholmen and Dredged depths may be affected by siltation; port
Fingermanholmen. The berth is approached through a authorities should be consulted for the latest depths.
channel marked by buoys (lateral), on the alignment of
Tungen Leading Lights (651725N 212763E), from Indian Notice 3/44/18; Indian Chart 3028/17
a position S of the entrance to Munksundet on the [NP21--No 48a--Wk 09/18]
Skuthamn to Piteå Södra Hamn route (11.113).
India -- Ennore Port — Arrival information;
Paragraph 11.119 2 lines 4--8 Delete fairway buoy

Paragraph 11.119 3 lines 1--4 Delete 80

Paragraph 2.101 2 lines 3--7 Replace by:


Swedish Notice 638/11810/17; Swedish Chart 4151 ...usual anchorage lies 2 miles N of Fairway Light Buoy
[NP20/No.48/Wk.11/17] (safe water) (131210N 802360E) in depths of 25 m,
mud and sand. Waiting areas for Main Port and Minor Port
are centred on 131500N 802326E and 131308N
Sweden -- Approaches to Luleå -- Sandön — 802194E, respectively.
Directions; sector light
Paragraph 2.101 2 line 13 For (131292N 802240E)
Read (131210N 802360E)
478

Paragraph 11.155 3 line 1 Replace by: H102 MTAgility [NP21/No.3/Wk.31/16]

3 The alignment (3085) of these lights and the white


India -- Ennore Port —
sector (3082–3087) of Björnöhällan sector light Arrival information; pilotage
(653118N 221960E) leads through...
80
Swedish Notice 729/13580/18
[NP20--No 115--Wk 49/18] Paragraph 2.101 2 including existing Section IV Notice
31/16 Replace by:
2 Outer anchorages. Port Control will normally
allocate an anchorage for vessels waiting to enter; the
NP21 Bay of Bengal Pilot (2013 Edition) usual anchorage lies 2 miles N of Fairway Light Buoy
(2.103) in depths of 25 m, mud and sand. Waiting
areas for Main Port and Minor Port are centred on
India – Coromandel Coast — 131500N 802326E and 131308N 802194E,
Directions; major light respectively.
Anchoring is prohibited within the area enclosing the
73 ammonia discharge berth (131277N 802062E) and
pipeline.
After Paragraph 2.36 2 line 4 Insert: 3 Pilotage is compulsory and available 24 hours a
day. Pilots board in the waiting area in position
†lam Pºrai Fort (white masonry tower, red bands, 131308N 802194E. For further details, see
30 m in height) (121653N 800066E). ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals Volume 6(4).

Indian Notice 11/109/14 [NP21/No.1/Wk.31/14] Indian ENC IN43001A [NP21/No.4/Wk.04/17]

2 -- 79
Index

NP21
India -- East coast -- Kamarajar (Ennore) Port — India – East coast – Kamarajar (Ennore) Port —
Designated waiting area and pilotage Depths; harbour; directions
80
80
Paragraph 2.104 2 lines 1--12 Replace by:
Paragraph 2.101 1, 2 and 3 including existing Section IV
Week 04/17 Replace by: 2 Outer leading lights:
Front light (TL 2) (131539N 802037E).
1 Port operations. The port operates 24 hours a day. Rear light (TL 1) (5 cables from front light).
Mooring and unmooring at the ammonia discharge The alignment (3244) of these lights leads through
berth during daylight only. the outer entrance channel, dredged to 20 m (2016)
Outer anchorages. Port Control will normally and marked by light buoys (lateral), passing:
allocate an anchorage for vessels waiting to enter; the Between Light Buoys Nos 1 and 2 (lateral), thence:
usual anchorage lies 2 miles N of Fairway Light Buoy To a position E of the entrance to Ennore Creek
(2.103) in depths of 25 m, mud and sand. Waiting (131412N 801993E).
area for Main Port and Minor Port is centred on
Indian Notice 3/44/18; Indian Chart 3028/17
131500N 802326E.
[NP21--No 48c--Wk 09/18]
2 Pilotage is compulsory and available 24 hours a
day. Pilots board in position 131220N 802310E.
For further details, see ADMIRALTY List of Radio India – East coast – Kamarajar (Ennore) Port —
Directions
Signals Volume 6(4).
80--81
Indian Chart 3028/2017 [NP21--No 51--Wk 10/18]
Paragraph 2.104 3 lines 1--10 Replace by:
3 Inner leading lights:
India – East coast – Kamarajar (Ennore) Port — Front light (131667N 802061E).
Depths; harbour; directions
Rear light (5 cables from front light).
The alignment (3445) of these lights leads through
80 the inner entrance channel, dredged to 19 m (2016)
and marked by light buoys (lateral), passing:
Paragraph 2.102 1 lines 1--5 Replace by: Between Light Buoys Nos 5 and 6 (lateral), thence:
4 WSW of North Breakwater Head (131527N
1 General layout. Kamarajar Major Port comprises a
802116E), from which a light is exhibited. A
harbour protected by breakwaters, which contains light buoy (port hand) marks the W edge of
jetties and berths for handling RoRo, general, the channel, 1 cable W of the N Breakwater
container, bulk and liquid cargoes. The N part of the Head. Thence:
harbour is dredged to 160 m (2017) and the S part, ENE of South Breakwater Head (131551N
including the turning circle, to 185 m (2016). Finger 802077E), from which a light is exhibited,
jetties extending from the root of the S... thence:
Into the harbour basin. The berths may then be
Paragraph 2.102 1 lines 8--10 Replace by: approached directly.
Ennore Minor Port consists of a PLEM (131275N Indian Notice 3/44/18; Indian Chart 3028/17
802065E) located 2¾ miles S of the main harbour. It [NP21--No 49--Wk 09/18]
is used to discharge ammonia directly into a
processing plant.
India – East coast – Kamarajar (Ennore) Port —
Basins and berths
Indian Notice 3/44/18; Indian Chart 3028/17
[NP21--No 48b--Wk 09/18] 81
Paragraph 2.106 2 lines 1--2 Replace by:
India -- Ennore Port — Directions; fairway buoy 2 Alongside berths. Multi Liquid Terminal berth,
360 m in length with a dredged depth of 150 m
80 (2017) lies on the inner side of North Breakwater; an
overhead pipeline leads from the terminal to the root
Paragraph 2.103 1 lines 9--10 For (131291N 802240E) of North Breakwater.
Read (131210N 802360E) Navyug Jetty, about 280 m in length, dredged depth
120 m, lies at the head of the harbour; used for
RoRo and general cargo.
Paragraph 2.104 1 line 3 For (131291N 802240E)
A berth, about 750 m in length, dredged depth
Read (131210N 802360E)
160 m (2017), on the W side of the harbour,
comprises the container and multi--cargo terminals.
Paragraph 2.104 1 line 6 For (131291N 802240E) A jetty, for the export of iron ore, about 345 m in
Read (131210N 802360E) length, extends E into the harbour close S of the
above berth; depth alongside 150 m (2017).
3 The S part of the harbour comprises coal handling
H102 MT Agility [NP21/No.5/Wk.31/16] jetties and berths; the longest is Finger Jetty, about

2 -- 80
Index

NP21
600 m in length and the deepest are Coal Berths 5 To a position SE of Dolphin’s Nose, the steep faced
Nos 3 and 4, with a dredged depth of 185 m (2017). extremity of the slope extending ENE from Yºrºda
Konda. A light (2.158) is exhibited from the seaward
Indian Notice 3/44/18; Indian Chart 3028/17 slope of the headland; two masts, which exhibit red
[NP21--No 50--Wk 09/18] obstruction lights, stand close NW of the light.
Although the headland is remarkable when
India -- East Coast -- Krishnapatnam — approached from SW or NE along the coast it is not
Anchorages easily discernible from a distance offshore.
(Directions continue for Vishºkhapatnam
82
at 2.200 and for Vishºkhapatnam to
After Paragraph 2.117 1 line 1 Insert: Vamsadhºra River at 2.218)

Outer anchorages. Designated areas as follows: ENC IN63012P [NP21/No.8/Wk.04/16]


Anchorage A (141300N 801288E) for vessels of
LOA 180 m or less, depths from 134 to 167 m. India -- Bay of Bengal -- Vishºkhapatnam --
Anchorage B (141329N 801478E) for vessels of Leading lights; alignment
LOA greater than 180 m, depths from 169 to
209 m. 91
Anchorage B1 (141368N 801710E),
unrestricted anchorage, depths from 215 to Paragraph 2.203 2 line 5 For (280) Read (2786)
360 m.
Anchorage C (141661N 801117E), quarantine BA Chart 244 [NP21/No.41/Wk.41/17]
anchorage, depths from 94 to 109 m.
India -- Bay of Bengal -- Vishºkhapatnam --
BA Chart 569 [NP21/No.43/Wk.43/17] Leading lights; alignment

India -- Krishnapatnam Port — 92


Arrival information; pilot station Paragraph 2.207 2 line 2 For (280) Read (2786)
82
BA Chart 244 [NP21/No.42/Wk.41/17]
Paragraph 2.117 1 lines 7--8 Replace by:

B Vessels of maximum India -- East Coast -- Gopºlpur —


141486N 801529E draught between 10 and Port information
16 m.
98--99
B1 Vessels of maximum
141520N 801770E draught greater than 16 m. Paragraph 3.15 1, 2 and 3 Replace by:
1 General information. Gopºlpur Port (191800N
Indian Notice 05/70/16 [NP21/No.6/Wk.12/16] 845800E) lies 4¼ miles NE of Gopºlpur; the port
limits, shown on the chart, extend 2¼ miles offshore
India – East coast – Kºkinºda Bay to between Gopºlpur Light (191535N 845441E) and
Vishºkhapatnam — Directions; wreck; SPM a position close NE of Gopºlpur Port basin. The port
88 comprises of a small inland basin to the NE that is
entered through a heavily silted channel, allowing
After Paragraph 2.160 4 line 2 Insert: passage for small vessels only. A pier with an angled
head extends 2½ cables SE from the SW side of the
SE of a dangerous wreck, position approximate,
entrance channel and a shorter pier extends SE from
(173970N 831820E), thence:
Clear of a SPM (173914N 831892E) (2.192), the NE side of the entrance. An outer harbour
thence: (191735N 845732E) is protected from the W and
SW by a large breakwater extending 5 cables ESE,
Indian Notice 18/162/14 [NP21/No.7/Wk.42/14] then 3 cables ENE, with its root in the SW of the
harbour (191724N 845683E). A short breakwater
constructed of boulders extends SE for 2 cables from
India – East coast -- Kºkinºda Bay to
the shore, 7 cables NE from the SW breakwater.
Vishºkhapatnam — Directions; dangerous wreck
2 Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels of more than
88 200 grt. The pilot boards in position 191770N
850090E.
Paragraph 2.160 4 lines 1--19 existing Section IV Week
Development. Since 2008 Gopºlpur Port has been
42/14. Replace by:
developed into a large bulk handling port. Plans
4 SE of Gangavaram Port Signal station continue for the construction of deep water berths, dry
(173705N 831393E), thence: cargo berths and an LNG terminal. Depths of 185 m
Clear of a SPM (173914N 831892E), thence: are planned, allowing vessels of 120 000 dwt to be
SE of a dangerous wreck (173969N 831818E); handled.
other dangerous wrecks lie to the W and N of the 3 Anchorage may be obtained off Gopºlpur Port in
wreck. Thence: depths of 14 m, coarse sand and, in places, mud as

2 -- 81
Index

NP21
directed by Gopºlpur port control. The usual berths Harbour
are on the line of bearing 299 of Gopºlpur Light,
General layout
6 cables from the lighthouse, or 2½ cables SW of this 3.15d
position. In strong winds, usually between April and 1 The main harbour is protected by a breakwater
July, vessels should be anchored in depths of 16 m extending 5 cables ESE from the coast, then
with a good scope of cable. 3½ cables ENE. A jetty with a length of 260 m is
Berths. The basin to the NE contains quays, located in the NW part of the harbour. A short
suitable for small vessels and lighters, which line the
breakwater constructed of boulders extends SE for
NW and SE sides of the basin and the NE side of the
1½ cables from the shore, 4 cables NNW of the main
entrance channel; the latter is 240 m in length with an
breakwater head.
alongside depth of 3 m.
A dry cargo berth (191737N 845697E), 225 m 2 The inland basin comprises a heavily silted
in length and handling vessels with a maximum entrance channel protected by two pairs of
draught of 125 m, is located in the SW corner of the breakwaters extending SE from the coast.
harbour. Development
3.15e
Correspondence Gopalpur Ports 08/17 1 Development continues (2018) to construct further
[NP21/No.44/Wk.47/17] deep water and bulk berths, and a LNG terminal.
There are plans to develop three separate harbours
India -- East coast -- Gopºlpur — Port with 15 to 20 berths and alongside depth 185 m,
allowing vessels of 120 000 dwt to be handled.
98--99
Directions for entering harbour
Paragraph 3.15 including heading and existing Section IV Principal marks
Week 47/17 Replace by: 3.15f
1 Major lights:
Gopºlpur Light (191535N 845441E) (3.7).
GOPºLPUR PORT
Approaches
General information 3.15g
1 From a position SE of Gopºlpur, the track leads NE
Position and function to the vicinity of the Fairway Light Buoy (safe water)
3.15 (191769N 845986E).
1 Gopºlpur Port (191735N 845750E) lies NE of Gopºlpur Port Leading Lights:
Gopºlpur. The main harbour comprises deep water Front light (191728N 845678E).
and bulk berths. A small inland basin, 1¼ miles farther Rear light (1¼ cables from front light).
NE, is entered through a heavily silted channel, The alignment (262) of these lights leads generally
allowing passage for small vessels only. W through a channel, marked by light buoys (lateral),
The port handles dry cargo, including iron ore and between the breakwaters and into the harbour.
coal.
Basins and berths
Port authority
3.15a Basins
1 Gopºlpur Ports Ltd., Arjeepalli, Ganjam, Odisha, 3.15h
761020. 1 The port consists of the main outer harbour and an
Website. www.gopalpurports.in/ inland basin, farther NE, containing quays for small
vessels and lighters. The inland basin is dredged to
Arrival information 3 m (1988).

Outer anchorages Alongside berths


3.15b 3.15j
1 Unrestricted anchorage may be obtained ENE of 1 One dry cargo berth (191738N 845698E),
the terminal, in position 191797N 850009E, depths 225 m in length, handling vessels with a maximum
from 16 to 18 m, sand and mud. draught of 125 m.
Unrestricted anchorage may also be obtained ESE Two further berths, 300 m in length, were planned
of Gopºlpur Light, depths from 10 to 12 m, sand and to be operational by 2016.
mud. See development (3.15e).
In strong winds, usually between April and July,
vessels should be anchored in depths of 16 m with a Port services
good scope of cable. Repairs
3.15k
Pilotage
1 A slipway, only suitable for small boats, lies within
3.15c
the port basin.
1 Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels greater than
200 grt. Pilot boards in position 191770N Other facilities
850090E, 1 mile E of the Fairway Light Buoy 3.15m
(3.15g). 1 Hospital at Gopºlpur.

2 -- 82
Index

NP21
Supplies VLCC No 2 201040N 864500E
3.15n
1 Small quantities of provisions. VLCC No 1 200185N 863850E

Indian Notice 05/065/18 and ENC IN53005B Indian Notice 10/97/18 [NP21--No 56--Wk 24/18]
[NP21--No 54--Wk 14/18]
India – East coast – Pºrºdip — Berth
India -- East coast -- Gopºlpur Port — Anchorage
101
99 Paragraph 3.40 1 lines 2--3 For a tanker berth Read two
tanker berths
Paragraph 3.15b 1 Existing Section IV Notice Week 14/18.
Replace by:
102
1 Anchorage may be obtained in an anchorage area
centred on 191595N 845960E. Depths from 20 to Paragraph 3.41 2 lines 4--5 Replace by:
28 m, mud, sand and shells. ...development of new container berths and new berths
Unrestricted anchorage may be obtained ENE of handling...
the terminal, in position 191797N 850009E, depths
from 16 to 18 m, sand and mud. Indian Notice 39/174/16 [NP21/No.9/Wk.43/16]
Unrestricted anchorage may also be obtained ESE
of Gopºlpur Light (191535N 845441E), depths
India -- Pºrºdip —
from 10 to 12 m, sand and mud. Directions for entering harbour
In strong winds, usually between April and July,
vessels should be anchored in depths of 16 m with a 102
good scope of cable.
Paragraph 3.45 including heading Replace by:
Indian Notice 11/102/18 [NP21--No 57--Wk 27/18]
Spare
3.45
India -- Bay of Bengal -- South of Pºrºdip —
Directions; shoal Paragraph 3.46 2 lines 1--9 Replace by:

101 2 From the vicinity of Pºrºdip Fairway Light Buoy


(safe water) (201237N 864684E), the alignment
Paragraph 3.30 1 line 3 Replace by: (3003) of Pºrºdip Port Leading Lights leads through
the dredged approach channel, marked by light buoys
...(3.26). And: (lateral), into the harbour, passing:
Clear of a depth of 82 m (195610N 865210E),
reported (1963), thence: Indian Notice 2/43/16 [NP21/No.10/Wk.06/16]
Indian Chart 31 [NP21/No.38/Wk.31/17]
India – East coast – Pºrºdip — Berth

India -- Bay of Bengal -- Pºrºdip — Directions; 102


depth
Paragraph 3.48 1 lines 3--4 Replace by:
101 ...E and S, respectively, from the shore. The outer harbour
contains two deep--water dolphin berths for...
Paragraph 3.30 1 line 3 including existing Section IV Notice
31/17 Replace by:
103
...(3.26). Thence:
Paragraph 3.50 1 lines 5--6 Replace by:
BA Chart 321 [NP21/No.40/Wk.40/17]
Outer harbour 2 South Oil Jetty,
355 m (with dolphins),
India -- East coast -- Pºrºdip — Anchorages 171 m

101 Indian Notice 39/174/16 [NP21/No.11/Wk.43/16]

Paragraph 3.37 1 Replace by:


India -- Pºrºdip — Directions; wreck
1 Designated anchorages lie SE of Pºrºdip Light
(201533N 863938E) as follows: 104

Examination 201300N 864100E After Paragraph 3.60 1 line 2 Insert:


General No 1 201160N 864273E Clear of a dangerous wreck (201775N
General No 2 201040N 864500E 864792E), position approximate, thence:
Tanker 201000N 864780E Indian Notice 12/97/17 [NP21/No.39/Wk.34/17]

2 -- 83
Index

NP21
India -- East coast -- Dhºmra Port — Depths Agnimºri Char, to the N end of Rºngºfala Channel, off
the NW part of Rºngºfala Island (3.115).
105 (Directions for Haldi River and Haldia Port
are given at 3.124
After Paragraph 3.74 1 line 2 Insert: and for Rºngºfala Channel at 3.115)

DPCT Jetty has two berths; length overall 700 m; Indian Chart 3013; ENCs IN53011H, IN53013K
depth alongside 19 m (2011). However, depths of less [NP21/No.12a/Wk.23/17]
than 17 m have been reported (2018).
India -- Sºgar Roads to Haldia Port — Directions
H102 MV Belgravia [NP21--No 55--Wk 14/18] 112--113
Paragraph 3.110 1, 2 and 3 including heading and existing
India – Hugli River — Directions Section IV Week 23/17 Replace by:

112 Sºgar Roads to Tigris Sand


(continued from 3.101)
Continuity legend above the heading Tigris Sand to Haldia 3.110
Port paragraph 3.111 For Rºngºfala Crossing Read 1 Caution. Due to the regular shifting and movement
Ghorºmºra Island of banks and buoyage in the channel (3.90), mariners
should navigate with caution. Detailed directions are
not given and conspicuous landmarks are used for
general navigation. The local authorities should be
112--113
contacted for the latest information.
Track. From a position W of Sºgar Island Light
Paragraph 3.111 including heading Replace by:
(213948N 880279E) the track leads NNW,
passing:
Tigris Sand to Haldia Port 2 SSW of Centre Beacon (special) (214066N
(continued from 3.110) 880265E) and clear of a dangerous wreck
3.111 lying 1½ miles W, thence:
1 From the vicinity of AD Light Buoy (port hand) Clear of a wreck (214027N 875967E) NE of
(214340N 875876E), the track leads NNW, Mizen Sand, thence:
passing: SSW of Upper Beacon (special) (214166N
ENE of AD Light Buoy, thence: 880297E).
To a position ENE of AS Light Buoy (port hand) 3 The track then leads to a position W of Black’s
(214715N 875758E), NE of Groyne No 26, which Point Column (214347N 880400E), close E of the
extends SE from the NW bank. SE extremity of a detatched groyne (214343N
2 The channel marked by light buoys (lateral) then 875816E).
leads NNE between the shoals and dangers extending (Directions continue for
from the NW bank of Hugli River and Auckland Bar Tigris Sand to Haldia Port at 3.111
(214650N 875900E). The E extent of the channel and Tigris Sand to Ghorºmºra Island at 3.112;
is indicated by ABB Light Buoy (starboard hand) the latter is the usual route to Kolkata)
(214983N 875957E), moored off the SW extremity Paragraph 3.111 including heading and existing Section IV
of Haldia Sand (3.104) Week 23/17 Replace by:
3 The track then leads into Jellingham Channel,
which passes WNW of Haldia Sand and Agnimºri Tigris Sand to Haldia Port
Char. A submerged dike lies in the channel, extending (continued from 3.110)
about 1 mile NNE from its SSW extremity (215819N 3.111
880292E). 1 From a position W of Black’s Point Column
The track then leads NE into Haldia Channel, which (214347N 880400E), close E of the SE extremity
passes NW of Agnimºri Char (215800N 880500E). of a detached groyne, the track leads NNW, following
The S part of the island is marshy; the N part is a channel marked by light buoys (lateral), to a position
wooded. Haldia Lattice Tower (215998N 880267E) NE of Groyne No 26 (214731N 875644E), which
stands on the NW bank of the channel. extends SE from the NW bank.
4 From a position E of Haldia Lattice Tower, the track The channel marked by light buoys (lateral) then
then leads ENE, passing: leads NNE between the shoals and dangers extending
SSE of Haldi River (220075N 880350E) (3.120), from the NW bank of Hugli River and Auckland Bar
thence: (214650N 875900E), passing:
SSE of Jawahar Tower (220107N 880404E), a 2 ESE of Khejuri Column (215181N 875850E),
white concrete office block, 12 storeys high, located 2 cables NE of the root of a groyne
surmounted by an enclosed observation platform extending 6¾ cables ESE into the channel,
and a framework mast. The tower is part of the thence:
port administration building. Thence: ESE of the mouth of Tºlpºti Creek (215435N
5 To a position SSE of Haldia Dock entrance lock 880014E).
(220146N 880518E). An unmarked channel leads The track then leads into Jellingham Channel,
from the NE end of Haldia Channel, passing N of which passes WNW of Haldia Sand and Agnimºri

2 -- 84
Index

NP21
Char. A submerged dyke lies in the channel, India -- Tigris Sand to Ghorºmºra Island —
extending about 1 mile NNE from its SSW extremity Directions
(215819N 880292E).
3 The track then leads NE into Haldia Channel, which 113
passes NW of Agnimºri Char (215800N 880500E). Paragraph 3.112 including heading and existing Section IV
The S part of the island is marshy; the N part is Week 23/17 Replace by:
wooded. Haldia Lattice Tower (215998N 880267E)
stands on the NW bank of the channel. Tigris Sand to Ghorºmºra Island
From a position E of Haldia Lattice Tower, the track (continued from 3.101 and 3.110)
then leads ENE, passing: 3.112
4 SSE of Haldi River (220075N 880350E) 1 From a position W of Black’s Point Column
(3.120), thence: (214347N 880400E), close E of the SE extremity
SSE of Jawahar Tower (220107N 880404E), a of a detatched groyne (3.110), the track leads N
white concrete office block, 12 storeys high, across an area of shifting shoals and into a channel
surmounted by an enclosed observation platform marked by light buoys (lateral), which then leads
and a framework mast. The tower is part of the generally NNE across the E part of Auckland Bar
port administration building. (3.111).
5 Thence the track leads to a position SSE of Haldia 2 The buoyed channel then leads NNE to the S end
Dock entrance lock (220146N 880518E). An of Rºngºfala Crossing, passing between Haldia Sand
unmarked channel leads from the NE end of Haldia and a drying shoal extending SSW from Ghorºmºra
Channel, passing N of Agnimºri Char, to the N end of Island (215486N 880773E).
Rºngºfala Channel, off the NW part of Rºngºfala 3 From a position at the S end of Rºngºfala
Island (3.115). Crossing, the track leads NNE through Rºngºfala
(Directions for Haldi River and Haldia Port Crossing, then NE to a position W of Ghorºmºra
are given at 3.124 Island, where the channel divides. The unmarked W
and for Ghorºmºra Island to Kulpi Roads at 3.115) channel passes between Agnimºri Char and a drying
shoal 6 cables ESE of the island and is not in general
Indian Chart 301/2017 [NP21--No 52--Wk 10/18] use.
(Directions continue for Ghorºmºra Island to Kulpi
Roads at 3.115)

India – Hugli River — Directions Indian Chart 301/2017 [NP21--No 53--Wk 10/18]

India – Hugli River — Directions


113
113
Paragraph 3.112 including heading Replace by: Paragraph 3.113 1 and 2 including heading Replace by:

Spare
Tigris Sand to Ghorºmºra Island 3.113
(continued from 3.101 and 3.110)
Paragraph 3.114 1 lines 1--15 including heading Replace
3.112
by:
1 From the vicinity of AD Light Buoy (port hand)
(214340N 875876E), the track leads N across an
Spare
area of shifting shoals, marked at the S end by
3.114
Maragoalia Light Buoy (starboard hand) (214317N
880100E), and into a channel marked by light buoys Paragraph 3.115 1 and 2 including heading Replace by:
(lateral), which then leads generally NNE across the E
part of Auckland Bar (3.111). Ghorºmºra Island to Kulpi Roads
2 The buoyed channel then leads NNE to the S end (continued from 3.112)
of Rºngºfala Crossing, passing between Haldia Sand 3.115
and a drying shoal extending SSW from Ghorºmºra 1 From a position W of Ghorºmºra Island
Island (215486N 880773E). (215486N 880773E) (3.112) the main buoyed
3 From a position at the S end of Rºngºfala channel leads generally NE towards Rºngºfala
Crossing, the track leads NNE through Rºngºfala Channel, passing:
Crossing, then NE to a position W of Ghorºmºra NW of Mud Point (215506N 880705E), thence:
Island, where the channel divides. The unmarked W NW of Silver Tree Point (215752N 880926E).
New Silver Tree Column (pillar) stands 3 cables
channel passes between Agnimºri Char and a drying
NE of the point.
shoal 6 cables ESE of the island and is not in general
2 The track then enters Rºngºfala Channel N of
use.
Silver Tree Point. The channel then leads NNE, close
(Directions continue for Ghorºmºra Island
off the E bank of Hugli River. Light buoys (lateral)
to Kulpi Roads at 3.115)
mark the drying banks of Balari Bar (220370N
881080E), W of the channel.
Indian Chart 3013; ENCs IN53011H, IN53013K The channel leads to a position W of Rºngºfala
[NP21/No.12b/Wk.23/17] Island (220200N 881300E).

2 -- 85
Index

NP21
113--114 from two pylons, one on the S bank and one in the
river at 221232N 880634E.
Paragraph 3.116 1 to 3 including heading Replace by:
Indian Chart 3013; ENCs IN53011H, IN53013K
[NP21/No.12c/Wk.23/17]
Kulpi Roads to Hugli Point
(continued from 3.115) India – Haldia Port — Directions; landmark
3.116 115
1 From a position W of Rºngºfala Island (220200N
881300E), the track leads N through Kulpi Roads Paragraph 3.124 1 lines 2--3 Replace by:
(220570N 881250E). The E bank of Kulpi Roads Haldia Lattice Tower (215998N 880267E).
is lined with brick kiln chimneys.
The buoyed channel leads to a position W of Indian Chart 3013; ENCs IN53011H, IN53013K
Kºntºbºria Obelisk (220816N 881267E), passing [NP21/No.13/Wk.23/17]
clear of the dangerous wreck 1¾ cables WSW of the
obelisk. India -- East coast -- Haldia Port —
2 Kºntºbºria Reach is entered W of Kºntºbºria Directions; marks
Obelisk. A buoyed channel leads generally NNW,
passing ENE of Diamond Sand. The channel through 115
Kºntºbºria Reach leads to the S end of Diamond Paragraph 3.124 2 lines 1--8 Replace by:
Reach (221000N 881200E).
Diamond Reach leads generally NW from the N Directions. From a position 1 mile ENE of Haldia
end of Kºntºbaria Reach. The channel passes NE of Lattice Tower the line of bearing (3375) of a steel
structure (220169N 880313E) leads into the river.
Diamond Sand, the extent of the shoals and banks on
the SW side of the channel are indicated by light A wreck lies within the navigable part of the river,
buoys. A radio tower (221035N 881226E) stands 1 mile NNE of Haldia Lattice Tower.
3 cables NE of the NE bank. Indian Notice 11/102/18 [NP21--No 58--Wk 27/18]
3 The channel then leads to a position S of Diamond
Harbour Creek (221156N 881086E); the creek,
India -- Hugli River -- Brul Reach — Directions;
spanned by a bridge 1 cable within its mouth, is only beacon alignment
navigable by boat. Diamond Harbour, a scattered
town, lies SE of the creek. A light is exhibited from 116
the shore SE of the town. Large vessels may anchor
Paragraph 3.131 1 line 4 For 2228 Read 2248
W of Diamond Harbour (3.119); explosives may be
unloaded here.
Indian Notice 12/113/18 [NP21--No 59--Wk 29/18]

114 Bangladesh -- Pussur River to Sandwip Channel


— Directions; stranded wreck
Paragraph 3.117 1 to 3 Replace by: 127
1 From a position S of Diamond Harbour Creek the Paragraph 4.45 1 line 9 Delete
track leads WNW, passing:
SSW of Dalrymple Lump (221146N 881066E), a Bangladesh Chart 7510 [NP21/No.14/Wk.12/16]
wreck, thence:
NNE of an anchorage area (221120N 880900E) Bangladesh -- Chittagong -- Patenga Point —
for vessels carrying explosives, thence: Directions; light
To a position 6¾ cables N of Buffalo Point Column
(221106N 880805E). 127
2 Kukrºhºtti Crossing. The track leads WNW After Paragraph 4.45 1 line 15 Insert:
through Kukrºhºtti Crossing and onto the alignment
Kukrºhºtti Reach and Hugli Bight Leading Beacons. Patenga Point Light (white metal framework tower,
Caution. A dangerous wreck (221172N black bands, 24 m in height) (221362N
880591E) lies on the alignment, 1½ miles from Hugli 914803E).
Bight front beacon.
Bangladesh Notice 16/18 [NP21--No 62--Wk 37/18]
3 Hugli Bight Leading Beacons (E pair):
Front beacon (221121N 880455E).
Rear beacon (2 cables from front beacon). This Bangladesh -- Pussur River to Sandwip Channel
— Directions; stranded wreck
beacon is also the rear beacon of Hugli Bight
Leading Beacons (W pair) (3.118). 128
Kukrºhºtti Crossing Leading Beacons:
Front beacon (221236N 880758E). After Paragraph 4.47 2 line 7 Insert:
Rear beacon (2¼ cables from front beacon). E of a stranded wreck (214385N 912817E),
The alignment (2478) ahead and (0678) astern thence:
of these beacons leads through Kukrºhºtti Reach,
passing beneath overhead power cables suspended Indian Notice 24/197/15 [NP21/No.15/Wk.01/16]

2 -- 86
Index

NP21
Bangladesh -- Pussur River to Sandwip Channel Bangladesh -- Chittagong Coast —
— Directions; stranded wreck Directions; stranded wreck
130
128
Paragraph 4.66 1 lines 3--7 Replace by:
Paragraph 4.47 3 lines 7--9 Delete
SW of a dangerous wreck (220763N 914528E),
position approximate, thence:
Paragraph 4.47 4 lines 1--5 Replace by: To a position SE of a dangerous wreck (220881N
913800E).
4 The track continues N, then NNE, passing:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (220881N Bangladesh Chart 7510 [NP21/No.19/Wk.12/16]
913800E), thence:
Bangladesh -- Chittagong -- Patenga Point —
Paragraph 4.47 4 lines 14--16 Delete Directions; light
133
Bangladesh Chart 7510 [NP21/No.16/Wk.12/16]
After Paragraph 4.91 2 line 6 Insert:
Patenga Point Light (221362N 914803E) (4.45)
Bangladesh -- Chittagong Coast —
General information; stranded wreck Bangladesh Notice 16/18; Bangladesh Chart 7510
[NP21--No 63a--Wk 37/18]
129
Bangladesh -- Chittagong — Directions for
Paragraph 4.58 1 lines 8--10 Replace by: entering harbour; stranded wreck
133
...15 miles NW to the vicinity of a dangerous wreck
(220812N 913800E), then NE to approach Chittagong. Paragraph 4.94 1 lines 1--5 Replace by:
1 Passage. From a position SE of a dangerous
Bangladesh Chart 7510 [NP21/No.17/Wk.12/16]
wreck (220881N 913800E), the track leads NE,
passing:
Bangladesh -- Chittagong Coast -- Maiskhali Bangladesh Chart 7510 [NP21/No.20/Wk.12/16]
Island — Directions; restricted areas; wreck
Bangladesh -- Chittagong -- Patenga Point —
130 Directions; light
After Paragraph 4.60 2 line 8 Insert: 133
Paragraph 4.94 1 including existing Section IV Week 12/16
Restricted areas Replace by:
4.60a 1 Passage. From a position SE of a dangerous
1 Entry is prohibited within an area of 3½ cables
wreck (220881N 913800E), the track leads NE
radius surrounding the FSRU (Floating Storage
through the prohibited anchorage passage lying
Regasification Unit) centred on 213207N 914910E.
between Anchorages B and C, to the pilot boarding
Anchoring is prohibited within 3 cables of the
position (221186N 914669E).
submarine pipeline running between the FSRU and
Maiskhali Island. Bangladesh Notice 16/18; Bangladesh Chart 7510
[NP21--No 63b--Wk 37/18]
After Paragraph 4.64 2 line 13 Insert:

E of a dangerous wreck (213200N 914715E), Burma -- Sittwe — Directions; stranded wrecks


and: 141
W of a prohibited area centred on the FSRU
(213207N 914910E) (4.60a), thence: After Paragraph 5.25 1 line 7 Insert:
E of a stranded wreck (200821N 925417E); a
BNHOC Notice 14/2018 [NP21--No 61--Wk 36/18] further stranded wreck lies close W. Thence:
Indian Notice 62/15 [NP21/No.21/Wk.39/15]
Bangladesh – Chittagong Coast –
Kutubdia Island — Directions; well Burma – Combermere Bay – Kyauk Phyu
Harbour – Gadechy Harbour —
130 General information; arrival information; limiting
conditions; directions; berths and basins
After Paragraph 4.64 3 line 8 Insert:
142
Clear of a well (215141N 914829E), thence: Paragraph 5.35 1 line 1 For SW Read clear

BA Chart 90 [NP21/No.18/Wk.25/17] Paragraph 5.35 1 line 3 For SW Read WNW

2 -- 87
Index

NP21
143 Current. In the approaches to Kyauk Phyu the
effects of NE and SW monsoons will be experienced.
Paragraph 5.41 1 lines 1--9 including centred heading Tidal stream. Within Kyuak Phyu Harbour the
Replace by: in--going tidal stream sets N, the out--going stream
sets S; rates are from 1 to 3 kn. Between the islands
Kyauk Phyu Harbour the streams follow the direction of the channel.

General information Paragraph 5.45 1--3 Replace by:


5.41 1 Caution. This area is subject to mud volcanoes,
1 Position and function. Kyauk Phyu Harbour which form islets and become submerged, creating
(192700N 933400E), entered S of Combermere dangerous shoals. Navigation should be conducted
Bay, is a small anchorage port of local importance but with great caution.
is developing into a major national port (see 5.44). Approaching from west or north--west. From a
The town of Kyauk Phyu is a local administrative position WNW of The Terribles (5.35) the track leads
centre and lies on the S shore of the harbour, ESE, passing:
5½ miles within the entrance, fronted by a white 2 SSW of a dangerous wreck (193726N
pebble beach; the name of the town means white 930530E), thence:
shore. Low sandstone hills lie SW of the town. NNE of a shoal with a depth of 180 m (192928N
931232E), thence:
Paragraph 5.41 3 line 7 For Sinbaikchaing Read Sin Bauk
NNE of a shoal with a depth of 162 m (192884N
Chaing
931501E), thence:
3 Clear of ODAS M4 Buoy (193021N
Paragraph 5.41 4 line 9 For Pyu Read Seik 931757E), thence:
NNE of a rock (awash) (192817N 931845E), the
144 N–most hazard of North Terrible; a bank extends
1¼ miles WNW of the rock.
Paragraph 5.41 4 line 13 For Kyaukpyu Read Kyauk Phyu The track then leads to a position in the vicinity of
the pilot boarding position (5.43).
Paragraph 5.42 1 lines 1--5 Replace by: Paragraph 5.46 1 lines 1--12 Replace by:
1 Controlling depth. The approaches from W and S 1 Approaching the pilotage position from south.
all have a least charted depth of 143 m. From a position S of Thanta Light (192663N
The entrance channel has a maintained depth of 931813E), the harbour can be approached by
228 m (2014). passing between The Terribles (5.35) and Irrawaddy
Tidal levels. Mean spring range 28 m; mean neap
Rock (192553N 932261E), or through Dickenson
range 10 m. For further information see the
Channel, which lies between Irrawaddy Rock and foul
ADMIRALTY Tide Tables Volume 3.
ground extending W from Seik Kyun (5.41). The
Paragraph 5.43 1--2 Replace by: entrance channel can then be joined in the vicinity of
Nos 11 and 12 Light Buoys (lateral).
1 Outer anchorage. Anchorage, for vessels awaiting
Local knowledge is essential for these routes.
a pilot, may be obtained in an area centred on
193200N 931630E.
144--145
Pilotage. Pilots board in position 193000N
932000E. Paragraph 5.47 1--8 Replace by:
2 Local knowledge is essential when approaching
from S. 1 Entrance channel. From a position in the vicinity of
the pilot boarding position (5.43), the track leads ESE
Paragraph 5.44 1--2 Replace by: through a channel marked by light buoys (lateral),
1 General layout. The main anchorage lies NE of passing:
Kyauk Phyu within the natural harbour created by the NNE of Irrawaddy Rock (192553N 932261E),
surrounding islands. An alongside berth is available for which dries but is not easily distinguished in a
calm sea. The rock lies at the SW end of a shoal;
small vessels at Dalhousie Pier (5.48). There are
another shoal, over which the sea breaks, lies
numerous berths for small craft at jetties and piers
4 cables E of Irrawaddy Rock. Thence:
fronting the town and within Nga La pwe Chaung
2 Between Nos 11 and 12 Light Buoys (lateral),
(192508N 933432E). thence:
2 Development. Major development of Kyauk Phyu in SSW of a rock (192879N 932717E) with a depth
collaboration with China is underway (2013) at Kyauk of 99 m, and:
Phyu and Gadechy Harbour (5.48a) and will provide NNE of Dicey Shoal (192668N 932672E), on
an important link between Burma and China, which the sea breaks heavily, lying at the N end of
Bangladesh and India. When complete the new port foul ground extending N of Seik Kyun (5.41);
will be capable of handling 4000 TEU container numerous submerged reefs and irregular depths
vessels and tankers with access through dredged surround the islet. Thence:
channels. 3 SSW of several submerged rocks and shoals in
3 Fishing nets. Large groups of fishing nets may be close proximity of Pyi Taw Thar Rock
encountered throughout the harbour, including in and (192790N 933055E), which dries 10 m,
near the channel. thence:

2 -- 88
Index

NP21
SSW of Let Nyo Ngon Kyun (192833N Harbour
933186E), wedge shaped from seaward. The 5.48d
bank around the S extremity of the island is 1 General layout. The harbour consists of a deep
steep--to, with depths of 73 m 3 cables S of the water tanker berth at Maday Island Oil Terminal and a
point. Thence: quay for smaller vessels.
NNE of R3 Light Buoy (192696N 933217E) Development. Construction of additional facilities
(isolated danger), moored 3 cables NE of an continues (2017) along the NE shoreline of Made
underwater rock with a depth of 84 m, thence: Kyun (5.48e).
4 To a position N of Dalhousie Point (not named on Directions for entering harbour
the chart) (192619N 933287E). The point is low, (continued from 5.47)
sandy and wooded with the remains of a fort. A metal 5.48e
pier stands 1¼ cables SSE of the point. A sandy 1 Route. From a position N of Dalhousie Point
beach fronted by a muddy foreshore, which dries (192619N 933287E) the route to Gadechy Harbour
about 2 cables seaward of the HW mark, extends leads ESE and SE along the maintained channel
from Dalhousie Point to Nga La pwe Chaung (5.44), marked by light buoys (lateral), passing:
1¾ miles SE. A dangerous wreck (192606N NNE of Pyin Phyu Maw (192514N 933405E), a
933325E) lies ESE of Dalhousie Point. low point on the NW entrance to Nga La pwe
5 Useful mark: Chaung (5.44), thence:
Mount Peter (192340N 933042E). 2 SW of Paung Net Kyee Kyun (192603N
933645E), which is covered with vegetation,
(Directions for Gadechy Harbour continue at 5.48e) thence:
NE of Nagar Maw (Careening Point) (192489N
933602E). T--shaped piers stand 2½ cables
145 and 7 cables SE of the point. Thence:
3 To a position SW of the S--most extremity of Paung
Paragraph 5.48 1--3 including heading Replace by: Net She (192530N 933815E). The track then
continues ESE and SE along the channel marked by
light buoys (lateral and cardinal), passing:
Basins and berths SSW of Than Taing Rock (192358N 933861E),
5.48 which dries 03 m, thence:
1 Anchorage: NNE of a shoal (192315N 933904E) close S of
Southampton Road. Temporary anchorage may be the channel, parts of which dry, lying NW of Gonn
obtained in depths from 5 to 20 m, broken shell Kyun (192277N 933948E), thence:
and stones, poor holding ground, E of Dicey Shoal 4 Between Gadechy Island (192385N
(192668N 932672E), noting a pipeline lying in 934075E) and Made Kyun (192190N
the area. 933960E), thence:
Alongside berths: SW of Dana (192319N 934120E), a small island
2 Dalhousie Pier lies 1½ cables SSE of Dalhousie SE of Gadechy. A shoal, which is marked by
Point. The metal pier extends 60 m NE from No 43 Light Buoy (S cardinal), extends SE from
the shore, has a T--shaped head length 78 m the island along the channel edge to Pha Yar
and an alongside depth of 37 m. A smaller Taung (192200N 934205E).
jetty lies close SE. 5 Thence the berths may be approached directly. The
Kyauk Phyu (192570N 933350E). Two covered SE--most extent of the maintained channel is marked
jetties for small craft or shallow draught barges by No 44 Light Buoy (W cardinal) and No 45 Light
front the town. Buoy (N cardinal).
3 Nga La pwe Chaung (5.44). Several small craft
jetties extend from the N bank 5 cables within Basins and berths
the mouth. 5.48f
1 Alongside berths:
Maday Island Oil Terminal (192213N 934117E).
Gadechy Harbour T--shaped pier, extended by mooring dolphins to a
length of 465 m. The quay is designed for vessels
General information up to 300 000 dwt.
5.48a Quay. Length 150 m, for smaller vessels, close SSE
1 Position and function. Gadechy Harbour of the oil terminal pier.
(192250N 934120E) is part of a deep sea port
Myanmar Notice 2/2015; Myanmar Charts MM24, MM24A
development (2017), including the Maday Island Oil & MM24B/14 [NP21/No.22/Wk.21/17]
Terminal (5.48f), about 95 miles SE of Kyauk Phyu.
Burma -- Gulf of Martaban -- Yadana Gas Field —
Limiting conditions Restricted area
5.48b 159
1 Controlling depth. Maintained depth in the
After Paragraph 6.38 Insert:
approach channel is 228 m (2014).
Yadana Gasfield
Arrival information 6.38a
5.48c 1 The Yadana Gasfield (150749N 944676E), lies
1 Outer anchorage. See 5.43 and 5.48. 50 miles SSE of Purian Point (155015N 942375E)

2 -- 89
Index

NP21
and is enclosed by a Permanent Marine Exclusion (lateral), to a position between Upper Spit Light Buoy
Zone within which unauthorised entry is prohibited. (starboard hand) (162664N 962165E), ESE of Sin
Unauthorised navigation, anchoring, fishing and Min Point (6.43).
trawling are prohibited within 5 miles of the exclusion
zone. Myanmar Chart 09A/16 [NP21/No.24/Wk.45/16]

After Paragraph 6.38a Insert: Burma -- Yangon River — Directions; light buoys

161
Restricted area
6.38b Paragraph 6.53 2--3 existing Section IV Notice Week 45/16
1 A 5 mile wide restricted area, in which anchoring Replace by:
and trawling are prohibited, surrounds a gas pipeline
running ESE for 170 miles from a position on the SE 2 ESE of Dedaye Flats (161866N 961110E),
an extensive drying bank which fronts the W
corner of Yadana Gasfield Marine Exclusion Zone
bank of the river for up to 4 miles from the
(6.38a), to a position (143064N 974725E) N of the
shore, thence:
HeinzÏ Islands.
WNW of Lower Float Light Buoy (starboard hand)
(161813N 961781E), thence:
Mayanmar Naval Hydrographic Centre Notice 43/2017
WNW of Upper Float Light Buoy (starboard hand)
[NP21--No 46--Wk 03/18]
(162050N 962010E).
3 The track then leads NE passing:
Burma -- Baragua Point to Yangon River — NW of a frequently shifting drying bank, marked to its
Directions; dangerous wreck NW by Intermediate Light Buoy (starboard hand)
(162232N 962193E), thence:
159 SE of Additional Lower Western Light Buoy (port
After Paragraph 6.41 4 line 4 Insert: hand) (162287N 962165E) which marks the
centre of a small 2 m shoal; a larger shoal lies to its
W of a dangerous wreck (161190N 961957E), W. Thence:
marked by a spar light buoy, thence:
Indian Notice 24/209/16 [NP21/No.25/Wk.03/17]
Myanmar Naval Hydrographic Centre Notice 07/16
[NP21/No.23/Wk.08/16] Burma -- Yangon River and Approaches —
Buoyed passage
Burma – Yangon River – Approach to
Yangon River — Directions; Western channel 161

161 Paragraph 6.53 1--4 including Existing Section IV Notices


Week 45/16 and 03/17 Replace by:
Paragraph 6.53 Replace by: 1 Caution. Sounding does not provide a reliable
1 Caution. Sounding does not provide a reliable indication of position in the approaches to Yangon
indication of position in the approaches to Yangon River. Mariners should not attempt to enter the
River. Mariners should not attempt to enter the Western Channel unless they are confident of their
Western Channel unless they are confident of their position.
position. Due to silting, buoys and channels are subject to
Western channel. From a position E of Lanthaya regular movement. The port authority should be
Light Buoy (161267N 961667E) (6.40), in the contacted for the most up to date information.
vicinity of the pilot boarding position, the track leads Western channel. From a position E of Lanthaya
N, then NNE, passing: Light Buoy (161267N 961667E) (6.40), in the
2 ESE of Dedaye Flats (161866N 961110E), vicinity of the pilot boarding position, the track leads
an extensive drying bank which fronts the W N, then NNE, passing:
bank of the river for up to 4 miles from the 2 ESE of Dedaye Flats (161866N 961110E),
shore, thence: an extensive drying bank which fronts the W
WNW of Lower Float Light Buoy (starboard hand) bank of the river for up to 4 miles from the
(161813N 961781E), thence: shore, thence:
WNW of Upper Float Light Buoy (starboard hand) WNW of Lower Float Light Buoy (starboard hand)
(162179N 961966E). (161714N 961780E), thence:
3 The track then leads NE passing: WNW of Upper Float Light Buoy (starboard hand)
NW of a frequently shifting drying bank, marked to its (162050N 962010E).
NW by Intermediate Light Buoy (starboard hand) 3 The track then leads NE passing clear of a large
(162351N 962117E), thence: drying bank (162317N 962139E) and dangerous
SE of Additional Lower Western Light Buoy (port wrecks. Numerous shoal patches and drying banks
hand) (162417N 962112E) which marks the exist E and SE of the drying bank and in the vicinity
centre of a small 2 m shoal; a larger shoal lies to its of the dangerous wrecks.
W. Thence: 4 Thence the track leads to a position close W of
4 To a position close SW of Lower Spit Light Buoy Lower Spit Light Buoy (starboard hand) (162445N
(starboard hand) (162443N 962195E). The track 962195E). The track then leads NNW in the channel
then leads NNW in the channel marked by light buoys marked by light buoys (lateral), to a position between

2 -- 90
Index

NP21
Upper Spit Light Buoy (starboard hand) (162663N 162
962165E), and Sin Min Point (6.43).
Paragraph 6.61 Replace by:
Mayanmar Naval Hydrographic Centre Notice 39/17 1 Two fixed road bridges and an overhead cable
[NP21--No 45--Wk 49/17] span Pazundaung Creek (6.75):
Mahabandoola Bridge (164662N 961100E);
Burma -- Yangon River and Approaches — Thaketa Bridge (164711N 961074E);
Directions; light buoy Overhead cable (164666N 961092E).
Vertical clearances are unknown.
161
Myanmar Chart 09A/16 [NP21/No.28/Wk.45/16]
Paragraph 6.54 3 lines 1--2 For (163821N 961549E)
Read (163804N 961534E) Burma – Yangon River – Port of Yangon —
Arrival information; prohibited anchorages
Myanmar Naval Hydrographic Centre Notice 03/16 162
[NP21/No.26/Wk.06/16]
Paragraph 6.63 Replace by:
Burma – Yangon River – Sin Min Point to Port of 1 Anchoring is prohibited in an area containing
Yangon — Directions; caution; route submarine pipelines close within the entrance to Bago
River (164633N 961250E).
161
Myanmar Chart 09A/16 [NP21/No.29/Wk.45/16]
Paragraph 6.54 Including existing Section IV Notice Week
06/16 Replace by:
Burma – Yangon River – Port of Yangon —
1 Caution. Aids to navigation within Yangon River are Directions for entering harbour; D’Silva Shoal to
reported to be unreliable. The following directions do Hastings Sand; Hastings Sand to
Thanlyetsoon Point Channel
not include the latest information about aids to
navigation within Yangon River, which must be 162
obtained from local authorities.
2 Route. From a position ESE of Sin Min Point Paragraph 6.67 including heading Replace by:
(162744N 961956E) (6.43), the track leads NW,
then NNW, through Middle Bank Channel, marked by D’Silva Shoal to Hastings Sand
6.67
light buoys (lateral), remaining between 1 and 5 cables
1 Caution. Charted depths and the depiction of the
from the W bank of the river, passing:
channel should not be relied upon.
SW of Middle Bank (163063N 961728E) which
Local knowledge is recommended.
dries, thence:
Route. From a position 5 cables NNE of D’silver
The track leads NNW, passing:
Light Buoy (port hand) (163818N 961540E) the
3 WSW of Myet Sein Kyun Island (163253N
track leads NW passing:
961630E), thence:
Through NEA Area anchorages 1, 2 and 3 (6.70),
To a position WSW of Hmawun Wreck Light Buoy
thence:
(starboard hand) (163473N 961490E). The track
2 SW of MITT Jetties (6.71) which can be
then leads NNE, passing:
approached directly, thence:
ESE of a shoal patch which extends up to 9 cables E
SW of two wrecks with depths of 38 m (164011N
from Danot Point (163654N 961397E),
961426E) and 67 m (164021N 961407E),
thence:
thence:
4 Close WNW of South Beacon (163679N
To a position 5 cables NE of Yakaing Gyaung
961556E), which marks the entrance to the
Creek (164038N 961272E). The track then leads
MEC Ship Breaking Yard.
N, remaining between 1 and 4 cables from the E bank
The track then continues NNE, remaining between
of the river, passing:
2 and 5 cables from the E bank of the river, for
3 Through the Explosives anchorage (6.70),
18 miles, to a position 5 cables NNE of D’silver Light
thence:
Buoy (port hand) (163818N 961540E), in the
Through the Petroleum anchorage (6.70), thence:
vicinity of the NEA Anchorage Areas (6.70).
E of Liffey Reach (164348N 961213E), a shoal
Myanmar Chart 09A/16 [NP21/No.27/Wk.45/16] extending from the W bank of the river, which dries
in places. The shoal is marked to its SE by light
buoys (port hand). Thence:
Burma – Yangon River – Port of Yangon — 4 To a position close E of Hasting Light Buoy (port
Limiting conditions; controlling depth; hand) (164419N 961314E), which marks the E
vertical clearance
edge of Hastings Sand, a shoal bank lying in the
161 centre of the river.

Paragraph 6.60 Replace by: Hastings Sand to Thanlyetsoon Point Channel


6.67a
1 Thanlyetsoon Point Channel over the inner bar, SE 1 From a position close E of Hasting Light Buoy the
of Thanlyetsoon Point (Monkey Point) (164596N track leads NNW, remaining between 1 and 3 cables
961174E), has a least charted depth of 48 m. from the E bank of the river, passing:

2 -- 91
Index

NP21
ENE of Kavatia Light Buoy (port hand) (164485N Anchorage Position
961276E), thence: name/type of vessel
ENE of a dangerous wreck (164490N 961256E),
thence: RTA WSW of Thanlyetsoon Point
2 To a position in the vicinity of 164572N 164573N 961046E
961238E, between Assama and Lower Monkey Unrestricted Off S Yangon harbour front
Point Light Buoys (lateral). From here, Bago River 164610N 960906E
(6.74) can be entered to the N, Pazundaung Creek to
Ahlone Reach Off W Yangon harbour front
the NW and Thanlyetsoon Point Channel and the 164723N 960694E
main berths in Yangon to the WNW.
West Bagayar Off W Yangon harbour front
162--163 164775N 960700E
2 Moorings:
Paragraph 6.68 including heading Replace by: Multiple mooring buoys lie in the river from N of MITT
Jetties.
Thanlyetsoon Point Channel to Yangon inner harbour Paragraph 6.71 Replace by:
6.68
Thilawa Leading Beacons: 1 The table below provides some details of the
1 Front beacon (164553N 961309E). principal berthing areas. There are a number of other
Rear beacon (150 m from front beacon). berths available to smaller vessels.
The alignment (106), astern, of these beacons Complex or area, No of Largest berth,
leads in the channel for about 4½ cables, passing: position berths length, alongside
NNE of a shoal (164562N 961207E) with a least depth
depth of 1 m, thence:
Myanmar International 5 1 000 m (combined),
2 To a position close NNE of Upper Monkey Point Terminals Thilawa 80 to 107 m
Light Buoy (port hand) (164575N 961182E), (MITT) Port,
marking the NW point of the shoal. Thanlyetsoon 164000N 961500E
Point Channel then leads W, passing:
S of Thanlyetsoon Point (164596N 961174E), Botataung Pagoda 4 No 3
thence: Wharf, 183 m, 41 m to
164590N 961040E 45 m
N of the Cargo Boat and CCA anchorages (6.70),
thence: BSW Wharves 3 400 m (combined),
3 Through the RTA anchorage. 164598N 960992E 98 to 145 m
The track then continues along the centre of the Sule Wharves, 7 Nos 5 and 6 both
channel and berths on both sides of the river can be 164620N 960930E 160 m, 137 to
approached directly. 144 m
Myanmar Chart 09A/16 [NP21/No.30/Wk.45/16] Myanmar Industrial 3 310 m (combined),
Port (MIP) Wharves, 76 m
164641N 960790E
Burma – Yangon River – Port of Yangon —
Berths; anchorages and moorings; alongside Ahlone Wharves, 3 No 3,
berths 164741N 960715E 260 m.

163 Myanmar Chart 09A/16 [NP21/No.31/Wk.45/16]

Paragraph 6.70 Replace by: Burma -- Gulf of Mataban -- HeinzÏ Islands —


Restricted area
1 Anchorages.
171
Anchorage Position
name/type of vessel After Paragraph 6.131 Insert:
NEA Area 3 Off MITT Jetties Restricted area
163869N 961553E 6.131a
NEA Area 2 Off MITT Jetties 1 A restricted area (6.38b) surrounding a gas pipeline
163907N 961525E exists close N of the HeinzÏ (North Moscos) Islands
NEA Area 1 Off MITT Jetties (6.130).
163952N 961482E Mayanmar Naval Hydrographic Centre Notice 43/2017
Explosives Off Chokey Point [NP21--No 47--Wk 03/18]
164120N 961350E
Burma -- Myauk Taw Win Island to
Petroleum Off Liffey Reach Chong Pak Phra — Directions; shoal
164262N 961325E
Cargo Boat S of Thanlyetsoon Point 177
164546N 961138E Paragraph 7.23 3 lines 1--2 Replace by:
CCA SW of Thanlyetsoon Point 3 ENE of Heckford Bank (102020N 971100E); a
164555N 961090E shoal with a depth of 14 m, reported (2016), lies

2 -- 92
Index

NP21
6½ miles WNW of the bank. Tide rips form SE of the are greater than 5 m. The S side of the jetty has
bank. Thence: depths of less than 5 m.

H102 CS Asean Restorer [NP21/No.32/Wk.32/16] Indian Chart 4014 and ENC IN64046R
[NP21/No.36/Wk.16/17]

Burma -- Inshore route--North Part -- Dawei Point Andaman Islands – Diligent Strait –
to Myeik — General information; charts Charka Juru — Depths; distances

185 222

Paragraph 7.73 above heading ‘Description’ Replace by: Paragraph 8.87 1 line 4 For 255 m Read 225 m

Charts 824, 216 Paragraph 8.87 2 line 3 For 7¾ cables Read 9 cables

188 Paragraph 8.87 2 line 5 Replace by:


Paragraph 7.83 above heading ‘General information’ ...depth of 103 m, 3½ cables farther SSE must be...
Replace by:
Indian Chart 4014 and ENC IN64046R
Chart 216 [NP21/No.37/Wk.16/17]

BANM 22/2797/16 [NP21/No.33/Wk.32/16] India -- Andaman Islands --


South Andaman Island -- Port Blair —
Directions; floating dock
Burma -- Inshore route--North Part -- Fell Passage
— General information; charts; directions 229

189 After Paragraph 8.124 3 line 5 Insert:

Paragraph 7.95 above heading ‘Description’ Replace by: SSW of FDN--2 (114156N 924398E), a floating
dock, thence:
Chart 216
Indian Notice 15/139/18 [NP21--No 60--Wk 36/18]
190

Paragraph 7.100 3 line 11 For 2 cables Read 1¼ cables NP22 Bay of Biscay Pilot (2016 Edition)

Spain -- Pasaia (Pasajes) -- Directions —


BANM 22/2797/16 [NP21/No.34/Wk.32/16] Other aids to navigation; AIS

54
Burma -- Inshore route--North Part --
Mermaid Passage to Pinbwa Island — Paragraph 2.28 2 line 4 For 432119N 15612W Read
General information; charts
432132N 15629W
190
Spanish NM 50/365/16 [NP22/No.1/Wk.01/17]
Paragraph 7.102 above heading ‘Description’ Replace by:
France -- L’Odet river -- Bénodet —
Chart 216 Fairway; directions; depth
BANM 22/2797/16 [NP21/No.35/Wk.32/16] 67
Paragraph 3.88 1 lines 5--7 Replace by:
Andaman Islands – Long Island –
Raman Point — Berth A shoal patch, with a least depth of 1 m, extends
across the fairway in the vicinity of 475238N
221 40693W.

Paragraph 8.81 4 lines 1--6 Replace by: French Notice 16/61/17 [NP22/No.2/Wk.20/17]

4 Berth. A T--shaped concrete jetty (122215N France -- Pointe de Trévignon —


925506E), the head of which is 30 m in length, Directions; wreck
extends 57 m offshore 2½ cables N of Raman Point.
The N side and NE part of the jetty head dries; the 69
remainder of the jetty head and S side of the jetty has
depths greater than 5 m. Paragraph 3.107 2 lines 10--11 Delete
A second concrete jetty (122211N 925506E) lies
close S. Depths on the N side and head of the jetty French Chart 7031 [NP22/No.11/Wk.34/17]

2 -- 93
Index

NP22
France – Approaches to Lorient -- France – Saint--Nazaire —
Les Coureaux de Groix — anchorages General information; vertical clearance

82 143
Paragraph 6.119 1 line 2 For 614 m Read 54 m
Paragraph 4.36 1--2 Replace by:

1 An anchorage area centred on 473958N BA2985 [NP22/No.5/Wk.05/17]


32480W is located in Les Coureaux de Groix in
depths of 10 to 27 m, gravel, sand and clay. Multiple France – West coast – Loire River estuary –
cables, wrecks and obstructions lie within the Montoir — Berths
anchorage area.
144
Paragraph 4.37 1 line 4 For 25 m Read 23 m
Paragraph 6.125 1 lines 3--5 Replace by:

Paragraph 4.37 1 line 5 Replace by: RoRo berths (from 0--4 cables): for vessels with a
maximum draught of 9 m with bow or stern ramps.
...weather, closer to Île de Groix on the alignment...
French Notice 36/63/16 [NP22/No.6/Wk.43/16]
Paragraph 4.37 1 lines 7--9 Replace by:
France -- West coast -- La Rochelle--Pallice —
Two anchorages for small vessels are situated Arrival information; Prohibited areas
close to the N coast of Île de Groix, off Port Lay and
Port Mélite. 174

French Chart 7139 [NP22/No.3/Wk.11/17] After Paragraph 7.136 1 line 4 Insert:


2 Entry is prohibited to an area (461004N
11406W), radius 100 m, centred on a light buoy
France -- La Loire – Chenal du Sud — Pilotage (special) moored 1 cable N of Viaduc du Président
Christian Morch (7.141).
133
French Notice 40/60/18 [NP22--No 16--Wk 43/18]
Paragraph 6.42 1 lines 1--3 Replace by:

1 Compulsory pilotage: for all vessels over 75 m in France -- The Garonne -- Bordeaux — Wreck;
buoy
length and vessels over 500 nt carrying hydrocarbons
or dangerous substances, between the... 201

French Notice 43/63/18 [NP22--No 17--Wk 47/18] After Paragraph 8.96 3 line 2 Insert:
W of a wreck (445187N 03243W), marked
close N by a light buoy (isolated danger), thence:
France -- La Loire Approaches and Estuary --
Chenal du Sud, Chenal de Bonne--Anse and French Notice 48/65/17 [NP22--No 14--Wk 52/17]
Grande Rade de Saint--Nazaire — Directions; AIS

133 France – Bayonne — Outer anchorage

214
After Paragraph 6.47 1 line 5 Insert:
Paragraph 8.225 1 line 1 For 46 Read 43
Île du Pilier Light — as above.
Portcé Leading Lights — as above.
BA1292 [NP22/No.7/Wk.49/16]
French Notice 50/60/16 [NP22/No.4/Wk.02/17]
France – Bayonne — Traffic regulations

France -- Saint--Nazaire -- Passage du Ronfle — 214


Prohibited anchorage
Paragraph 8.227 1 line 3 For 300 Read 330
137
French Notice 46/6786/16 [NP22/No.8/Wk.49/16]
After Paragraph 6.79 2 line 6 Insert:
France -- Bayonne — Traffic regulations
Anchoring and trawling are also prohibited in a
circular area with a radius of 100 m, centred on 214
471359N 21693W and marked by a light buoy
(special). Paragraph 8.227 2 line 1 For 3000 Read 1600

French Notice 39/17 [NP22/No.13/Wk.43/17] BA Chart 1175 [NP22/No.10/Wk.30/17]

2 -- 94
Index

NP22
Spain -- Pasaia (Pasajes) -- Directions — 155
Other aids to navigation; AIS
After Paragraph 5.114 1 line 8 Insert:
224
Area to be avoided
Paragraph 9.14 1 lines 4--5 Replace by: 5.114a
1 See 5.5a.
Pasaia Landfall Light Buoy (432132N 15629W).

Spanish NM 50/365/16 [NP22/No.9/Wk.01/17] 163


After Paragraph 5.165 4 line 6 Insert:
Spain -- Bilbao -- El Abra — Wreck
Area to be avoided
242 5.165a
1 See 5.5a.
After Paragraph 9.173 3 line 8 Insert:
International Maritime Organization SN.1/Circ.331
Clear of a dangerous wreck (432118N 30215W) [NP23/No.1a/Wk.49/15]
lying in the fairway, thence:

Spanish Notice 35/330/17 [NP22/No.12/Wk.41/17] United States of America -- Alaska --


Pavlof Islands — Rock awash

Spain -- Avilés — Directions; light 165


Paragraph 5.183 1 lines 9--11 Replace by:
276
...and E coasts of Ukolnoi Island, which should be given a
Paragraph 11.36 1 lines 4--6 Replace by: berth of at least 1 mile. Unsurveyed areas NE of the island,
including a rock awash (551614N 1613016W), should
Thence it continues S within the white sector
be avoided. A foul area surrounds...
(3556--3566), astern, of the direction light (white
truncated conical tower) (433551N 055536W) at San US Notice 33/16551/2017 [NP23/No.9/Wk.39/17]
Juan de Nieva for about 5 cables through Fondeadero del
Monumento, parallel to Muelle de Raices on the W bank.
United States of America -- Aleutian Islands --
Spanish Notice 17/132/18 [NP22--No 15--Wk 21/18] Ikatan Peninsula -- Pankof Breaker — Depth

172

NP23 Bering Sea and Strait Pilot (2013 Edition) Paragraph 5.230 2 lines 5--6 Replace by:
...should note a shoal patch (544207N 1630202W),
depth 5 m (16½ ft), WSW of Pankof Breaker (5.225), and
United States of America – Aleutian Islands —
General information; areas to be avoided an abandoned fish trap close inside the SE entrance point.

US Notice 28/16535/18 [NP23--No 13--Wk 32/18]


137

After Paragraph 5.5 2 line 11 Insert: United States of America – Aleutian Islands —
General information; areas to be avoided
Area to be avoided
178
5.5a
1 In order to reduce the risk of marine casualties and After Paragraph 6.8 1 line 13 Insert:
resultant pollution and damage to the environment,
ATBAs have been established around the Aleutian Area to be avoided
Island Archipelago. All ships of 400 gt and upwards, 6.8a
solely in transit, should avoid the following ATBAs: 1 In order to reduce the risk of marine casualties and
East Area ATBA. Kupreanof Point (5.75) to Unimak resultant pollution and damage to the environment,
Pass (6.23) including Shumagin Islands (5.111), ATBAs have been established around the Aleutian
Sanak Islands (5.241), Unimak Island (6.14) and Island Archipelago. All ships of 400 gt and upwards,
the NW coast of the Alaska Peninsula to Port solely in transit, should avoid the following ATBAs:
Moller (8.66). 2 East Area ATBA. Kupreanof Point (5.75) to
Unimak Pass (6.23) including Shumagin
149 Islands (5.111), Sanak Islands (5.241), Unimak
Island (6.14) and the NW coast of the Alaska
After Paragraph 5.75 3 line 6 Insert: Peninsula to Port Moller (8.66).
Unalaska Area ATBA. From Unimak Pass (6.23) to
Area to be avoided Amutka Pass (6.219) including Krenitzin Islands
5.75a (6.34), Unalaska Island (6.76) and Umnak Island
1 See 5.5a. (6.170).

2 -- 95
Index

NP23
179 244

After Paragraph 6.11 1 line 13 Insert: After Paragraph 7.146 1 line 3 Insert:

Area to be avoided
Area to be avoided 7.146a
6.11a 1 See 7.4a.
1 See 6.8a.
251
190 After Paragraph 7.183 1 line 4 Insert:

After Paragraph 6.77 1 line 5 Insert: Area to be avoided


7.183a
1 See 7.4a.
Area to be avoided
6.77a
260
1 See 6.8a.
After Paragraph 8.6 4 line 5 Insert:
206
Area to be avoided
After Paragraph 6.161 1 line 8 Insert: 8.6a
1 In order to reduce the risk of marine casualties and
resultant pollution and damage to the environment,
Area to be avoided ATBAs have been established around the Aleutian
6.161a Island Archipelago. All ships of 400 gt and upwards,
1 See 6.8a. solely in transit, should avoid the following ATBAs:
East Area ATBA. The NW coast of the Alaska
Peninsula from Unimak Pass (6.23) to Port Moller
212 (8.66).

After Paragraph 6.192 2 line 8 Insert: 267

After Paragraph 8.48 1 line 1 Insert:


Area to be avoided
6.192a Area to be avoided
1 See 6.8a. 8.48a
1 See 8.6a.
219
International Maritime Organization SN.1/Circ.331
[NP23/No.1b/Wk.49/15]
After Paragraph 7.4 1 line 9 Insert:

United States of America – Kushkokwim Bay —


Area to be avoided General information; Pilotage
7.4a
1 In order to reduce the risk of marine casualties and 283
resultant pollution and damage to the environment,
Paragraph 8.156 1 lines 1--8 Replace by:
ATBAs have been established around the Aleutian
Island Archipelago. All ships of 400 gt and upwards, 1 Pilotage, except for certain exempted vessels, is
solely in transit, should avoid the following ATBAs: compulsory. The Kuskokwim Bay pilot boards in
Atka Area ATBA. From Amutka Pass (6.219) to position 585200N 1623200W. There is an inner
Amchitka Pass (7.145) including all the Andreanof pilot station for Kuskokwim River. See 8.170.
Islands (7.6). For more detail see 8.6 and ADMIRALTY List of
2 Amchitka Area ATBA. From Amchitka Pass to Radio Signals Volume 6(5).
Buldir Island (7.180) including Semisopochnoi
Island (7.150) and the Rat Islands (7.147). US Notice 07/16300/16 [NP23/No.2/Wk.09/16]
West Area ATBA. From Ingenstrem Rocks (7.185)
to Stalemate Bank (7.182) including all the Near
Islands (7.181). United States of America –
Goodnews Bay — Pilotage
After Paragraph 7.6 2 line 6 Insert:
284

Paragraph 8.164 1 line 14 Replace by:


Area to be avoided
7.6a Pilotage. Pilots meet vessels at the pilot station
1 See 7.4a. 10 miles SSW of the entrance to Goodnews Bay, in

2 -- 96
Index

NP23
position 585500N 1620000W; and usually proceed United States of America – Barrow — Pilotage
ahead in a launch.
311
US Notice 07/16300/16 [NP23/No.3/Wk.09/16] Paragraph 9.143 2 lines 1--2 Replace by:
2 Pilotage is compulsory. The pilot boards in position
United States of America – Nome — 712000N 1565300W. See 9.4 and ADMIRALTY
Arrival information; Pilotage List of Radio Signals Volume 6(5).

US Notice 07/16003/16 [NP23/No.8/Wk.09/16]


299

Paragraph 9.68 2 lines 1--3 Replace by: Russia -- Bering Sea -- Poluostrov Kamchatka --
Mys Afrika — Directions; light
2 Pilotage, except for certain exempted vessels, is
339
compulsory for Nome. The pilot boards in position
642700N 1652800W. For further details see 9.4 Paragraph 10.110 1 lines 9--10 Delete
and ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals Volume 6(5).
ENC RU2NIXR0/2017 [NP23--No 10--Wk 52/17]
US Notice 07/16006/16 [NP23/No.4/Wk.09/16]
Russia -- Bering Sea -- Poluostrov Kamchatka --
Mys Afrika — Directions; light
United States of America – Port Clarence —
Arrival information; Pilotage 342
Paragraph 10.128 1 lines 1--4 Replace by:
301
1 Cautions. Over an area extending about 5 miles...
Paragraph 9.75 1 lines 1--3 Replace by:
ENC RU2NIXR0/2017 [NP23--No 11--Wk 52/17]
1 Pilotage. Port Clarence is a compulsory pilotage
area. The pilot boards in position 651900N Russia -- Bering Sea -- Poluostrov Kamchatka --
1665100W. For details see 9.4 and ADMIRALTY List Mys Afrika — Directions; light
of Radio Signals Volume 6(5).
350
US Notice 07/16003/16 [NP23/No.5/Wk.09/16] Paragraph 11.12 1 lines 9--11 Delete

ENC RU2NIXR0/2017 [NP23--No 12--Wk 52/17]


United States of America – East part of
Chukchi Sea — General information; Pilotage
NP24 Black Sea and Sea of Azov Pilot
303 (2017 Edition)
Paragraph 9.93 1 line 7 Replace by:
Turkey -- YiÔitler Geçidi -- Büyükliman Burnu —
... 672700N 1643500W. Kotzebue pilot boarding place Directions; light buoy
lies at the entrance to Kotzebue sound in position
664400N 1632900W. 90
Paragraph 2.108 5 lines 1--2 Replace by:
US Notice 07/16003/16 [NP23/No.6/Wk.09/16]
5 Caution. A line of rocks, marked by a light buoy (N
cardinal), extends 3 cables NE of Büyükliman Burnu.
United States of America – Depths of less than 90 m...
Kotzebue Sound — Pilotage
Turkish Notice 17/114/17 [NP24/No.1/Wk.24/17]

305
Turkey -- Ambarli LimanÝ —
Arrival information; pilotage
Paragraph 9.108 2 lines 1--6 Replace by:
103
2 Pilotage. Kotzebue is located within a compulsory
pilotage area. The pilot boards in position 664400N Paragraph 2.220 1 lines 1--5 Replace by:
1632900W. It is advisable for exempted vessels,
1 Pilots board in position 405600N 284065E,
small craft and boats proceeding into Kotzebue to
close W of the recommended track (2.224). Pilotage is
take a pilot as the channel shifts continually. For
compulsory and available 24 hours, although tankers
further information see 9.4 and ADMIRALTY List of
are not normally berthed at night but can sail at any
Radio Signals Volume 6(5).
time.

US Notice 07/16003/16 [NP23/No.7/Wk.09/16] Turkish Chart 2926 [NP24/No.2/Wk.09/17]

2 -- 97
Index

NP24
Turkey -- ™zmit Körfezi -- Osmangazi Bridge — Turkey – Tuzla Koyu — Pilotage
Vertical clearance
114
105
Paragraph 2.319 2 line 7 Add: Pilots board in position
Paragraph 2.241 1 line 4 For 64 m Read 60 m 404500N 291900E.

Paragraph 2.242 1 line 1 For 64 m Read 60 m Turkish Notice 49/289/17 [NP24--No 28--Wk 03/18]

Paragraph 2.242 1 line 3 For 60 to 64 m Read 56 to 60 m Turkey -- Marmara Denizi -- AydÝnlÝ Koyu — Shoal

114
Turkish Notice 8/046/2017 [NP24/No.3/Wk.15/17]
After Paragraph 2.321 2 line 3 Insert:
A 25 m shoal (405050N 291544E), reported
Turkey -- YarÝmca—Tütünçiftlik (2018), lies 1 cable off the E limit of the anchorage.
industrial complex — Berths; depths; light
Turkish Notice 35/168/18 [NP24--No 44--Wk 40/18]
108

Paragraph 2.265 3 lines 6--10 Replace by: Turkey -- ™stanbul BoÔazÝ (Bosporus) — Bridges

...18 m; used for loading bulk urea. Vessels of 118


70 000 dwt can be accommodated. A light is
Paragraph 2.354 Replace by:
exhibited at the end of the pier. A submarine
pipeline, marked by a dolphin (404507N 1 15 July Martyrs Bridge spans ™stanbul BoÔazÝ
294534E), extends 1½ cables WSW from the between Ortaköy (410320N 290150E) on the
shore. European shore and Beylerbeyi on the Asiatic shore.
This suspension bridge has a vertical clearance of
Turkish Notice 2/007/18; ENC TR502911 58 m at each end and 64 m over a central width of
[NP24--No 32--Wk 08/18] 600 m (safe passage height 58 m). Lights are
exhibited to indicate the centre and limits of the traffic
Turkey -- Marmara Denizi -- Approaches to lanes passing under the central width. The traffic
Istanbul BoÔazÝ — Traffic regulations; restricted lanes both have a navigable width of 300 m.
area 2 Fatih Sultan Mehmet Bridge spans ™stanbul
BoÔazÝ between RumelihisarÝ (410546N 290340E)
110 on the European shore and a point close S of KanlÝca
Koyu on the Asiatic shore. This suspension bridge has
After Paragraph 2.300 2 line 5 Insert: a vertical clearance of 64 m over a central width of
Anchoring and fishing are prohibited within a 500 m. Lights are exhibited to indicate the centre and
rectangular area centred on 405680N 284946E, limits of the traffic lanes passing under the central
SW of Yeîilköy Burnu Light (2.302). width. The N--bound lane has a navigable width of
300 m and the S--bound lane has a navigable width of
Turkish Notice 17/113/17 [NP24/No.4/Wk.24/17] 200 m.
3 Yavuz Sultan Selim Bridge spans the waterway
between Garipçe (411285N 290654E) on the W
Turkey -- Marmara Denizi -- Fenerbahçe BankÝ — side and Poyraz on the E side. This suspension
Prohibited entry bridge carries four motorway lanes and two railway
lines. Bridge lights indicate the centre and limits of the
111
traffic lanes passing under central width. Each lane
After Paragraph 2.300 3 line 6 Insert: has a navigable width of 368 m. Vertical clearance is
66 m. Lights are exhibited to indicate the centre and
Entry is prohibited within an area, extending up to limits of the traffic lanes passing under the central
1 cable from the shore, surrounding the width.
peninsular 4½ cables ESE of Fenerbahçe Light Vertical clearance. See 2.6.
(2.302).
BA Chart 1198 [NP24--No 33--Wk 16/18]
Turkish Notice 23/101/18 [NP24--No 37--Wk 29/18]
Turkey – Istanbul — Overhead power cables;
air draught limit
Turkey -- Istanbul -- Kumkapi — Directions; light
118
111
Paragraph 2.355 1 lines 1--5 Replace by:
Paragraph 2.302 3 lines 7--8 Delete
1 Overhead power cables span ™stanbul BoÔazÝ
between Arnavutköy (410420N 290250E) and
Turkish Notice 12/52/18 [NP24--No 35--Wk 18/18] Kandilli, and between Tellitabya Burnu (411050N

2 -- 98
Index

NP24
290435E) and the Asiatic shore opposite. Vessels (414790N 351480E) is for naval vessels and
with an air draught of 58 m or more are not permitted vessels carrying non--dangerous cargoes. Anchorage 2
to pass through ™stanbul BoÔazÝ. Vessels with an air (414550N 351740E) is the explosives and
draft from 54 m to 58 m may pass through ™stanbul quarantine anchorage and for vessels awaiting
BoÔazÝ provided that they satisfy conditions gas--free status. A wreck lies in the S corner of
determined by the local authorities. For details on air Anchorage 2.
draught see The Mariner’s Handbook.
Turkish Notice 30/140/18 [NP24--No 42--Wk 36/18]
ENC TR402921 [NP24/No.5/Wk.11/17]
Turkey -- Ünye Körfezi — Anchorages
Turkey – Istanbul BoÔazÝ (Bosporus) — 143
Directions; AIS
Paragraph 3.170 1 line 1 For three Read two
120
After Paragraph 2.359 1 line 5 Insert: Paragraph 3.170 1 lines 3--4 Delete

AIS: Paragraph 3.170 2 line 1 For No 3 Read No 2


Yeniköy Light Beacon (E cardinal; 6 m in height)
(410749N 290443E). Turkish Notice 22/145/2017 [NP24/No.13/Wk.31/17]
Turkish Notice 5/28/17 [NP24/No.6/Wk.11/17]
Turkey -- Giresun — Prohibited anchorage
Turkey -- Istanbul BoÔazÝ (Bosporus) — Bridges 145
120 Paragraph 3.192 1 lines 3--4 Delete
Paragraph 2.360 2 line 1 For BoÔaziçi Bridge Read 15 July
Turkish Notice 40/234/17 [NP24/No.19/Wk.45/17]
Martyrs Bridge

Turkey – Giresun to Kale Burnu --


BA Chart 1198 [NP24--No 34--Wk 16/18] Tirebolu — Directions; light

Turkey -- EreÔli -- Kuzey Mendirek — 146


Regulations; restricted areas Paragraph 3.202 1 lines 4--6 Delete
130
Turkish Notice 17/109/17 [NP24/No.8a/Wk.24/17]
Paragraph 3.40 1 line 3 Replace by:
...of Kuzey Mendirek, and also to the S area of the harbour, Turkey -- Black Sea -- Karadeniz LPG Terminal —
as charted. Waiting anchorage

BA Chart 1275; Turkish Chart 1131 147


[NP24--No 36--Wk 24/18] Paragraph 3.210 1 lines 1--2 Delete

Turkey -- EreÔli — Berths; depths ENC TR300141 [NP24--No 56--Wk 50/18]


131
Turkey – Giresun to Kale Burnu -- Tirebolu —
Paragraph 3.46 1 lines 1--6 Replace by: Directions; light
1 EreÔli LimanÝ. Passenger and cargo berths total 147
335 m in length with depths alongside of 34 to 46 m.
Demir Çelik Steel Works: Paragraph 3.212 5 lines 1--3 Replace by:
E basin: Maximum vessel size 60 000 dwt, depths 5 Useful mark:
alongside of 59 to 116 m. Tirebolu Light (white framework pylon on concrete
W basin: Maximum vessel size 200 000 dwt, depths base) (410048N 384926E).
alongside of 131 to 183 m.
Turkish Notice 17/109/17 [NP24/No.8b/Wk.24/17]
Turkish Chart 1131 [NP24/No.7/Wk.09/17]
Georgia -- Turkish border – Sarp —
Turkey -- Black Sea -- Gerze — Restricted area; vessel activity
Anchorages; wreck
153
140
Paragraph 3.261 1 lines 1--5 Replace by:
Paragraph 3.133 2 lines 4--7 Replace by:
1 Restricted area:
Anchorages. Two designated anchorages lie Sarp area, extending WNW for about 6 miles to
2 miles E and 5 miles SE of Köîk Burnu. Anchorage 1 seaward from a position 2 cables SW of the

2 -- 99
Index

NP24
Turkish--Georgian frontier at Sarp. Vessels are Basins and berths
prohibited from stopping or conducting any form of 4.17c
underwater activity. 1 Alongside berths. There are two berths; the
largest 320 m long with a depth of 175 m can
154 accommodate vessels up to 100 000 dwt.

Paragraph 3.276 1 lines 1--2 Replace by: Turkish Notice 44/214/18 [NP24--No 55--Wk 49/18]

1 Restricted area: Sarp area (3.261). Turkey -- Dalyan Burnu — Wrecks


162
Paragraph 3.279 2 lines 1--4 Delete Paragraph 4.18 1 lines 3--4 Replace by:
...shown on Chart 3930, noting charted dangerous
Correspondence [NP24/No.9/Wk.19/17] wrecks in position 411578N 290146E and
411555N 290406E, and foul area in position
411594N 290097E. Caution. For dangers
Georgia -- P’ot’i — Maximum draught see 2.384.

158 Turkish Notice 36/213/17 [NP24/No.14/Wk.43/17]

Paragraph 3.315 1 lines 1--2 Replace by: Turkey -- Karataî Burnu — Anchorage
1 Entrance channel least depth 10 m (2009) and a 162
maximum draught of 98 m (2017). See 3.326.
Paragraph 4.19 1 lines 1--2 Replace by:
Georgian Notice 01/29/18 [NP24--No 30--Wk 06/18] 1 Anchorage may be obtained by vessels carrying
dangerous cargo off Karataî Burnu (411510N
285897E), in Zone D.
Georgia -- Black Sea -- P’ot’i — Regulated areas
Turkish Notice 36/213/17 [NP24/No.15/Wk.43/17]
158
Turkey -- Black Sea -- KÝyÝköy —
Paragraph 3.319 1 lines 1--4 Delete Prohibited anchorage
163
Paragraph 3.319 2 line 1 Replace by:
After Paragraph 4.22 1 line 15 Insert:
1 Dumping Ground: Area No 42 lies close SW of
Yuzhnaya Gavan’,... Prohibited anchorage. The Turkstream gas
pipeline lands 1½ miles N of the harbour. Anchoring,
ENC GE410325 [NP24--No 43--Wk 38/18] fishing, dredging and all other seabed activities are
prohibited within 500 m of the pipeline.

Turkey -- Black Sea -- West of Istanbul — Turkish Notice 28/127/18 [NP24--No 38--Wk 34/18]
Port installation
Ukraine -- Lymans’kyi Kanal --
162 Dnistrovs’ko--Tsarehrads’ke Hyrlo — Light
203
After Paragraph 4.17 1 line 7 Insert:
Paragraph 6.19 3 lines 6--7 Delete

Istanbul Airport (New) Fuel Supply Terminal Ukrainian Notice 32/347/2017 [NP24/No.17/Wk.44/17]
General information
4.17a Ukraine -- Lymans’kyi Kanal --
1 Position and function. Istanbul Airport (New) Fuel Dnistrovs’ko--Tsarehrads’ke Hyrlo — Light
Supply Terminal (411880N 284733E) is a harbour 205
on the N coast of Turkey, 12 miles WNW of Dalyan
Burnu. The terminal allows direct delivery of fuel by Paragraph 6.28 1 lines 3--8 Replace by:
sea to the airport. First leg direction light:
Port limits. The facility lies within Istanbul Port Kosa Bugaz Light (white diamond on white
Authority jurisdiction (2.287). rectangle, black stripe, 18 m in height)
(460447N 302806E).
Directions
4.17b Paragraph 6.28 2 lines 1--2 Replace by:
1 Entry. The harbour is entered from the NW 2 The narrow white sector (1688--1692), astern, of
between the N and E breakwaters, with lit beacons the above light, leads N for 2½ miles along...
(lateral) at their seaward ends. The terminal lies inside
the E breakwater. Ukrainian Notice 32/347/2017 [NP24/No.18/Wk.44/17]

2 -- 100
Index

NP24
Ukraine -- Approaches to Port Yuzhnyy — Ukraine -- Mykolaiv — Anchorages
Outer anchorage; change of designation
227
213 After Paragraph 6.220 1 line 3 Insert:

Paragraph 6.91 1 lines 2--3 Replace by: Four anchorages have been established E and N of
Area No 364 as follows:
Area No 356 (463100N 305800E), depths 14 to No 1 -- 465625N 320103E;
21 m,... No 2 -- 465647N 320089E;
No 3 -- 465652N 320059E (within No 364);
No 4 -- 465667N 320042E.
Ukrainian Notice 7/52--53/13 [NP24--No 29--Wk 05/18]
An unnamed anchorage area lies close W of Area
No 364, in position 465647N 315994E, with depths
from 45 to 7 m.
Ukraine -- Port Yuzhnyy — Anchorages
Ukrainian Notice 42/17 [NP24--No 21--Wk 50/17]
216
Ukraine -- Approaches to Kherson --
After Paragraph 6.104 1 line 2 Insert: West of Ostrov Malyi Pot’omkin —
Submarine cable
Four anchorages have been established close N of
area No 359 as follows: 232
No 1 -- 463440N 311500E (Area RPP--1); After Paragraph 6.281 4 line 8 Insert:
No 2 -- 463440N 311600E (Area RPP--1);
No 1 -- 463440N 311320E; Anchorage is prohibited within 1 cable of a
No 2 -- 463440N 311420E. submarine cable centred on 463589N
2 Four anchorages have been established N of 323338E.
Recommended Route No 1 as follows:
No 1 -- 463525N 312025E; Ukrainian Notice 44/485/2017
No 2 -- 463520N 311910E; [NP24--No 22--Wk 52/17]
No 3 -- 463525N 3118’10E;
No 4 -- 463525N 311700E. Approaches to Yalta -- Hurzuf -- Mys Ayudah —
Prohibited area
Ukrainian Notice 42/17 [NP24--No 20--Wk 50/17] 251
After Paragraph 7.18 1 line 4 Insert:
Ukraine -- Black Sea -- Odes’ka Banka — Area No 134 lies W of Mys Ayudah (443294N
Obstruction 342079E). See Appendix 3.

216 ENC UA4DC009 [NP24--No 39--Wk 35/18]

Paragraph 6.108 4 line 2 Replace by: Approaches to Yalta -- Hurzuf -- Mys Ayudah —
Prohibited area
...311500E), thence:
S of an obstruction (463499N 311783E) with a 252
depth of 124 m.
Paragraph 7.27 1 lines 1--3 Replace by:

Ukrainian Notice 02/18/18 [NP24--No 31--Wk 07/18] 1 Anchorage, sheltered from SW, through N, to NE,
may be found by authorised vessels within a
prohibited area (7.18) lying in the bight between
Ukraine -- Black Sea -- Mykolaiv — Skelya Bili Kameni (7.24) and Mys Ayudah. The best
Speed restriction berth is in a depth...

ENC UA4DC009 [NP24--No 40--Wk 35/18]


227
Russia -- Black Sea -- Novorossiysk —
After Paragraph 6.219 Insert: Caution; unexploded ordnance

264
Port operations
6.219a Paragraph 7.127 2 line 2 Replace by:
1 Within the port, vessels must not exceed a speed
of 6 kn or reduce below a speed sufficient to maintain ...the N section of Anchorage Area No 416. An area of
unexploded ordnance lies in the NW part of Area 648 S of
course.
Myskhako. Three foul...

Ukrainian Notice 45/17 [NP24--No 27--Wk 01/18] Russian Notice 38/4945/17 [NP24--No 23--Wk 52/17]

2 -- 101
Index

NP24
Georgia – Kulevi Terminal — Russia -- Black Sea -- Port Taman’ —
Limiting conditions; depth and width Speed limit
277 284
Paragraph 7.245 1 Replace by: After Paragraph 8.35 Insert:
1 Controlling depths. The approach channel is Port operations
dredged to a depth of 144 m (2010). 8.35a
The maximum size of vessel handled is 1 The speed limit is 10 kn along the approach track
115 000 dwt; 244 m LOA; 15 m draught. and 8 kn along the leading lines to the berths.
Navigable width. The approach channel has a
navigable width of 150 m. Russian Notice 48/6313/17 [NP24--No 24--Wk 01/18]
ENC GE510420; BA Chart 3317 [NP24/No.10/Wk.24/17]
Russia -- Black Sea -- Port Taman’ —
Pilotage; tugs
Georgia – Kulevi Terminal — Directions for
entering harbour; buoyed channel 284

277--278 Paragraph 8.37 1 lines 1--2 Replace by:


1 The pilot boards in position 450534N 363668E,
Paragraph 7.248 1--3 Replace by:
3¼ miles S of Mys Panagiya for TTC berths No 2 and
1 From the vicinity of a light buoy (safe water) No 3 (8.42). The pilot boards in position 450534N
(421751N 413579E), the track leads ESE through 363822E for TTC berth No 1 (8.42).
a dredged channel, marked by buoys (lateral),
After Paragraph 8.37 Insert:
passing:
Through a turning circle (421680N 413738E)
Tugs
with a radius of 250 m, thence:
8.37a
SSW of a stranded wreck (421671N 413780E),
1 Tug assistance is mandatory for vessels proceeding
marked by two light buoys (special), and:
to the TTC berths.
2 NNE of multiple hulks, a stranded wreck and a
dangerous wreck, lying on a shoal extending Russian Notice 48/6313/17 [NP24--No 25--Wk 01/18]
2½ cables WNW of Kulevi Radar Tower
(421647N 413812E).
The track then continues ESE to the berths. Russia -- Black Sea -- Port Taman’ — Berths
Useful marks:
284
Light exhibited from Kulevi Radar Tower (red
four--sided metal framework tower, 45 m in height) Paragraph 8.42 1 lines 1--5 Replace by:
(421647N 413812E).
1 The Taman’ Transhipment Complex (TTC)
ENC GE510420; BA Chart 3317 [NP24/No.11/Wk.24/17] comprises two jetties, 45 and 10 m wide, and 1¼ and
1 mile long, respectively, extending SW from a position
1½ to 2 miles ESE from Mys Panagiya. Two berths
Black Sea – Kerch Strait — Pilotage
are available on each jetty. A further dog--legged jetty
282 lies close ESE of the second (oil) jetty.

Paragraph 8.19 Replace by: Russian Notice 48/6313/17 [NP24--No 26--Wk 01/18]

1 Kerch--Yenikal Channel: Black Sea -- Kerch Strait — Pilotage


No 1 (451194N 362799E) for north--bound
vessels with a draught greater than 45 m; 285
No 2 (452765N 364119E) for south--bound
vessels with a draught greater than 45 m; Paragraph 8.46 1 Replace by:
No 3 (451509N 362771E) for north--bound 1 See 8.7 and 8.19.
vessels with a draught less than 45 m;
No 4 (452259N 364011E) for south--bound UKHO [NP24--No 51--Wk 47/18]
vessels with a draught less than 45 m.
2 Tamanskiy Sudokhodnyy Put’ (Taman’ fairway Black Sea -- Kerch Strait — Anchorages
intersection between fairways Nos 50 and 52):
No 1 (452192N 364051E) for south--bound 285
vessels;
No 2 (451713N 362897E) for north--bound Paragraph 8.48 3 line 4 Replace by:
vessels. ...Route No 12. Anchorage area A is for vessels with a
Port Kavkaz: draught up to 8 m waiting to enter the ports lying to the N,
No 3 (450549N 363343E); replenishment of supplies, and for bunkering. Areas B to E
No 4 (445999N 363191E). are for transhipment operations.

UKHO [NP24--No 50--Wk 46/18] Russian Notice 15/1800/2017 [NP24/No.12/Wk.19/17]

2 -- 102
Index

NP24
Russia -- Sea of Azov -- Kerch Strait — Ukraine -- Sea of Azov -- Berdyans’k — Depths
Wrecks; fouls; anchorage
293
285 Paragraph 8.97 1 lines 1--3 Replace by:

Paragraph 8.48 3 lines 7--9 Replace by: 1 Entrance channel: least depths of 75 m along the
axis, 70 m near the left edge and 66 m near the right
...corner of the anchorage (451155N 363164E) edge (2017).
with a depth of 35 m lies close ENE of Anchorage
Berth 4 within Anchorage area 471 A. Ukrainian Notice 40/18 [NP24--No 54--Wk 47/18]
Several charted obstructions and foul grounds lie
within the Anchorage areas No 471 A to D. Ukraine – Port Mariupol’ — Limiting conditions
maximum draught; maximum size of vessel
A dangerous wreck (450624N 363098E) lies
2 cables NW of Anchorage Berth 4 within Anchorage 295
area 471 D.
Outer anchorage. Berths 1 to 4 are established in Paragraph 8.127 1 lines 1--4 and 2 lines 1--4 Replace by:
an area about 4 miles SE of Mys Takyl’ (450598N 1 Maximum draught allowed as follows:
362722E). The vessel maximum swinging radius is Ugol’naya Havan’ (Vuhilna Harbour) approach
100 m. channel: 80 m.
Port Azovstal’ approach channel: 35 m.
Russian Chart 35131/17 [NP24/No.16/Wk.44/17] Recommended Track No 32: 35 m.
For the latest information, mariners should consult
the local harbour and pilotage authorities.
Russia – Kerch Strait — Anchorages
Maximum size of vessel handled
285 8.127a
1 Maximum length of vessels handled as follows:
Paragraph 8.48 3 lines 7--9 including existing Section IV Ugol’naya Havan’ (Vuhilna Harbour) approach
Week 44/17 Replace by: channel: 240m.
Port Azovstal’ approach channel: 140 m.
...corner of the anchorage and a light buoy (W cardinal)
Recommended Track No 32: 120 m.
(451159N 363170E) is moored close NW of a wreck
(451155N 363176E) with a depth of 35 m which lies Ukraine Notice 33/415.Book 101_Annex 2/18
close E of Anchorage Berth 4 within Anchorage [NP24--No 46--Wk 41/18]
area 471 A.
Several charted obstructions and foul grounds lie Ukraine – Port Mariupol’ —
within the Anchorage areas No 471 A to D. Arrival information; vessel traffic service
A dangerous wreck (450624N 363098E) lies
295
2 cables NW of Anchorage Berth 4 within Anchorage
area 471 D. Paragraph 8.130 1 lines 1--5 Replace by:
Outer anchorage. Berths 1 to 8 are established in
1 Mariupol Vessel Traffic Regulation Post (VTRP)
an area about 6 miles SE of Mys Takyl’ (450598N
(470211N 372868E), which operates 24 hours,
362722E). The vessel maximum swinging radius is
regulates the movement of vessels within a 12 mile
100 m.
radius of the station.
2 Radar assistance, regardless of visibility, is
Russian Notice 38/5036/18 [NP24--No 45--Wk 41/18]
compulsory:
For all passenger vessels, oil and chemical tankers,
Black Sea -- Kerch Strait — Pilotage vessels carrying dangerous cargoes, container
and RoRo vessels.
286 For all vessels more than 200 m in length.
For all vessels anchoring in Area No 457 and leaving
Paragraph 8.58 1 Replace by: Area No 458.
For further details see ADMIRALTY List of Radio
1 See 8.7 and 8.19. Signals Volume 6(3).

UKHO [NP24--No 52--Wk 47/18] Ukraine Notice 33/415.Book 101/18


[NP24--No 47--Wk 41/18]

Black Sea -- Kerch Strait — Pilotage Ukraine – Port Mariupol’ —


Arrival information; anchorages
289 296

Paragraph 8.72 6 lines 6--7 Replace by: Paragraph 8.131 1 line 3 Replace by:
...for vessels with a draught over 5 m. Vessels carrying
No 3 (450549N 363343E);
dangerous cargoes must use Area No 457.
No 4 (445999N 363191E).
Ukraine Notice 33/415.Book 101/18
UKHO [NP24--No 53--Wk 47/18] [NP24--No 48--Wk 41/18]

2 -- 103
Index

NP24
Ukraine – Port Mariupol’ — United States of America – Juan de Fuca Strait –
Arrival information; regulations Minor Island — Directions; light

296 83

Paragraph 8.134 2 lines 2--6 Replace by: Paragraph 2.170 3 lines 10--11 Replace by:

Traffic. The approach channel has one--way traffic. ...ENE to Minor Island (2.173). A bank with...
Paragraph 2.173 1 lines 1--6 Replace by:
Ukraine Notice 33/415.Book 101/18
[NP24--No 49--Wk 41/18] 1 ESE of Minor Island (481945N 1224916W),
low and rocky and connected to Smith Island
(2.170) by a gravel and boulder spit extending
Appendix 3 -- Hurzuf -- Mys Ayudah —
Prohibited area 1 mile WSW, thence:

US Notice 15/18400/2017 [NP25/No.2/Wk.20/17]


314
Left hand column Areas prohibited for navigation United States of America -- Seattle --
Lake Union — Seaplane area
After Paragraph Gelendzhikskaya Bukhta. Area No 133
(4430N 3759E) as shown on chart 3311. Insert: 104

Mys Ayudah Paragraph 3.124 3 lines 1--5 Replace by:


Area No 134 lies W of Mys Ayudah (443294N 3 Seaplane area. Seaplanes frequently operate in
342079E). Lake Union. Seasonal advisory buoys (non--IALA),
situated N--S along the length of the lake, show a
ENC UA4DC009 [NP24--No 41--Wk 35/18] quick flashing yellow light when seaplanes are
present.
4 Lake Washington Ship Canal continues E from
NP25 British Columbia Pilot Volume 1 the head of the NE arm of Lake Union, where it is
(2017 Edition) spanned by a fixed road bridge, and 1 cable farther E,
by University Bridge (473916N 1221923W), a
United States of America -- West coast -- bascule railway bridge.
Washington — ATBA
US Notice 35/18 [NP25--No 15--Wk 39/18]
8
United States of America -- Seattle --
Paragraph 1.61 2 line 6 For 475170N 1241550W Read Lake Washington — Bridge clearance
475170N 1251550W
104
Correspondence 11/18 [NP25--No 18--Wk 50/18] Paragraph 3.127 1 lines 5--9 Replace by:
...Washington. The fixed span of the bridge close inshore at
Canada -- Esquimalt Harbour — Anchorage
its W end has a horizontal clearance of 433 m (142 ft) and
75 vertical clearance of 143 m (47 ft). The fixed span close
inshore at the E end has a horizontal clearance of 689 m
Paragraph 2.119 1 lines 1--3 Delete (226 ft) and vertical clearance of 213 m (70 ft).

US Notice 21/18447/18 [NP25--No 14--Wk 25/18]


Paragraph 2.119 2 Replace by:
2 Anchoring is prohibited S of a line joining the N United States of America -- Seattle --
edge of Smart Island (482687N 1232695W) and Lake Washington — Bridge clearance
the S edge of Richards Island (482690N
1232609W). 104
Paragraph 3.127 1 including existing Section IV Notice
Canadian Western Notice 3/3440/18
Week 25/18 Replace by:
[NP25--No 13--Wk 18/18]
1 A pontoon bridge (473845N 1221556W) extends
Canada – Vancouver Island – Mayor Channel — from the S side of the entrance to Union Bay,
Directions; buoy 1½ miles ESE to a position 4 cables S of Evergreen
Point (473874N 1221440W) on the E side of Lake
79 Washington. The fixed span of the bridge close
inshore at its W end has a horizontal clearance of
Paragraph 2.150 3 lines 3--5 Replace by:
433 m (142 ft) and vertical clearance of 125 m (41 ft).
...and 1½ cables S from the island; a buoy (N The fixed span close inshore at the E end has a
cardinal) (482551N 1231739W) is moored N horizontal clearance of 689 m (226 ft) and vertical
of the reef. clearance of 204 m (67 ft).

Canadian Notice 03/3313/17 [NP25/No.1/Wk.19/17] US Notice 37/18447/2018 [NP25--No 16--Wk 42/18]

2 -- 104
Index

NP25
Canada -- Strait of Georgia -- Roberts Bank — Canada -- Vancouver — Under--keel clearance
Under--keel clearance
200
Paragraph 6.102 1 lines 1--4 including heading Replace by:
191
Depths
Paragraph 6.29 1 lines 1--3 Replace by: 6.102
1 Under--keel clearance. UKC requirements are as
follows:
1 Limiting conditions. UKC requirements are as
follows: Area UKC rising UKC falling UKC slack
tide tide tide
Area UKC rising UKC falling UKC slack
tide tide tide Burrard Inlet
5% 10% 10%
(manoeuvring)
Roberts
5% 10% 10% Burrard Inlet
Bank
10% 10% 10%
(transiting)
Alongside a
5% 5% 5%
berth
Vancouver Port Information Guide 2016
[NP25/No.5/Wk.25/17]

Vancouver Port Information Guide 2016 Canada -- Vancouver — Under--keel clearance;


[NP25/No.3/Wk.25/17] depths; regulations
202
Paragraph 6.115 1 line 1 Replace by:
Canada -- Fraser River —
Under--keel clearance; pilotage 1 The channel in First Narrows is dredged to a depth
of 15 m. The Harbour Master should be consulted for
the latest depths.
195 After Paragraph 6.115 1 Insert:

Paragraph 6.57 1 lines 1--6 Replace by: Under--keel clearance


6.115a
1 UKC requirements are as follows:
1 Under--keel clearance. UKC requirements are as
follows: Area UKC rising UKC falling UKC slack
tide tide tide
Area UKC rising UKC falling UKC slack
tide tide tide First Narrows 10% 10% 10%
Sand Heads Second
14 m 14 m 14 m 10% 10% 10%
(< 250 m LOA) Narrows
Sand Heads Alongside a
19 m 19 m 19 m 5% 5% 5%
(> 250 m LOA) berth
Fraser River Vancouver Port Information Guide 2016
09 m 09 m 09 m
(< 250 m LOA) [NP25/No.6a/Wk.25/17]
Fraser River
14 m 14 m 14 m
(> 250 m LOA) Canada -- Vancouver -- Deadman Island —
Prohibited anchorage
Alongside a
5% 5% 5%
berth 202
Cautions. The dredged channels are narrow and Paragraph 6.120 1 including heading Replace by:
the buoys do not indicate the width of the channel;
merely staying within the buoyed area may result in Spare
grounding. Vessels waiting for pilots at the river 6.120
entrance must ensure that they do not drift outside the
dredged channel and run aground. Canadian West Notice 10/3493/18
[NP25--No 17--Wk 47/18]
Paragraph 6.59 1 line 1 Replace by:
Canada -- Vancouver — Under--keel clearance;
depths; regulations
1 Pilotage is compulsory. See 1.33. Pilots board at
the entrance to Fraser River in position 490468N 202
1232111W. After Paragraph 6.121 2 line 7 Insert:
3 Overtaking. Vessels are not permitted to meet or
Vancouver Port Information Guide 2016 overtake each other between First Narrows Light
[NP25/No.4/Wk.25/17] (6.109) and Calamity Point Light (6.127).

2 -- 105
Index

NP25
Vessels are not permitted to overtake other vessels Canada -- Sechelt Inlet — Directions; depth
transporting dangerous goods between First Narrows
Light and Brockton Point (6.128). 248
After Paragraph 7.153 2 line 4 Insert:
Vancouver Port Information Guide 2016
[NP25/No.6b/Wk.25/17] SW of a shoaler patch (494381N 1235280W)
extending 1½ cables into the channel, with depths
from 01 to 70 m.
Canada -- Vancouver -- Burrard Inlet —
Under--keel clearance; depths; regulations Western Canadian Notice 10/3312/17
[NP25/No.12/Wk.47/17]
207

After Paragraph 6.140 1 line 2 Insert: Canada -- Vancouver Island -- Thurlow Islands --
Mayne Passage — Offshore platform
Under--keel clearance. UKC requirements are as
follows: 268
Area UKC rising UKC falling UKC slack Paragraph 7.337 1 line 14 Replace by:
tide tide tide
...the strong tidal streams. Thence:
Second E of a platform (lit) (502504N 1252992W)
10% 10% 10%
Narrows marking an underwater turbine.
2 Second
Canadian Notice 08/3543/2017 [NP25/No.10/Wk.40/17]
Narrows
135 m 135 m 135 m
(loaded
tankers) Canada -- Clayoquot Sound --
Calmus Passage — Buoy
Alongside a
5% 5% 5%
berth 363
Paragraph 10.245 2 line 5 For W Read SW
Vancouver Port Information Guide 2016
[NP25/No.7/Wk.25/17] Paragraph 10.245 2 line 7 For 491336N 1260050W
Read 491329N 1260014W
Canada -- Vancouver -- Second Narrows —
Navigable width; horizontal clearance Canadian West Notice 9/3673/17
[NP25/No.11/Wk.46/17]
208

Paragraph 6.144 1 lines 1--2 Replace by: NP26 British Columbia Pilot Volume 2
1 The maximum width between the Second Narrow (2017 Edition)
Railway Bridge piers is 137 m.
Douglas Channel -- Gertrude Point —
After Paragraph 6.144a 1 line 2 Insert: Directions; light

Horizontal clearance 112


6.144a Paragraph 3.153 2 lines 4--6 Replace by:
1 The minimum channel width required for transiting
the Second Narrows is 285 times the vessel beam. E of Gertrude Point (533792N 1291393W),
The maximum beam allowed for transiting the thence:
Second Narrows is 48 m.
Canadian Western Notice 2/3977/17
Vancouver Port Information Guide 2016 [NP26/No.1/Wk.22/17]
[NP25/No.8/Wk.25/17]
Queen Charlotte Sound – Calvert Island —
General information; traffic regulations
Canada – Port Moody — Berths; anchorage
158
210
After Paragraph 5.16 1 line 1 Insert:
Paragraph 6.155 1 lines 1--2 Replace by:
Traffic regulations
1 Anchorage. Small vessels may obtain anchorage in 5.16a
depths of 3--4 m at the head of the inlet, in an area 1 Restricted area. Anchoring and fishing are
centred on 491730N 1225125W, marked by light prohibited within an ESSA centred on 511900N
buoys (special). 1285064W, located about 35 miles WSW of Calvert
Alongside berths. Details of only the largest berth Island.
in each complex are given:
Canadian Western Notice 4/3000/17
Canadian Notice 9/3495/16 [NP25/No.9/Wk.04/17] [NP26/No.2/Wk.22/17]

2 -- 106
Index

NP26
Hecate Sound – Price Island — white sector (083--085) of Blackrock Point Light
General information; traffic regulations (531251N 1292066W) (6.77) leads through the centre
of Otter Channel, which has a least width of 1 mile and has
176 depths that are generally in excess of 145 m (80 fm).
From the E the channel is entered S of McCreight
After Paragraph 6.13 1 line 6 Insert:
Point Light (white square framework tower, green top)
(531252N 1293005W) and N of Fanny Point
Traffic regulations (531142N 1292918W) (6.77), 1¼ miles SE. The
6.13a white sector (263--265) of Banks Island SE Light
1 Restricted area. Anchoring and fishing are (white square framework tower) (531102N
prohibited within an ESSA centred on 521326N 1294577W) leads through the centre of the channel.
1293421W, located about 29 miles SW of Price
Island (522400N 1284100W). BA Chart 4929 [NP26/No.7/Wk.44/17]

Canadian Western Notice 4/3000/17


Canada -- Hecate Strait -- Browning Entrance to
[NP26/No.3/Wk.22/17] Dundas Island — Directions; shoal; buoyage

Hecate Strait – Bonilla Island — 197


General information; traffic regulations
Paragraph 6.150 2 line 4 Replace by:
180 ...other shoals. EF2 Light Buoy (starboard hand)
(540254N 1305436W) is moored 5½ cables NNW
After Paragraph 6.38 2 line 11 Insert:
of Grenville Rock. Warrior Rocks lie 2½ miles NE...
Traffic regulations After Paragraph 6.150 3 line 4 Insert:
6.38a
E of a shoal with least depth of 71 m, marked by a
1 Restricted area. Anchoring and fishing are
light buoy (port hand) (541600N 1310540W),
prohibited within an ESSA centred on 531274N
thence:
1303908W, located 16 miles S of Bonilla Island
(6.43). Canadian Notice 4/3002/17 [NP26/No.5/Wk.23/17]
Canadian Western Notice 4/3000/17
[NP26/No.4/Wk.22/17] British Columbia -- Moresby Island --
Juan Perez Sound -- Matheson Inlet — Depth

British Columbia -- Pitt Island -- 213


Otter Channel — Light
Paragraph 7.71 1 line 8 For 18 m Read 05 m
188

Paragraph 6.95 2 lines 1--12 Replace by: Canadian Notice 6/3808/18 [NP26--No 8--Wk 30/18]

2 WSW of Fleishman Point (531271N


British Columbia -- West coast of Graham Island
1293519W), which forms the E entrance — Caution; depths
point to Principe Channel (532200N
1295000W) and is lower and less 242
conspicuous than Ring Point (531331N
1293618W), the SW extremity of Pitt Island, After Paragraph 8.106 1 line 11 Insert:
which is high, bold and conspicuous, thence:
WSW of Ring Point. Nepean Rock (531289N 2 Caution. Recent surveys have determined the
1293681W), covered by the green sector presence of depths shoaler than charted and indicate
(113--129) of Paige Point Light (white square that position discrepancies in the order of 200 m may
framework tower) (531109N 1293212W), is a exist.
drying, steep--to rock, lying 5 cables SW of Ring
Point; further shoal rocks lie up to 5 cables SSE Canadian Western Notice 6/3868/18
and EM Light Buoy (S cardinal) is moored [NP26--No 9--Wk 30/18]
6¾ cables SSE of Nepean Rock. Thence:

BA Chart 4929 [NP26/No.6/Wk.44/17] NP27 Channel Pilot (2018 Edition)

British Columbia -- Pitt Island -- Preface page


Otter Channel — Lights
iii
190
Line 33 For Seventeenth Edition (2015)
Paragraph 6.105 2 lines 4--9 Replace by: Read Eleventh Edition (2017)
...SSE), a white rock covered by the red sector (050--072)
of Paige Point Light (531109N 1293212W) (6.95). The UKHO [NP27--No 1--Wk 45/18]

2 -- 107
Index

NP27
France -- Avant--Goulet de Brest -- NP28 Dover Strait Pilot (2017 Edition)
Waiting area to Brest — Buoyage

255 England -- Dover Strait -- North--west of


Sandettié Bank — Unexploded ordinance
Paragraph 8.77 3 lines 1--2 Delete
60

Paragraph 8.78 1 lines 1--9 Replace by: After Paragraph 2.42 2 line 4 Insert:

1 Passe Sud. From a position in Avant--Goulet de Clear of unexploded ordinance (511931N


Brest, about 7¼ cables NNW of Pointe du Toulinguet 15612E), reported (2018), thence:
(481681N 43772W), the line of bearing 045 of
Saint Martin Church (pointed spire) (482370N Correspondence 09/06/18 [NP28--No 21--Wk 28/18]
42880W) at Brest just open W of Pointe du Portzic
Light (8.72), or at night in the centre of the intensified Belgium -- Westhinder — Obstructions
white sector (045–050) of Pointe du Portzic Direction
Light, leads through Passe Sud, passing: 61

French Notice 37/56/18 [NP27--No 2--Wk 45/18] Paragraph 2.52 1 lines 4--5 Replace by:
...an ATBA (2.47). A wreck (512553N 23634E) with an
obstruction ½ cable ENE, a second obstruction
France -- West coast -- Douarnenez — Pilotage
(512530N 23819E) and multiple foul grounds lie within
the anchorage.
265
Belgian Notices 23/631/17; 23/651/17
Paragraph 8.139 2 lines 1--3 Replace by: [NP28--No 14--Wk 49/17]
2 Pilotage is provided by the Brest station and is
compulsory for vessels more than 50 m in length or England -- Dover Strait -- North--west of Sandettié
6000 gt. The pilot boards in position 480719N Bank — Directions; unexploded ordinance
42034W.
66
French Notice 40/54/18 [NP27--No 3--Wk 45/18]
Paragraph 2.82 1 line 1 Replace by:
1 Caution. Unexploded ordinance (511931N
Channel Islands -- Jersey -- Saint Catherine’s Bay 15612E), reported (2018), lies close to the route.
— Anchorage Track. The route selected by the Netherlands
authorities...
375
Correspondence 09/06/18 [NP28--No 22--Wk 28/18]
Paragraph 11.236 5 lines 1--9 Replace by:

5 Anchorage for small craft may be obtained close England – Littlehampton — Directions; caution
inside Saint Catherine Breakwater, clear of the
prohibited area and avoiding a 19 m patch lying 73
2 cables SW of the light, in a depth of 8 m, sand and
mud. The anchorage area is marked by small buoys After Paragraph 3.18 5 line 11 Insert:
(special). 6 It has been reported (2018) that shore lights are
Caution. Anchoring is prohibited, as charted, within a interfering with the identification of leading lights and
large area of Saint Catherine’s Bay. A submarine entrance beacons. Mariners are advised to use
cable (disused) extends 6 cables SE from the root of caution when identifying aids to navigation.
the breakwater.
Littlehampton Harbour Notice 14/18
BA Chart 1138 [NP27--No 5--Wk 51/18] [NP28--No 29--Wk 45/18]

Last page England -- South Coast -- Beachy Head —


Directions; light
After Channel Pilot
83
Tenth Edition.....................................................2014
After Paragraph 3.83 2 line 9 Insert:
Insert:
Major lights:
Eleventh Edition................................................2017 Beachy Head Light — as above.

UKHO [NP27--No 4--Wk 45/18] Trinity House Notice 14/18 [NP28--No 24--Wk 37/18]

2 -- 108
Index

NP28
England -- South Coast -- Beachy Head — Belgium -- North Sea --
Directions; light North west of Oostende — Pilotage

86 162

Paragraph 3.92 4 lines 5--8 Replace by: Paragraph 7.9 1 lines 7--12 Replace by:

Major lights: ...E of a line drawn between A--S Light Buoy (starboard
Beachy Head Light — as above. hand) (512115N 23692E) and A--N Light Buoy (port
Dungeness Light — as above. The light is partially hand) (512345N 23692E). Pilots for small LNG tankers
obscured between the bearing 078 and the (vessel length less than 200 m) board at the Wandelaar
shore. Pilot Station. For further details on LNG tanker regulations,
including pilotage regulations, see 7.27.
Trinity House Notice 14/18 [NP28--No 25--Wk 37/18]
Belgium Notice 10/126/2018 [NP28--No 19--Wk 23/18]

England -- South--east coast -- Netherlands -- North Sea --


Dover — Regulations Schouwenbank Junction -- Steenbank —
Pilot station
94
162
Paragraph 4.34 1 line 2 Replace by:
Paragraph 7.10 1 line 1 For 514460N 31536E Read
...Eastern Docks and Western Docks Exclusion Zones is 514496N 31432E
subject to specific permission from...

Dover Harbour Board [NP28--No 16--Wk 14/18] Netherlands Notice 40/300/2017 [NP28/No.8/Wk.46/17]

France -- Calais — Basins and berths; depths The Netherlands -- Westerschelde --


Westkapelle — Pilotage
139 163
Paragraph 6.39 1 line 5 For 125 m Read 115 m After Paragraph 7.11 2 line 9 Insert:
For Westpit channel the Traffic Centre Steenbank
Paragraph 6.41 1 line 5 For 95 m Read 85 m
will refer the entering ship to the vicinity of
Akkaert--NE Light Buoy but shore based pilotage will
Paragraph 6.42 1 line 8 For 77 m Read 58 m be provided by Zeebrugge Station not before the WP1
and WP2 Light Buoys (512990N 30345E).
French Notice 43/47/2017 [NP28/No.9/Wk.47/17] Paragraph 7.11 4 Replace by:
4 When pilotage is suspended at Steenbank Pilot
Belgium -- Thornton Bank — Buoyage
Station, shore based pilotage is available from the
161--162 Schouwenbank Junction (7.90) to the entrance of
Oostgat off Westkapelle. The pilot vessel will be in the
Paragraph 7.5 4 lines 2--4 Replace by: immediate vicinity of the vessel to be piloted before it
passes OG9 Light Buoy (513112N 32550E). No
...SW end 2½ miles SE of Bligh Bank and extends shore based pilotage is provided on the Westpit ship
13½ miles NE.
channel from Schouwenbank Junction to the vicinity of
Belgian Notice 11/163/17 [NP28/No.1/Wk.35/17] WP1 and WP2 Light Buoys (512990N 30345E).

Belgium Notice 21/239/18 [NP28--No 27--Wk 45/18]


Belgium -- North Sea -- Thornton Bank and
Lodewijbank — Wind farms Belgium -- Thornton Bank — Buoyage
162 166
After Paragraph 7.6 3 line 5 Insert: Paragraph 7.25 1 lines 10--11 Replace by:
Norther Wind Farm (513171N 30049E) is ...Thornton Bank Route. Also encountered in the...
under construction. Vessels are prohibited from
entering the wind farm area, which is marked by light Belgian Notice 11/163/17 [NP28/No.2/Wk.35/17]
buoys (cardinal).
Rentel Wind Farm (513544N 25645E) lies Belgium -- Approaches to Zeebrugge —
between Thornton Bank and Lodewijkbank and is LNG tanker regulations
under construction. Vessels are prohibited from
entering the wind farm area, which is marked by light 167
buoys (cardinal). Paragraph 7.27 2--8 Replace by:
Netherlands Notice 13/128(T)/18 and Belgian Notice 2 The pilot assigned to a large LNG tanker will
06/097(P)/17 [NP28--No 17--Wk 17/18] prepare a Sailing Plan one hour prior to her arrival at

2 -- 109
Index

NP28
the A--S Light Buoy (512115N 23692E). At the Belgium -- Antwerp — Overhead power cables
same time, Zeebrugge Traffic Centre (VCZB) will
broadcast details of the plan to all vessels. This 195
broadcast will be updated once the LNG tanker has After Paragraph 7.241 1 line 4 Insert:
arrived at A--S Light Buoy.
3 The pilot assigned to a small LNG tanker will Overhead power cables (511772N 41800E) with
prepare a Sailing Plan one hour prior to her arrival at a safe vertical clearance of 100 m span the river W of
the KBk Light Buoy (512104N 24222E). At the the entrance to Boudewijnsluis and Van
same time, VCZB will broadcast details of the plan to Cauwelaertsluis.
all vessels. This broadcast will be updated once the
Netherlands Notice 47/399/18 [NP28--No 30--Wk 51/18]
LNG tanker has arrived at KBk Light Buoy.
4 During the pilot boarding operation other vessels in
the vicinity will be requested by Wandelaar traffic Belgium -- Antwerp -- Kieldrechtsluis —
Lock dimensions
centre to keep a minimum distance of 5 cables clear
of the LNG vessel. During her passage to Zeebrugge, 195--196
VCZB will continue to report her position to other
vessels in the vicinity. For details on pilot boarding Paragraph 7.249 1 line 2 Replace by:
positions for LNG tankers see 7.9. ...except Kallosluis and Kieldrechtsluis, give access to the
Waiting anchorage, if required, will be assigned by wet docks and...
VCZB in consultation with the pilot. If there is no pilot
onboard VCZB will direct the vessel to the Westhinder After Paragraph 7.249 1 line 24 Insert:
Anchorage (2.52).
5 Inbound LNG tankers will proceed along the Kieldrechtsluis 500 68 165
following route: the Wandelaar precautionary area, (511674N
Akkaert--SW, A1, S3/S4, Scheur West, Pas van het 41487E)
Zand. If necessitated by a traffic situation an
alternative route can be chosen following consultation H102 MT Stolt Strength 03/03/2018
with VCZB. [NP28--No 15--Wk 13/18]
Any deviations to the initial voyage plan exceeding The following notice is to be implemented at 0000
15 minutes must be reported to the VCZB. UTC on 1 st October 2017
6 The initial approach of a large LNG tanker must
take place during daylight. The wind strength must be
less than 14 m/s (12 m/s in the case of Q--max Netherlands -- Schouwendiep —
Directions; buoyage
series), the visibility greater than 1 cable and the tidal
stream less than 1½ kn (2 kn for small LNG tankers) 203
at the harbour entrance.
A minimum underkeel clearance of 15% of the Paragraph 8.16 3 lines 1--3 Delete
draught is required along the entire route.
7 Maritime police will undertake regular patrols in ENC NL400110 [NP28/No.11/Wk.47/17]
order to monitor the inward and outward passage of a
LNG tanker. England -- Thames Estuary — Pilotage
The large LNG tanker must be equipped to secure
four tugs to its deck. Three tugs must be able to 243
effectively assist prior to SZ (Scheur--Zand) Light Buoy
(E cardinal) (512330N 30865E) Two additional Paragraph 10.7 1 line 3 For 2010 Read 2017
tugs must be able to assist by the Zeebrugge
breakwaters. The small LNG tanker may order tugs at Port of London Authority Notice 19/2017
any time. [NP28/No.4/Wk.35/17]
For reporting and other details see ADMIRALTY List
of Radio Signals Vol 6(1). The following notice is to be implemented at 0000
UTC on 1 st October 2017
Belgium Notice 10/126/2018 [NP28--No 20--Wk 23/18]
England -- Thames Estuary — Pilotage

Netherlands -- North Hinder Junction — 244


Directions; buoyage
Paragraph 10.9 2 line 4 For 4 m Read 5 m
176
Paragraph 10.9 4 line 4 For 4 m Read 5 m
Paragraph 7.88 1 line 6 For SNW 4 Read SNW 2